82_FR_46810 82 FR 46618 - Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants; 12-Month Findings on Petitions To List 25 Species as Endangered or Threatened Species

82 FR 46618 - Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants; 12-Month Findings on Petitions To List 25 Species as Endangered or Threatened Species

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR
Fish and Wildlife Service

Federal Register Volume 82, Issue 192 (October 5, 2017)

Page Range46618-46645
FR Document2017-21352

We, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (Service), announce 12- month findings on petitions to list 25 species as endangered or threatened species under the Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended (Act). After a thorough review of the best available scientific and commercial information, we find that listing 14 Nevada springsnail species, Barbour's map turtle, Bicknell's thrush, Big Blue Springs cave crayfish, the Oregon Cascades--California population and Black Hills population of the black-backed woodpecker, the eastern population of the boreal toad, the Northern Rocky Mountains population of the fisher, Florida Keys mole skink, Great Sand Dunes tiger beetle, Kirtland's snake, Pacific walrus, and San Felipe gambusia is not warranted at this time. However, we ask the public to submit to us at any time any new information that becomes available concerning the stressors to any of the species listed above or their habitats.

Federal Register, Volume 82 Issue 192 (Thursday, October 5, 2017)
[Federal Register Volume 82, Number 192 (Thursday, October 5, 2017)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 46618-46645]
From the Federal Register Online  [www.thefederalregister.org]
[FR Doc No: 2017-21352]



[[Page 46617]]

Vol. 82

Thursday,

No. 192

October 5, 2017

Part II





Department of the Interior





-----------------------------------------------------------------------





Fish and Wildlife Service





-----------------------------------------------------------------------





50 CFR Part 17





Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants; 12-Month Findings on 
Petitions To List 25 Species as Endangered or Threatened Species; 
Proposed Rule

Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 192 / Thursday, October 5, 2017 / 
Proposed Rules

[[Page 46618]]


-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR

Fish and Wildlife Service

50 CFR Part 17

[4500090022]


Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants; 12-Month Findings 
on Petitions To List 25 Species as Endangered or Threatened Species

AGENCY: Fish and Wildlife Service, Interior.

ACTION: Notice of 12-month petition findings.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: We, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (Service), announce 12-
month findings on petitions to list 25 species as endangered or 
threatened species under the Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended 
(Act). After a thorough review of the best available scientific and 
commercial information, we find that listing 14 Nevada springsnail 
species, Barbour's map turtle, Bicknell's thrush, Big Blue Springs cave 
crayfish, the Oregon Cascades--California population and Black Hills 
population of the black-backed woodpecker, the eastern population of 
the boreal toad, the Northern Rocky Mountains population of the fisher, 
Florida Keys mole skink, Great Sand Dunes tiger beetle, Kirtland's 
snake, Pacific walrus, and San Felipe gambusia is not warranted at this 
time. However, we ask the public to submit to us at any time any new 
information that becomes available concerning the stressors to any of 
the species listed above or their habitats.

DATES: The finding announced in this document was made on October 5, 
2017.

ADDRESSES: Detailed descriptions of the basis for each of these 
findings are available on the Internet at http://www.regulations.gov 
under the following docket numbers:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Species                            Docket No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
14 Nevada springsnails....................           FWS-R8-ES-2011-0001
Barbour's map turtle......................           FWS-R4-ES-2017-0065
Bicknell's thrush.........................           FWS-R5-ES-2012-0056
Big Blue Springs cave crayfish............           FWS-R4-ES-2017-0066
Black-backed woodpecker...................           FWS-R8-ES-2013-0034
Boreal toad...............................           FWS-R6-ES-2012-0003
Fisher....................................           FWS-R6-ES-2015-0104
Florida Keys mole skink...................           FWS-R4-ES-2017-0067
Great Sand Dunes tiger beetle.............           FWS-R6-ES-2017-0068
Kirtland's snake..........................           FWS-R3-ES-2017-0039
Pacific walrus............................           FWS-R7-ES-2017-0069
San Felipe gambusia.......................           FWS-R2-ES-2017-0024
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Supporting information used to prepare these findings is available 
for public inspection, by appointment, during normal business hours, by 
contacting the appropriate person, as specified under FOR FURTHER 
INFORMATION CONTACT. Please submit any new information, materials, 
comments, or questions concerning these findings to the appropriate 
person, as specified under FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: 

------------------------------------------------------------------------
              Species                        Contact information
------------------------------------------------------------------------
14 Nevada springsnails............  For bifid duct pyrg: Carolyn Swed,
                                     Field Supervisor, Northern Nevada
                                     (Reno) Fish and Wildlife Office,
                                     775-861-6337
                                    For all other species: Glen Knowles,
                                     Field Supervisor, Southern Nevada
                                     Fish and Wildlife Office, 702-515-
                                     5230.
Barbour's map turtle..............  Catherine Phillips, Field
                                     Supervisor, Panama City Ecological
                                     Services Field Office, 850-769-
                                     0552.
Bicknell's thrush.................  Krishna Gifford, Listing
                                     Coordinator, Region 5 Regional
                                     Office, 413-253-8619.
Big Blue Springs cave crayfish....  Catherine Phillips, Field
                                     Supervisor, Panama City Ecological
                                     Services Field Office, 850-769-
                                     0552.
Black-backed woodpeckers..........  Oregon Cascades--California
                                     population: Jenn Norris, Field
                                     Supervisor, Sacramento Fish and
                                     Wildlife Office, 916-414-6600
                                    Black Hills population: Scott
                                     Larson, Field Supervisor, South
                                     Dakota Ecological Services Office,
                                     605-224-8693.
Boreal toad.......................  Drue DeBerry, Field Supervisor,
                                     Colorado and Nebraska Field Office,
                                     303-236-4774.
Fisher............................  Jodi Bush, Field Supervisor, Montana
                                     Ecological Services Field Office,
                                     406-449-5225, ext. 205.
Florida Keys mole skink...........  Roxanna Hinzman, Field Supervisor,
                                     South Florida Ecological Services
                                     Field Office, 772-469-4309.
Great Sand Dunes tiger beetle.....  Drue DeBerry, Field Supervisor,
                                     Colorado and Nebraska Field Office,
                                     303-236-4774.
Kirtland's snake..................  Dan Everson, Field Supervisor, Ohio
                                     Ecological Services Field Office,
                                     614-416-8993.
Pacific walrus....................  Patrick Lemons, Chief Marine Mammals
                                     Management, Region 7, 907-786-3668.
San Felipe gambusia...............  Adam Zerrenner, Field Supervisor,
                                     Austin Ecological Services Field
                                     Office, 512-490-0057, ext. 248.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    If you use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD), please 
call the Federal Relay Service at 800-877-8339.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

Background

    Within 12 months after receiving any petition to revise the Federal 
Lists of Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants, we are required 
to make a finding whether or not the petitioned action is warranted 
(``12-month finding''), unless we determined that the petition did not 
contain substantial scientific or commercial information indicating 
that the petitioned action may be warranted (section 4(b)(3)(B) of the 
Act (16 U.S.C. 1531 et seq.)). We must make a finding that the 
petitioned action is: (1) Not warranted; (2) warranted; or (3) 
warranted but precluded. ``Warranted but precluded'' means that (a) the 
immediate proposal of a regulation implementing the petitioned action 
is precluded by other pending proposals to determine whether species 
are endangered or threatened

[[Page 46619]]

species, and (b) expeditious progress is being made to add qualified 
species to the Federal Lists of Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and 
Plants (Lists) and to remove from the Lists species for which the 
protections of the Act are no longer necessary. Section 4(b)(3)(C) of 
the Act requires that we treat a petition for which the requested 
action is found to be warranted but precluded as though resubmitted on 
the date of such finding, that is, requiring that a subsequent finding 
be made within 12 months of that date. We must publish these 12-month 
findings in the Federal Register.

Summary of Information Pertaining to the Five Factors

    Section 4 of the Act (16 U.S.C. 1533) and the implementing 
regulations at part 424 of title 50 of the Code of Federal Regulations 
(50 CFR part 424) set forth procedures for adding species to, removing 
species from, or reclassifying species on the Federal Lists of 
Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants. The Act defines 
``endangered species'' as any species that is in danger of extinction 
throughout all or a significant portion of its range (16 U.S.C. 
1532(6)), and ``threatened species'' as any species that is likely to 
become an endangered species within the foreseeable future throughout 
all or a significant portion of its range (16 U.S.C. 1532(20)). Under 
section 4(a)(1) of the Act, a species may be determined to be an 
endangered species or a threatened species because of any of the 
following five factors:
    (A) The present or threatened destruction, modification, or 
curtailment of its habitat or range;
    (B) Overutilization for commercial, recreational, scientific, or 
educational purposes;
    (C) Disease or predation;
    (D) The inadequacy of existing regulatory mechanisms; or
    (E) Other natural or manmade factors affecting its continued 
existence.
    We summarize below the information on which we based our evaluation 
of the five factors provided in section 4(a)(1) of the Act to determine 
whether the 14 Nevada springsnail species, Barbour's map turtle, 
Bicknell's thrush, Big Blue Springs cave crayfish, Oregon Cascades-
California and Black Hills populations of the black-backed woodpecker, 
eastern population of the boreal toad, Northern Rocky Mountains 
population of the fisher, Florida Keys mole skink, Great Sand Dunes 
tiger beetle, Kirtland's snake, Pacific walrus, and San Felipe gambusia 
meet the definition of ``endangered species'' or ``threatened 
species.'' More-detailed information about these species is presented 
in the species-specific assessment forms found on http://www.regulations.gov under the appropriate docket number (see ADDRESSES 
above).
    In considering what stressors under the Act's five factors might 
indicate that the species may meet the definition of a threatened or 
endangered species, we must look beyond the mere exposure of the 
species to the stressor to determine whether the species responds to 
the stressor in a way that causes actual impacts to the species. If 
there is exposure to a stressor, but no response, or only a positive 
response, that stressor does not cause a species to meet the definition 
of a threatened or endangered species. If there is exposure and the 
species responds negatively, the stressor may be significant. In that 
case, we determine whether that stressor drives or contributes to the 
risk of extinction of the species such that the species warrants 
listing as an endangered or threatened species as those terms are 
defined by the Act. This does not necessarily require empirical proof 
of impacts to a species. The combination of exposure and some 
corroborating evidence of how the species is likely affected could 
suffice. The mere identification of stressors that could affect a 
species negatively is not sufficient to compel a finding that listing 
is appropriate; similarly, the mere identification of stressors that do 
not affect a listed species negatively is insufficient to compel a 
finding that delisting is appropriate. For a species to be listed or 
remain listed, we require evidence that these stressors are operative 
threats to the species and its habitat, either singly or in 
combination, to the point that the species meets the definition of an 
endangered or a threatened species under the Act.
    In making these 12-month findings, we considered and thoroughly 
evaluated the best scientific and commercial information available 
regarding the past, present, and future stressors and threats. We 
reviewed the petitions, information available in our files, and other 
available published and unpublished information. These evaluations may 
include information from recognized experts; Federal, State, and tribal 
governments; academic institutions; foreign governments; private 
entities; and other members of the public.
    14 Nevada Springsnails: Spring Mountains Pyrg (Pyrgulopsis 
deaconi), Corn Creek Pyrg (Pyrgulopsis fausta), Moapa Pebblesnail 
(Pyrgulopsis avernalis), Moapa Valley Pyrg (Pyrgulopsis carinifera), 
Grated Tryonia (Tryonia clathrata), Blue Point Pyrg (Pyrgulopsis 
coloradensis), Hubbs Pyrg (Pyrgulopsis hubbsi), Pahranagat Pebblesnail 
(Pyrgulopsis merriami), White River Valley Pyrg (Pyrgulopsis sathos), 
Butterfield Pyrg (Pyrgulopsis lata), Hardy Pyrg (Pyrgulopsis marcida), 
Flag Pyrg (Pyrgulopsis breviloba), Lake Valley Pyrg (Pyrgulopsis 
sublata), Bifid Duct Pyrg (Pyrgulopsis peculiaris).

Previous Federal Actions

    On February 17, 2009, we received a petition from the Center for 
Biological Diversity (the Center), the Freshwater Mollusk Conservation 
Society, Dr. James Deacon, and Don Duff requesting that 42 species of 
Great Basin springsnails from Nevada, Utah, and California be listed as 
endangered or threatened species under the Act. Three of those 
springsnail species were addressed in an August 18, 2009, 90-day 
finding (74 FR 41649). The remaining 39 springsnail species, which 
includes the 14 springsnails addressed in this 12-month finding, were 
addressed in a September 13, 2011, ``substantial'' 90-day finding (76 
FR 56608).
    On April 25, 2012, we received from the Center a notice of intent 
to file suit to compel us to issue 12-month findings for four of the 
2009-petitioned species (i.e., Hardy pyrg, flag pyrg, Lake Valley pyrg, 
and bifid duct pyrg). Subsequently, on September 13, 2012, the Center 
filed a complaint to compel us to issue findings for the four 
springsnails. On April 29, 2013, we reached a stipulated settlement 
agreement with the Center, agreeing to publish 12-month findings for 
the four species by September 30, 2017. This 12-month finding satisfies 
the requirements of that stipulated settlement agreement for Hardy 
pyrg, flag pyrg, Lake Valley pyrg, and bifid duct pyrg. A detailed 
discussion of the basis for these findings can be found in the Species 
Assessment Form and the SSA Report that we used in preparing this 
finding (see ADDRESSES above).

Background

    All 14 of the species that this finding addresses fall within 
either the genus Pyrgulopsis or the genus Tryonia. To inexperienced and 
unaided eyes, species within each genus Pyrgulopsis and Tryonia appear 
relatively similar to one another, but have been collected, described, 
and differentiated based on subtle morphological characteristics using 
methods described by Hershler and Sada (1987, pp. 780-785) and Hershler 
(1989, pp. 176-179; 1994, pp. 2-4; 1998, pp. 3-11; 2001, p. 2). In 
general, species of Pyrgulopsis and Tryonia are similarly sized. The 
shell heights of adult Pyrgulopsis may range between approximately 1 
and 5 mm

[[Page 46620]]

(0.04 and 0.2 in) and have 3 to 5 whorls (Hershler 1998, pp. 4-9), 
whereas shell heights of adult grated tryonia may be approximately 3 to 
7 mm (0.1 to 0.3 in) and have between 5 to 9 whorls (Hershler 2001, p. 
7).
    The 14 springsnail species occur in a portion of the Great Basin, 
which is a contiguous watershed area of closed drainage basins that 
retain water and allow no outflow to other external bodies of water, 
such as rivers or oceans. The range and distribution of the 14 
springsnail species within the Great Basin overlap 11 hydrographic 
basins (i.e., drainage areas of streams) in Clark, Lincoln, Nye, and 
White Pine Counties, Nevada, and three hydrographic basins in Millard 
County, Utah.
    Springsnails occur in springs, which are relatively small aquatic 
and riparian systems that flow onto the land surface through natural 
processes and are maintained by groundwater. They range widely in size, 
water chemistry, morphology, landscape setting, and persistence. They 
occur from mountain tops to valley floors, some of which occur in 
clusters known as spring provinces, and are predominantly isolated from 
other aquatic and riparian systems. Springs occur where subterranean 
water under pressure reaches the earth's surface through fault zones, 
rock cracks, or orifices that occur when water creates a passage by 
dissolving rock. Most springs are considered unique based on the 
province influences of aquifer geology, morphology, discharge rates, 
and regional precipitation (Sada and Pohlmann 2002, pp. 3-5). Details 
regarding the subject springs' size, water transport or flow system, 
and environmental characteristics (such as temperature, dissolved 
oxygen, and other water chemistry conditions) are described in the 
supporting SSA Report for these species (Service 2017, pp. 40-42).
    The genetic diversity of springsnails is not well understood, 
particularly as it relates to their ability to adapt to short- and 
long-term environmental changes. Based on their restricted 
distributions within a springbrook (water outflow from a spring 
source), they seem to be limited to a range of physical and biological 
parameters that exist within that occupied area (Sada 2017, p. 13), one 
known parameter being their dependency on perennial water (Hershler and 
Liu 2008, p. 92). Overall, the best available information indicates 
that the 14 Nevada springsnails' physical and ecological needs include 
sufficient water quality, adequate substrate and vegetation, free-
flowing water, and adequate spring discharge (Service 2017, pp. 42-45).

Summary of Status Review

    These findings constitute our completion of our review of the 
petitioned action. However, we intend that any listing determination 
for the 14 Nevada springsnails be as accurate as possible. Therefore, 
we will continue to accept additional information and comments from all 
concerned governmental agencies, the scientific community, industry, or 
any other interested party concerning these findings.
    A species status assessment (SSA) was completed for these species 
and summarized in an SSA Report (Service 2017). Below are summary 
discussions for each species, primarily focusing on impacts to species' 
needs within and among populations both currently and in the future. We 
focused on the overall condition of the species' needs here as they 
relate to a species' ability to withstand disturbances and stochastic 
events (resiliency), the distribution of populations across the 
landscape to withstand disturbances and stochastic events (redundancy), 
and the ability for each species to adapt to changing environmental 
conditions (representation). For detailed scientific information on 
current and potential future conditions of these species, including 
full discussions of resiliency, redundancy, and representation for each 
species, please see the SSA Report. As explained further in the SSA 
Report, for all of these springsnails we considered the foreseeable 
future to be 50 years because: (1) It is within the range of the 
available hydrological and climate change model forecasts; and (2) 
because of the short generation time of these springsnails 
(approximately 1 year), 50 years encompassed approximately 30 to 40 
generations, which is a relatively high number of generations over 
which to observe effects to the species.
    Spring Mountains Pyrg--The Spring Mountains pyrg has been reported 
to occur historically at a total of nine springs in the Spring 
Mountains area of Clark and Nye Counties, Nevada; however, subsequently 
its presence has been confirmed at only eight of the nine springs. 
Surveys at six of these locations indicate that the downstream extent 
and abundance of this species fluctuates during and between years. 
Populations of Spring Mountains pyrg have typically been abundant or 
common during surveys in recent years. A variety of stressors have been 
negatively affecting the springs both historically and currently, and 
individuals continue to occupy those seven springs at similar abundance 
levels (i.e., scarce, common, or abundant) across its range as compared 
to past survey results. Stressors present include vegetation and soil 
disturbance from ungulate activity (all three springs at Horse Springs 
Province; Factor A) and recreation (Red Spring and Willow Spring; 
Factor A), potential crushing of individuals from ungulates and 
recreationists (all springs except Crystal Spring; Factor E), and 
residual impacts associated with historical spring modification 
(surface water diversion) (Kiup Spring and Horse Springs Province; 
Factor A). Although these stressors are present, they are not resulting 
in significant adverse effects to the Spring Mountains pyrg or its 
habitat. Projected future conditions include a possible decrease in 
spring discharge and insignificant impacts to substrate and vegetation. 
However, the populations of Spring Mountains pyrg continue to persist 
with an appropriate population size, growth rate, and occupied habitat, 
and the best available information does not indicate any reason why the 
expected condition of the springs and spring provinces within the 
species' range would not continue to meet the species' needs in the 
foreseeable future. We also looked for significant portions of the 
Spring Mountain pyrg's range that might be endangered or threatened, 
and we determined that there are no geographic concentration of 
stressors (see our Species Assessment Form, Section 15.1.3 available on 
the Internet at http://www.regulations.gov under Docket No. FWS-R8-ES-
2011-0001).
    Corn Creek Pyrg--There are three populations of the Corn Creek pyrg 
that continue to occupy the entirety of its known historical range, 
including five spring source locations in Clark County, Nevada, which 
are within the Desert National Wildlife Refuge managed by the Service 
(Sada 2017, pp. 76-79). The relative abundance of Corn Creek pyrg has 
varied between sites and surveys. Residual impacts associated with 
historical spring modification (surface water diversion, channel 
modification, and impoundment) occur at Corn Creek Springs Province 
(Factor A). Additionally, there are insignificant residual impacts from 
beneficial habitat restoration (Factor A) at four of the five springs. 
Projected future conditions include a possible decrease in spring 
discharge, which is a result of future changing climate conditions in 
conjunction with a possible increase in groundwater withdrawal 
(although, if it occurs, this is not expected to be significant across 
the species' range). We project that, at a minimum, four

[[Page 46621]]

springs total (two populations) are likely to remain viable in the 
foreseeable future even with the potential stressor of ground water 
withdrawal effects, particularly given the significant protections and 
management afforded the springs due to their presence within the Desert 
National Wildlife Refuge both currently and into the future (the 
Species Assessment form describes in more detail our analysis of these 
protections). We also looked for significant portions of the Corn Creek 
pyrg's range that might be endangered or threatened, and we determined 
that there was a geographic concentration of stressors but that portion 
was not significant, and thus did not meet the criteria of an SPR (see 
our Species Assessment Form, Section 15.1.3 available on the Internet 
at http://www.regulations.gov under Docket No. FWS-R8-ES-2011-0001).
    Moapa Pebblesnail and Moapa Valley Pyrg--The Moapa pebblesnail and 
Moapa Valley pyrg are endemic springsnails that co-occur at 6 locations 
(springs and spring provinces, totaling 16 springs) in Clark County, 
Nevada, which is the entirety of their historical ranges. Their 
abundance and distribution vary temporally and in response to 
restoration (documented to be scarce to abundant over survey periods), 
and the best available data indicate that the populations for both 
species are stable. Moapa Valley pyrg typically appears more abundant 
than Moapa pebblesnail. The primary impacts are at one spring that is 
currently low-flow--Cardy Lamb Spring--which represents residual 
impacts from historical spring modifications (surface diversion, 
channel modification, and impoundment) (Factor A), as well as presence 
of invasive species (mosquitofish (Gambusia affinis) and red-rimmed 
melania (Melanoides tuberculate)) that may predate upon the species 
(Factor C) or compete with resource needs (Factor E) of the Moapa 
pebblesnail. Baldwin Spring also harbors invasive species (Factors C 
and E) and experiences residual impacts from historical spring 
modifications (surface diversion and channel modification) (Factor A). 
Additionally, residual historical impacts are evident to an 
insignificant degree from spring modifications and restoration (Factor 
A) at Apcar Springs Province, Pederson Springs Province, and Plummer 
Springs Province. The species' needs (adequate water quality and 
discharge, substrate and vegetation, and free-flowing water) are being 
met throughout its range, although water flow is low at one spring 
(Cardy Lamb). The best available data indicate that various stressors 
have been negatively affecting the springs both historically and 
currently, although it appears not to the degree that the entire 
populations have been affected over time. Overall, the likelihood that 
5 of the 6 populations (15 springs) for each species will continue to 
persist with appropriate population sizes and growth rates appears high 
based on both species' demonstrated ability to persist with 
disturbances in the past, as well as the future expected conditions, 
and the best available information does not indicate any reason why the 
expected condition of the springs and spring provinces within the 
species' range would not continue to meet the species' needs in the 
foreseeable future. We also looked for significant portions of the 
Moapa pebblesnail and Moapa Valley pyrg ranges that might be endangered 
or threatened, and we determined that there was a geographic 
concentration of stressors but that portion was not significant, and 
thus did not meet the criteria of an SPR (see our Species Assessment 
Form, Section 15.1.3 available on the Internet at http://www.regulations.gov under Docket No. FWS-R8-ES-2011-0001).
    Grated Tryonia--The grated tryonia is an endemic springsnail that 
occurs in 5 springs and 6 spring provinces, totaling greater than 31 
springs in Clark, Lincoln, and Nye Counties, Nevada: 3 springs exhibit 
common relative abundance, 6 exhibit scarce abundance (which 
historically is the most-frequent relative abundance value recorded 
across its range, suggesting the species' abundance is inherently 
scarce), and for 3 springs the presence of the species must be presumed 
because there was no access to the springs during the most-recent 
surveys in 2016. This occupied area is the entirety of its known 
historical range (multiple springs at multiple locations). The primary 
stressors are invasive species (Factors C and E) and residual impacts 
from spring modification and habitat restoration activities (Factor A), 
which have been negatively affecting the springs historically and 
currently to varying degrees. Invasive species occur at a greater 
abundance at Baldwin Spring and Ash Spring Province as compared to 
Cardy Lamb Spring, Moorman Spring, and Hot Creek Springs Province; 
however, invasive species do not occur in high numbers or densities 
such that population- or rangewide-level effects are evident. Residual 
impacts from historical spring modifications (surface diversions, 
channel modifications, or impoundments) or from past restoration 
activities are evident throughout the species' range, although surveys 
do not indicate that the activities have had significant impacts on the 
species across its range. Projected future conditions include a 
possible decrease in spring discharge that, if manifested, could result 
in the loss of the Cardy Lamb Spring population. However, the best 
available information indicates that there is a high likelihood that 10 
of the 11 populations of grated tryonia will continue to persist in the 
foreseeable future with an appropriate population size and growth rate. 
We also looked for significant portions of the grated tryonia's range 
that might be endangered or threatened, and we determined that there 
are no geographic concentration of stressors (see our Species 
Assessment Form, Section 15.1.3 available on the Internet at http://www.regulations.gov under Docket No. FWS-R8-ES-2011-0001).
    Blue Point Pyrg--The Blue Point pyrg's range has always been 
limited to Blue Point Spring (Hershler 1998, p. 29), which is owned and 
managed by the National Park Service (Lake Mead National Recreation 
Area) in Clark County, Nevada. The species' abundance is known to vary 
over time: Scarce in the early 1990s, potentially extinct prior to 
2001, rediscovered in 2006, common or abundant in 2012, scarce in 2014, 
common or abundant in 2015, and again common in 2017 (Service 2017, p. 
137). The primary stressor for this species is aquatic invasive 
predation (Factor C), although other stressors that may negatively 
affect the species to a lesser degree are vegetation and substrate 
damage from ungulate use and roads (Factor A), as well as residual 
impacts from historical spring modification (Factor A). Although 
invasive species are the primary stressors for Blue Point pyrg, they do 
not occur in high numbers or densities such that population- or 
rangewide-level effects are evident. Overall, although stressors are 
present at Blue Point Spring, they do not appear to be resulting in 
significant adverse effects to Blue Point pyrg or its habitat (i.e., 
the species' needs continue to be met, and there is no information to 
indicate declining population trends). Given the continued disturbance 
from some of these stressors, and the continued presence of the species 
at this spring, Blue Point pyrg appears resilient over the long term in 
the face of these impacts. The spring modification that occurred 
historically is not expected to be restored to its natural condition, 
although springsnails continue to persist now and are expected to 
persist

[[Page 46622]]

into the future, despite this surface modification. Additionally, the 
spring is expected to continue to experience an insignificant level of 
impacts from soil and vegetation disturbances. Even with both these 
residual, historical impacts and the potential addition of ground water 
withdrawal if it occurs, there is no evidence to suggest that these 
stressors are likely to increase in magnitude to such a degree that the 
population of Blue Point pyrg would be lost, or decline to a 
significant degree as a result in the foreseeable future. We also 
looked for significant portions of the Blue Point pyrg's range that 
might be endangered or threatened, and we determined that there are no 
geographic concentration of stressors (see our Species Assessment Form, 
Section 15.1.3 available on the Internet at http://www.regulations.gov 
under Docket No. FWS-R8-ES-2011-0001).
    Hubbs Pyrg--Hubbs pyrg has been reported from two spring areas on 
private land in Lincoln County, Nevada: Hiko Spring and Crystal Springs 
Province (two springs) (Service 2017, Figure 5.5; Hershler 1998, pp. 
35-37; Sada 2017, pp. 80-81). The species is likely extirpated from 
Hiko Spring; in 2000, Sada (2017, p. 80) observed that the spring box 
was significantly modified, and the pyrg has not been observed since. 
Hubb's pyrg is presumed extant at Crystal Springs Province where it has 
been found to be common or abundant from surveys conducted between 1992 
and 2015 (see Table 5.35 in the SSA Report (Service 2017, p. 140)). The 
best available information indicates that the primary stressor for this 
species is residual impacts associated with historical spring 
modifications (surface diversion, channel modification, and 
impoundment) (Factor A). It is reasonable to assume that some residual 
temporary negative impacts associated with historical spring 
modifications currently exist. However, there is no evidence to suggest 
that the Hubbs pyrg is not continuing to occupy Crystal Springs 
Province at similar abundance levels (i.e., common or abundant) as 
recorded previously. Thus, although spring modifications still exist at 
Crystal Springs Province, the best available information indicates 
there are no significant adverse effects to Hubbs pyrg or its habitat 
(i.e., the species' needs continue to be met, and there is no 
information to indicate declining population trends). Potential future 
changes in climate conditions (increases in temperature or decreases in 
precipitation) are not likely to cause significant impacts to the 
regional carbonate aquifer that Crystal Springs Province relies on. 
Although the species is now found in only one spring, we concluded in 
the Species Assessment Form that the resiliency of the species within 
that spring is sufficiently high that the species is not in danger of 
extinction or likely to become so in the foreseeable future. Therefore, 
at this time, there is no evidence to suggest that the stressors 
discussed herein are likely to increase in magnitude into the future to 
such a degree that the population of Hubbs pyrg would be lost, or 
decline to a significant degree as a result in the foreseeable future. 
We also looked for significant portions of the Hubbs pyrg's range that 
might be endangered or threatened, and we determined that there are no 
geographic concentrations of stressors (see our Species Assessment 
Form, Section 15.1.3 available on the Internet at http://www.regulations.gov under Docket No. FWS-R8-ES-2011-0001).
    Pahranagat Pebblesnail--This springsnail is consistently found to 
be common or abundant within four springs and spring provinces (greater 
than nine springs) in Lincoln and Nye Counties, Nevada. This area is 
the entirety of its known historical range. Although none of its 
springs are in natural condition or resemble natural characteristics, 
physical alteration of these habitats has all been historical, and the 
springs have naturalized to a stable condition. Relative abundance and 
springbrook data have varied by spring and year, although the most-
recent survey information indicates it is currently abundant to common 
throughout its range. There are no stressors that are significantly 
affecting the species, although some presence of invasive species 
(Factor C) and residual impacts from historical spring modifications 
(Factor A) are likely resulting in insignificant effects. Although 
these stressors are present, they do not appear to be resulting in 
significant adverse effects to Pahranagat pebblesnail or its habitat 
(i.e., the species' needs continue to be met at affected springs, and 
there is no information to indicate declining population trends across 
the species' range). Future conditions are projected to include the 
continued presence of invasive species. There is also potential for 
future decreased flow or ground water withdrawals across this species' 
range if climate change or pressures from oil or gas development occur; 
however, if any such reduction in flow or reduced substrate and 
vegetation conditions occur, impacts are predicted to be insignificant; 
thus, even if springsnail individuals may be impacted, the species' 
needs would still be met in the foreseeable future. We also looked for 
significant portions of the Pahranagat pebblesnail's range that might 
be endangered or threatened, and we determined that there are no 
geographic concentration of stressors (see our Species Assessment Form, 
Section 15.1.3 available on the Internet at http://www.regulations.gov 
under Docket No. FWS-R8-ES-2011-0001).
    White River Valley pyrg--The White River Valley pyrg occurs in 
seven populations at nine springs or provinces in Nye and White Pine 
Counties, Nevada. Although some historical habitat was lost for this 
species, it currently occupies multiple springs at multiple locations 
throughout its known historical range. Two additional springs that 
could possibly contain the species have not been accessed since 1999 
and 2007; there is no evidence to suggest that the species no longer 
occurs at those locations. The White River Valley pyrg in Flag Springs, 
Camp Spring, Lund Spring, and Preston Big Spring appears to be 
thriving. The primary stressor affecting the species is residual 
impacts from historical spring modifications (Factor A), primarily at 
Cold Spring and Nicholas Spring, although these residual impacts are 
also evident to a lesser degree at three other springs and one spring 
province. Although no significant effects were noted, invasive species 
(Factor C) occur at Preston Big Spring, and vegetation and substrate 
impacts (Factor A) from roads, ungulate use, and recreation were also 
evident at four springs.
    The best available information indicates that the current stressors 
(spring modification, vegetation and soil disturbance from ungulates, 
invasive aquatic species) have existed historically across the species' 
range, resulting in a likelihood of some continued residual impacts to 
individuals or populations, but on a limited scale that does not affect 
the entire range of the species; no current impacts appear to exist at 
the Flag Springs Province (three springs). Thus, the best available 
information indicates that White River Valley pyrg continues to occupy 
multiple springs at abundance levels (common or abundant) similar to 
historical levels (albeit presumed occupancy for three of the 
populations). At this time, although stressors are present, they do not 
appear to be resulting in any significant adverse effects to White 
River Valley pyrg or its habitat (i.e., the species' needs continue to 
be met at affected springs, and there is no information to indicate 
declining population trends across the species'

[[Page 46623]]

range). Four populations--Flag Springs Province, Camp Spring, Lund 
Spring, and Preston Big Spring--consisting of five to eight springs are 
likely to continue to provide for the species' needs into the 
foreseeable future. Existing stressors (i.e., presumed invasive species 
(nonnative fish), vegetation and soil disturbance from roads, and 
historical spring modifications) are likely to continue but only to 
affect individuals of the species or to result in insignificant effects 
to populations. Additionally, abundance levels are expected to continue 
at this same status (abundant or common), having persisted over time 
regardless of the historical surface water diversions. We also looked 
for significant portions of the White River Valley pyrg's range that 
might be endangered or threatened, and we determined that there are no 
geographic concentrations of stressors (see our Species Assessment 
Form, Section 15.1.3 available on the Internet at http://www.regulations.gov under Docket No. FWS-R8-ES-2011-0001).
    Butterfield Pyrg--Butterfield pyrg occurs as two populations 
(likely five springs) at the Butterfield Springs Province in Nye 
County, Nevada, which is the likely historical range. Although two of 
the five springs could not be located during recent survey efforts, 
there is no evidence to suggest that the springs no longer exist. We 
determined that the species' needs are being met (or presumed to be 
met, noting additional surveys are necessary to locate two of the five 
spring sources). The primary stressors, although insignificant where 
they occur, are vegetation and soil disturbance from ungulate use 
(Factor A), invasive species (Factor C), and residual impacts from 
historical spring modifications (Factor A). The best available data 
indicate that residual impacts occur at the springs from past surface 
water diversions and disturbance of substrate and vegetation from 
ungulate activity, in addition to invasive plants present at two of the 
springs. Regardless of these historical and current impacts, the 
species was found to be both scarce and abundant (the latter at the 
largest spring in the province) at the three springs surveyed in 2016.
    We are also unaware of any projects or activities occurring that 
would result in significant negative effects to the species' needs. 
Although there are stressors present, they are not resulting in 
significant adverse effects to Butterfield pyrg or its habitat (i.e., 
the species' needs continue to be met at affected springs, and there is 
no information to indicate declining population trends across the 
species' range). It is likely that all populations will continue to 
persist into the future. The most probable impacts to the species' 
needs are potential reduced aquifer levels if climate change 
predictions (minimal increase in temperature and decrease in 
precipitation) come to fruition. If flow does decrease, it is not 
expected to affect the species' needs negatively to such a degree that 
springsnail abundance would decrease or springs would be lost in the 
foreseeable future. We also looked for significant portions of the 
Butterfield pyrg's range that might be endangered or threatened, and we 
determined that there was a geographic concentration of stressors; 
however, we found those stressors were not likely to cause the species 
in that portion to be in danger of extinction now or in the foreseeable 
future. Therefore, no portion of the Butterfield pyrg's range meets the 
criteria of an SPR (see our Species Assessment Form, Section 15.1.3 
available on the Internet at http://www.regulations.gov under Docket 
No. FWS-R8-ES-2011-0001).
    Hardy Pyrg--The Hardy pyrg occurs in White River Valley, Nye 
County, Nevada. Although some historical habitat was lost for this 
species, it currently occupies multiple springs at multiple locations 
(8 populations within 24 springs) throughout its known historical 
range. The species' abundance in some springs varies, including recent 
surveys showing the species' abundance to range from none to common or 
abundant. The most common stressors across the range of the species 
include vegetation and soil disturbance from ungulate use (Factor A), 
as well as potential for crushed springsnails (seven populations; 
Factor E), and residual impacts from historical spring modifications 
(surface diversions, channel modifications, or impoundments at six 
populations; Factor A). Additionally, three populations are subject to 
vegetation and soil disturbance from roads (Factor A), and two also 
contain invasive species (Factor C). Although these stressors are 
present, they are not resulting in significant adverse effects to Hardy 
pyrg or its habitat (i.e., the species' needs continue to be met at 
affected springs, and there is no information to indicate declining 
population trends across the species' range). A decrease in spring 
discharge in the future, if it occurs, may result in reduced Hardy pyrg 
population resiliency (possibly loss of the Ruppes Boghole Springs). 
Based on the current spring characteristics, stressors, and habitat 
conditions, we believe at least 6 populations (11 springs) would be 
able to withstand future stochastic events, regardless of the lowered 
resiliency. Overall, we expect habitat conditions may be reduced to 
some extent, but overall conditions will remain suitable for the Hardy 
pyrg in the foreseeable future. We also looked for significant portions 
of the Hardy pyrg's range that might be endangered or threatened, and 
we determined that there are no geographic concentrations of stressors 
(see our Species Assessment Form, Section 15.1.3 available on the 
Internet at http://www.regulations.gov under Docket No. FWS-R8-ES-2011-
0001).
    Flag Pyrg--Flag pyrg occurs in two populations (four springs) in 
Nye County, Nevada: Meloy Spring and Flag Springs Province. Both of 
these areas represent the entirety of the species' known historical 
range. They both contain large populations that have historically and 
currently been classified as common or abundant (with the exception of 
Flag Spring C where none were found in 2016 (Service 2017, p. 190). 
Although this pyrg may be present in low numbers or absent at Flag 
Spring C, all remaining populations appear to be thriving. The overall 
condition of these four springs is high, with the only stressor known 
to affect these populations being residual impacts from historical 
spring modifications (surface diversions at both locations, and an 
impoundment at Meloy Spring) (Factor A). Although residual effects from 
this stressor are present, the spring modifications are not resulting 
in significant adverse effects to the Flag pyrg or its habitat (i.e., 
the species' needs continue to be met at affected springs, and there is 
no information to indicate declining population trends across the 
species' range). There is potential for future reduced flow and 
possibly reduced substrate and vegetation conditions at both locations 
if climate change projections are realized; however, if any such 
reduction in flow or reduced substrate and vegetation conditions occur, 
impacts to this species are expected to be insignificant; even if 
springsnail individuals may be impacted, the species' needs would still 
be met. Because the springs have substantially high rates of free-
flowing water, we expect habitat conditions may be reduced, but overall 
conditions are likely to remain suitable for the Flag pyrg in the 
foreseeable future. We also looked for significant portions of the Flag 
pyrg's range that might be endangered or threatened, and we determined 
that there are no geographic concentrations of stressors (see our

[[Page 46624]]

Species Assessment Form, Section 15.1.3 available on the Internet at 
http://www.regulations.gov under Docket No. FWS-R8-ES-2011-0001).
    Lake Valley Pyrg--Although some historical habitat was lost for 
this species, Lake Valley pyrg currently occupies multiple springs at 
multiple locations throughout its known historical range. Specifically, 
Lake Valley pyrg is known from four springs at Wambolt Springs Province 
(Lake Valley, Lincoln County, Nevada), where it occurs as two 
populations. Surveys in 2009 found Lake Valley pyrg in three of the 
four springs surveyed--Wambolt Springs A, C, and D--which closely align 
in a meadow, whereas surveys in 2016 found the species in Wambolt 
Springs B, C, and D where Sada (2017, pp. 112-113) considered them 
abundant. With regards to stressors, spring modification (surface 
diversion; Factor A) and cattle disturbance to vegetation and substrate 
(Factor A) are evident. The Wambolt Springs Province has historically 
experienced some spring modifications and ungulate use that disturbs 
substrate and vegetation; ungulate use continues currently, although 
Lake Valley pyrg's relative abundance numbers do not appear 
significantly affected. At this time, although these stressors are 
present, they are not resulting in significant adverse effects to Lake 
Valley pyrg or its habitat (i.e., the species' needs continue to be met 
at affected springs, and there is no information to indicate declining 
population trends across the species' range).
    With regard to our future conditions analysis, the most probable 
impacts to the species' needs are associated with reduced aquifer 
levels if climate change predictions (minimal increase in temperature 
and decrease in precipitation) come to fruition, as well as with 
vegetation and soil disturbance from ungulate activity. Additionally, 
there are no proposed projects that are likely to impact the species or 
its habitat in the future. The greatest potential future impacts--
ground water withdrawal or changes in climate conditions--may result in 
future reductions in spring discharge and free-flowing water; however, 
the best available information suggests that any realized negative 
effects would not result in significant population- or rangewide-level 
effects. In other words, Lake Valley pyrg's resiliency, redundancy, or 
representation is not likely to be reduced to a significant degree in 
the foreseeable future. We also looked for significant portions of the 
Lake Valley pyrg's range that might be endangered or threatened, and we 
determined that there are no geographic concentrations of stressors 
(see our Species Assessment Form, Section 15.1.3 available on the 
Internet at http://www.regulations.gov under Docket No. FWS-R8-ES-2011-
0001).
    Bifid Duct Pyrg--The bifid duct pyrg occurs in White Pine County, 
Nevada, and Millard County, Utah. Although some historical habitat was 
lost for this species, it currently occupies a wide distribution within 
multiple springs at multiple locations throughout its known historical 
range (11 extant bifid duct pyrg populations in 18 springs), which can 
help protect the species against potential catastrophic events. 
Abundance varies across the species' range. During 2016 surveys, it was 
common or abundant in the majority of springs where it was found. It 
also appears that it consistently demonstrates relatively high 
abundance numbers in all but one of the 18 springs, and that the 
species has been both historically and currently scarce in the 
remaining spring. The most significant stressors across the species' 
range include residual impacts associated with historical spring 
modification (eight populations; Factor A), damaged substrate and 
vegetation from ungulate use (Factor A), the potential for crushed 
springsnails from ungulate use (Factor E), and, to a significantly 
lesser extent, potential vegetation and substrate impacts (Factor A) 
from roads (three springs) and recreation (three springs). 
Additionally, one spring (Maple Grove Springs) has invasive species 
(Factor C) present, although at insignificant abundance levels. The 
best available data indicate that there are no projects or activities 
occurring or proposed that would result in significant negative effects 
to the species' needs.
    At this time, although these stressors are present, they are not 
resulting in significant adverse effects to bifid duct pyrg or its 
habitat (i.e., the species' needs continue to be met at affected 
springs, and there is no information to indicate declining population 
trends across the species' range). A decrease in spring discharge, if 
it occurs in the future, may result in a reduction in resiliency for 
all populations of bifid duct pyrg. The degree to which reduction in 
discharge would affect resiliency would vary among populations, based 
on the current size of the population, the amount of flow at each 
spring site, the extent of habitat, and uncertainties associated with 
management on private land and proposed groundwater development 
projects. The best available information indicates that the bifid duct 
pyrg's resiliency, redundancy, or representation is not likely to be 
reduced to a significant degree in the foreseeable future. This 
conclusion is based on: (1) There are no proposed projects or negative 
changes in management practices expected in the foreseeable future, and 
(2) any future reduction in discharge or other species needs is not 
likely to be significant given the overall adequacy of current 
conditions (particularly spring discharge; see Service 2017, Table 
6.13, p. 268) throughout the majority of the species' range such that 
springs or populations would be lost. We also looked for significant 
portions of the bifid duct pyrg's range that might be endangered or 
threatened, and we determined that there was a geographic concentration 
of stressors but that portion was not significant, and thus did not 
meet the criteria of an SPR (see our Species Assessment Form, Section 
15.1.3 available on the Internet at http://www.regulations.gov under 
Docket No. FWS-R8-ES-2011-0001).

Finding

    Based on our review of the best available scientific and commercial 
information pertaining to the five factors, as well as the number and 
distribution of springs and spring provinces for each of the 14 
springsnail species, the continued presence of adequate resources to 
meet the species' needs, and our consideration of the species' 
continued redundancy, resiliency, and representation, we conclude that 
the impacts on the 14 species and their habitat are not of such 
imminence, intensity, or magnitude to indicate that any of the 14 
springsnail species are in danger of extinction (an endangered 
species), or likely to become so within the foreseeable future (a 
threatened species), throughout all or a significant portion of their 
ranges. We conclude there is no evidence of any significant impacts to 
the species such that there is or would be in the foreseeable future a 
loss of the resources needed to meet the species' physical and 
ecological needs across all 14 of the species' ranges. Nor is there any 
evidence that there are any significant portions of the species' ranges 
where the species could be in danger of extinction or likely to become 
so in the foreseeable future. Thus, our future analysis reveals a low 
risk of extirpation in the foreseeable future for all 14 species.

Barbour's Map Turtle (Graptemys barbouri)

Previous Federal Actions

    On April 20, 2010, we received a petition from the Center to list 
404

[[Page 46625]]

aquatic, riparian, and wetland species from the southeastern United 
States as endangered or threatened species under the Act, including 
Barbour's map turtle. On September 27, 2011, we published a 90-day 
finding in the Federal Register (76 FR 59836) concluding that the 
petition presented substantial information indicating that listing the 
Barbour's map turtle may be warranted. As a result of the Service's 
2012 settlement agreement with the Center, the Service is required to 
submit a proposed listing rule or not-warranted 12-month finding for 
the Barbour's map turtle to the Federal Register by September 30, 2017. 
This notice satisfies the requirements of that settlement agreement for 
the Barbour's map turtle, and constitutes the Service's 12-month 
finding on the April 20, 2010, petition to list the Barbour's map 
turtle as an endangered or threatened species.

Background

    The Barbour's map turtle is a freshwater riverine turtle found in 
the Apalachicola-Chattahoochee-Flint (ACF) Rivers and their major 
tributaries--Choctawhatchee, Pea, Ochlockonee, and Wacissa Rivers in 
southeastern Alabama, southwestern Georgia, and the Florida panhandle. 
Barbour's map turtles are mostly found in riverine habitats, although 
they may also be found in creeks, streams, and impoundments. These map 
turtles are historically known from the ACF River drainage (to include 
Chattahoochee, Flint, and Chipola Rivers) of southeastern Alabama, 
southwestern Georgia, and the Florida panhandle and some of their 
tributaries. Stream geomorphology in the ACF River basin is 
characterized by steep, sandy banks and Ocala limerock outcrops with 
alternating shallow, rocky shoals and deep, sandy pools. The abundance 
of Barbour's map turtles in the ACF River basin has led researchers to 
believe the limestone substrate and water depth are important elements 
of the species' habitat. Barbour's map turtles have recently been found 
outside the known historical range in the Wacissa and Ochlockonee 
Rivers in the Florida panhandle and the Choctawhatchee and Pea Rivers 
in Alabama and Florida panhandle.
    Map turtles are avid baskers, basking up to 6 or more hours a day 
from March through October. In Florida and southern Alabama, map 
turtles will bask during every month of the year as long as the ambient 
temperature is above water temperature. In the northern portion of 
their range in Georgia and during cold spells throughout the region, 
turtles become lethargic in the cooler water temperatures but do not 
hibernate. Basking is required for thermoregulation, prevention and 
destruction of parasites and fungi that may grow on the carapace or 
skin, and exposure to ultraviolet radiation for absorption of vitamin 
D. Map turtles are easily startled and will dive into the water for 
protection.
    River sinuosity, meaning the amount and type of curves and bends, 
plays an important part in providing habitat, shelter, and food for 
this species. The more bends and curves a river or creek has, the more 
riparian area that could be present to provide woody vegetation and 
snags for basking and sheltering, increased diversity of water depth 
and flow, more exposed open sandbars to provide advantageous nesting 
areas, and habitat for food sources consumed by all life stages of 
Barbour's map turtle.

Summary of Status Review

    In completing the status review for the Barbour's map turtle, we 
considered and evaluated the best scientific and commercial information 
available, and evaluated the potential stressors that could be 
affecting the Barbour's map turtle, including the Act's five threat 
factors. This evaluation includes information from all sources, 
including Federal, State, tribal, academic, and private entities and 
the public. The Species Status Assessment Report (Service 2017b, 
entire) for the Barbour's map turtle summarizes and documents the 
biological information we assembled, reviewed, and analyzed as the 
basis for our finding. While the petition stated concerns regarding 
impacts to the species from stressors within the five factors, we 
concluded that the species is resilient to the stressors and current 
impacts to the species do not rise to a level that would warrant 
listing under the Act.
    Our review of the best available science indicates that the 
Barbour's map turtle continues to occupy most of its historical range 
in the ACF River basin and additional locations beyond the historical 
range. Although the Barbour's map turtle faces a variety of impacts 
from reduced water flow from dams, fluctuating levels of water quality 
and habitat availability, dredging, and deadhead logging, the species 
has continued to persist and the magnitude of these threats is not 
expected to significantly change in the near future. Furthermore, the 
impacts from any of the stressors--either individually or 
cumulatively--are not likely to affect the species at a population- or 
range-wide level in the near term.
    To evaluate the current and future viability of the Barbour's map 
turtle, we assessed a range of future conditions to allow us to 
consider the species' resiliency, redundancy, and representation. 
Resiliency describes the ability of a population to withstand 
stochastic disturbance effects. Redundancy describes the ability of the 
species to withstand catastrophic disturbance events. Representation 
characterizes a species' adaptive potential by assessing geographic, 
genetic, ecological, and niche variability. Together, resiliency, 
redundancy, and representation comprise the key characteristics that 
contribute to a species' ability to sustain populations in the wild 
over time.
    A species with multiple resilient populations distributed across 
its range is more likely to persist into the future and avoid 
extinction than a species with fewer, less-resilient populations. For 
the purposes of this assessment, populations were delineated using HUC8 
watersheds that Barbour's map turtles have historically occupied or 
currently occupy. The Barbour's map turtle currently occupies 16 HUC8 
watersheds within the ACF River basin and the Choctawhatchee, 
Ochlockonee, and Wacissa River basins. Overall, estimates of current 
resiliency, representation, and redundancy for Barbour's map turtle are 
considered to be moderate to high, with the exception of the Upper 
Choctawhatchee River, and we did not find any evidence that these 
conditions may change in the future. Our estimation of the species' 
moderate to high resiliency, redundancy, and representation throughout 
the majority of its range suggest that it has the ability to sustain 
its populations into a 30-year time horizon. This timeframe captures 
the time period of 2-3 generations of Barbour's map turtles, as well as 
our best professional judgment of the projected future conditions 
related to either environmental stressors (e.g., water management, 
deadhead logging, dredging or channel maintenance for commerce and 
public use of the waterways) or systematic changes (e.g., climate 
change, riparian management or regulatory mechanisms, human 
consumption, and pet trade collection). We evaluated the current range 
of the Barbour's map turtle to determine if there are any apparent 
geographic concentrations of potential threats to the species. The risk 
factors that occur throughout the Barbour's map turtle's range include 
reduction of water flow from dams (Factor A), climate change (Factor 
A), deadhead logging (Factor A), dredging (Factor A), and human 
exploitation (Factor B). There was no concentration of threats 
identified

[[Page 46626]]

across its range. Therefore, there is no portion of the species' range 
where the species could be in danger of extinction or likely to become 
so in the foreseeable future, and the Barbour's map turtle is not in 
danger of extinction currently, nor is it likely to become so in the 
foreseeable future, in a significant portion of its range.

Finding

    Based on our review of the best available scientific and commercial 
information pertaining to the five factors, as well as the number and 
distribution of populations, the continued presence of adequate 
resources to meet the species' needs, and our consideration of the 
species' continued redundancy, resiliency, and representation, we 
conclude that the impacts on the species and its habitat are not of 
such imminence, intensity, or magnitude to indicate that the Barbour's 
map turtle is in danger of extinction (an endangered species), or 
likely to become so within the foreseeable future (a threatened 
species), throughout all or a significant portion of its range.
    We conclude there is no evidence of any significant loss of the 
resources needed to meet the species' physical and ecological needs 
across the species' range, nor is there any evidence of declining 
numbers of turtles at any of the locations. Rather, recent surveys 
(1990s-2000s) have resulted in a larger species range than that which 
was previously known.
    Therefore, we find that listing the Barbour's map turtle as a 
threatened or an endangered species or maintaining the species as a 
candidate is not warranted throughout all or a significant portion of 
its range. A detailed discussion of the basis for this finding can be 
found in the Barbour's map turtle species-specific assessment form and 
other supporting documents available on the Internet at http://www.regulations.gov under Docket No. FWS-R4-ES-2017-0065.

Bicknell's Thrush (Catharus bicknelli)

Previous Federal Actions

    In 1994, the Bicknell's thrush was determined to be a category 2 
species of concern and we announced that finding in the Animal 
Candidate Review for Listing as Endangered or Threatened Species (59 FR 
58982, November 15, 1994). Category 2 was defined as including taxa for 
which the Service had information indicating that proposing to list as 
endangered or threatened was possibly appropriate, but for which 
persuasive data on biological vulnerability and threats were not 
currently available to support proposed rules. In 1996, the Service 
discontinued the list of category 2 candidate species, resulting in the 
removal of the Bicknell's thrush from candidate status (61 FR 64481, 
December 5, 1996).
    On August 26, 2010, we received a petition dated August 24, 2010, 
from the Center, requesting that the Bicknell's thrush be listed as an 
endangered or threatened species under the Act and that critical 
habitat be designated. Included in the petition was supporting 
information regarding the species' natural history and ecology, 
population status, and threats to the species, including: Habitat loss 
and climate change (Factor A); disease and predation (Factor C); the 
inadequacy of existing regulatory mechanisms (Factor D); and exposure 
to mercury, acid deposition, interspecific competition, and disturbance 
by recreationists (Factor E).
    On September 9, 2011, the U.S. District Court for the District of 
Columbia approved two settlement agreements: One agreement between the 
Service and the Center and a second agreement between the Service and 
WildEarth Guardians (Guardians). The agreements enabled the Service to 
systematically, over a period of 6 years, review and address the needs 
of more than 250 species listed on the 2010 Candidate Notice of Review 
(75 FR 69222, November 10, 2010). The agreements also included 
additional scheduling commitments for a small subset of the actions in 
the 6-year work plan that were consistent with the Service's objectives 
and biological priorities. For the Bicknell's thrush, the settlement 
agreement with Guardians specified that we would complete a 90-day 
petition finding by the end of fiscal year 2012. On August 15, 2012, we 
published a 90-day finding for the Bicknell's thrush (77 FR 48934) 
indicating that the petition provided substantial information 
indicating that listing the species because of Factors A, D, and E may 
be warranted, and initiated a status review.
    In 2013, the Center filed a complaint against the Service for 
failure to complete a 12-month finding for the Bicknell's thrush within 
the statutory timeframe. The Service entered into a settlement 
agreement with the Center to address the complaint; the court-approved 
settlement agreement specified a 12-month finding for the Bicknell's 
thrush would be delivered to the Federal Register by September 30, 
2017. This notice constitutes the 12-month finding on the August 26, 
2010, petition to list the Bicknell's thrush as an endangered or 
threatened species.

Background

    This information is summarized from the Service's Bicknell's Thrush 
Biological Species Report (Species Report) (Service 2017c, entire); for 
more detail, please see the Bicknell's Thrush Species Report available 
on the Internet at http://www.regulations.gov under Docket No. FWS-R5-
ES-2012-0056. The Bicknell's thrush is a migratory bird: The smallest 
of North American Catharus thrushes in the family Turdidae, which 
includes all birds related to the robins. Due to similar morphometric 
(related to size and shape) characteristics, positively identifying a 
Bicknell's thrush from other North American Catharus thrushes, 
especially the gray-cheeked thrush (C. minimus), requires close 
scrutiny. However, trained biologists can tell similar species apart. 
We have carefully reviewed the available taxonomic information and 
conclude that the Bicknell's thrush (Catharus bicknelli) is a valid 
taxonomic species.
    The Bicknell's thrush breeds during the summer (May to August) in 
areas of the northeastern United States and southeastern Canada. 
Individuals start migrating in late September or early October by 
following a coastal route south to Virginia, where most birds depart, 
flying across the ocean to the Bahamas and Cuba, before finally 
arriving in the Greater Antilles (i.e., the grouping of larger islands 
in the Caribbean, including but not limited to the Bicknell's thrush's 
wintering areas in Cuba, Haiti, the Dominican Republic, Jamaica, and 
Puerto Rico) sometime during mid-October through early November. 
Wintering occurs in the Greater Antilles (October to March), and 
migration occurs back overland through the Southeast United States in 
spring (April to May) to reach its breeding grounds.
    Breeding habitat for the Bicknell's thrush consists of dense 
tangles of both living and dead ``stunted'' trees that are 
predominately balsam fir (Abies balsamea) with lesser amounts of red 
spruce (Picea rubens) and white birch (Betula papyrifera var. 
cordifolia) (Wallace 1939, p. 285; Ouellet 1993, p. 561; Rimmer et al. 
2001, p. 7; McKinnon et al. 2014, p. 2). Except in the case of the 
Canadian provinces, where the species has been found at lower 
elevations along the coast and in regenerating industrial forests at 
higher elevations, the species breeds mostly in stunted high-elevation 
or montane spruce-fir forests located close to, but below, timberline 
(i.e., at elevations

[[Page 46627]]

above 700 m (2,300 ft)) (Wallace 1939, pp. 248, 286; Ouellet 1993, pp. 
560, 561; Atwood et al. 1996, p. 652; Nixon et al. 2001, p. 38; Rimmer 
et al. 2001, p. 7; Glennon and Seewagen 2016, p. 134; Aubry et al. 
2016, p. 304). Although the Bicknell's thrush exhibits some flexibility 
in the elevation of its breeding habitats, the species demonstrates a 
strong preference for a specific, dense vegetation structure.
    While there is more suitable breeding habitat in Canada than in the 
United States, the species is not evenly distributed throughout the 
habitat. Based on breeding density information, the best available data 
indicate that the current Bicknell's thrush global population is 
approximately 97,358 to 139,477, with approximately 66 percent of the 
population breeding in the United States and 33 percent breeding in 
Canada.
    During migration, the Bicknell's thrush appears to be a habitat 
generalist and can be found in dense woodlots composed of variable tree 
species, or along well-vegetated beaches, orchards, and gardens 
(Wallace 1939, p. 259; Wilson and Watts 1997, pp. 520-521). Wintering 
occurs exclusively in the Greater Antilles, with the majority of 
Bicknell's thrushes on the island of Hispaniola, in Haiti and the 
Dominican Republic; however, the species can also be found on the 
islands of Cuba, Jamaica, and Puerto Rico (Rimmer et al. 2001, pp. 3-
4). In Jamaica, the Bicknell's thrush is considered ``extremely rare'' 
and observed in old growth forests (Strong in litt. 2016). The species' 
information for Puerto Rico is scant (Rivera in litt. 2017), with 
surveys conducted in the winter of 2015 and 2016 finding a total of 10 
birds (Rimmer 2016, entire). In the Dominican Republic, where the 
majority of wintering information about the species is derived, the 
Bicknell's thrush can be found from sea level to 2,200 m (7,200 ft), 
although most occur in moderately wet to wet broadleaf montane forests 
above 1,000 m (3,300 ft) elevation (i.e., cloud forest) (Rimmer et al. 
2001, p. 8). The Bicknell's thrush can also be found in dry pine-
dominated forests at lower elevations (Rimmer et al. 2001, p. 6). The 
species prefers wintering in dense thicket vegetation (Townsend et al. 
2010, p. 520), similar to the habitat structure selected during the 
breeding season.

Summary of Status Review

    This information is summarized from the Species Report (Service 
2017c, entire); for more detail, please see the report. Due to the lack 
of specific data regarding survival rates by life stage or fecundity 
rates, we evaluated existing stressor-related data and qualitatively 
assessed the individual and cumulative effects of those stressors on 
individual Bicknell's thrush, aggregates of Bicknell's thrush in the 
breeding or wintering grounds, and at the species level. From this 
assessment, we conclude that habitat loss in the wintering range has 
most likely been a significant driver of the species' decreased 
viability, particularly when combined with low productivity in some 
years due to nest predation from red squirrels (Sciurus vulgaris), 
which also contributes to annual variation in the abundance of the 
Bicknell's thrush.
    Activities that contribute to loss of the species' habitat include 
some forestry practices such as precommercial thinning and clearcutting 
in the Canadian portion of the species' range, which may result in the 
loss and fragmentation of important breeding habitat. However, the 
regeneration of young dense stands of conifers that follows cutting can 
provide breeding habitat for the species for approximately 5 to 12 
years after clearcutting (International Bicknell's Thrush Conservation 
Group 2010, p. 12; McKinnon et al 2014, pp. 264, 268). The development 
of ski areas, wind turbines, telecommunication facilities, and their 
associated infrastructure (i.e., roads and transmission lines) has also 
resulted in the loss and fragmentation of Bicknell's thrush habitat 
(International Bicknell's Thrush Conservation Group 2010, p. 12), but 
these activities have affected a relatively small proportion of the 
available Bicknell's thrush breeding habitat and associated 
individuals.
    Looking forward, the best available information suggests that, as a 
result of climate change, the spruce-fir habitat that supports breeding 
Bicknell's thrushes may be substantially reduced, with the potential to 
be nearly eliminated, from the species' current range in the 
northeastern United States and may decline in Canada by the end of this 
century, depending on the amount of greenhouse gases emitted to the 
atmosphere, habitat type (i.e., low vs. high elevation), and forest 
harvest management strategies. The effects of climate change may also 
result in an increase in competition between the Bicknell's and 
Swainson's thrushes (Catharus ustulatus), at the expense of the 
Bicknell's thrush, and an increase in predation from red squirrels.
    On the wintering grounds, the consequences of climate change will 
likely include a drying of the Caribbean region and an associated 
decline in the wet montane and cloud forest habitats where most 
Bicknell's thrushes are found. It is also likely that socioeconomic and 
development pressures, especially in the Dominican Republic and Haiti, 
will result in further losses of the species' preferred habitat, as 
forests are converted to other land uses.
    The stressors we evaluated in detail in our Bicknell's Thrush 
Report (Service 2017c, entire) that fall under Factors A, C, and E of 
section 4(a)(1) of the Act are habitat loss and degradation due to 
incompatible forestry practices (e.g., precommercial thinning), 
conversion to agriculture, atmospheric acid and nitrogen deposition, 
recreational and wind energy development, and the effects of climate 
change (Factor A); predation from red squirrels and Norway rats (Rattus 
norvegicus) (Factor C); and effects of mercury, effects of acid 
deposition, collision and disturbance by stationary and moving 
structures, disturbance by recreationalists, and competition with 
Swainson's thrush (Factor E). An examination of existing regulatory 
mechanisms (Factor D) for both the Bicknell's thrush and its habitat in 
general reveals that some mechanisms exist that may provide a 
conservation benefit to the species. Where relevant, the adequacy of 
those mechanisms is discussed in context in the relevant sections of 
the Species Report.
    We have no information indicating that habitat degradation due to 
atmospheric acid and nitrogen deposition (Factor A), disease (Factor 
C), or the effects of mercury and acid deposition (Factor E) are 
currently affecting the Bicknell's thrush or its habitat. In addition, 
we concluded that recreational and wind energy development (Factor A), 
as well as collision and disturbance by stationary/moving structures 
and disturbance by recreationalists (Factor E) may be affecting 
individual Bicknell's thrush but were not significant stressors to 
aggregates of individuals or at the species level.
    Our review of the best available information indicates that the 
Bicknell's thrush continues to occupy most of its historical breeding, 
migration, and wintering range. Although there are some stressors that 
are expected to result in the loss of suitable breeding and wintering 
habitat for the Bicknell's thrush, as well as directly affect the 
species through reduced reproduction and overwintering mortality, we 
have no evidence to suggest that the species is currently at risk of 
extinction; in other words, the risk of the Bicknell's thrush 
significantly declining in the near term is very low given that it has 
persisted despite historical levels of habitat loss

[[Page 46628]]

and predation throughout its range. Furthermore, neither the loss of 
wintering habitat nor predation levels nor any other stressors, either 
individually or cumulatively, are likely to cause species-level effects 
such that the species is currently at risk of extinction; thus the 
Bicknell's thrush does not meet the definition of an endangered 
species.
    The stressors likely to have the greatest influence on the 
Bicknell's thrush's viability over time include: (1) For the breeding 
range, changes in habitat suitability (e.g., changes in tree species 
composition, forest pests, and fire regime), increased red squirrel 
predation, and increased interspecific competition due to the effects 
of climate change; and (2) for the wintering range, direct habitat loss 
due to agriculture conversion and the effects of climate change. We 
considered whether we could reliably predict the extent to which these 
stressors might affect the status of the species in the future. Our 
ability to make reliable predictions into the future for the Bicknell's 
thrush is limited by the variability in not only the quantity and 
quality of available data across the species' range regarding the 
species' occurrence and the potential impacts to the species from 
ongoing and predicted stressors, but also by the high amount of 
uncertainty in how the Bicknell's thrush may respond to those effects.
    The future timeframe for this analysis is approximately 30 years, 
which is a reasonably long time to consider as the foreseeable future 
given the Bicknell's thrush's life history and the temporal scale 
associated with the patterns of the past and current stressors outlined 
in the best available information. For example, the foreseeable future 
is twice as long as the 15-year data set (from 2001 to 2014) showing 
the extent of decline in tree cover on four Caribbean islands occupied 
by wintering Bicknell's thrushes (Hansen et al. 2017, entire). This 
timeframe also captures the range of time periods for continued habitat 
loss in the wintering range as a result of incompatible forestry 
practices and conversion to agricultural lands (i.e., using the 
previous 15 years of data to project the same rate of the decline over 
the next 15 to 30 years), climate models, as well as our best 
professional judgment of the reliability of data on, and the projected 
range of future conditions related to the effects, including cumulative 
effects, of climate change (i.e., the period in which there is reliable 
data upon which to base a prediction of the species' response to the 
potential effects of climate change).
    Since the analysis of potential effects from climate change was an 
important consideration in our status assessment and the effects of 
climate change take place over a period of time, we sought to consider 
a timeframe that was long enough to evaluate those potential effects 
adequately. However, in evaluating the status of the species, we did 
not extend our forecast out as far as all existing climate change 
models discussed in the Bicknell's Thrush Report. Those models extend 
to approximately 100 years, and we concluded that such an extended 
forecast was not sufficiently reliable for the listing determination 
due to the: (1) Increased uncertainty in the model results (i.e., the 
confidence intervals associated with temperature and precipitation 
projections); (2) increasing uncertainty in the magnitude and imminence 
of the predicted changes; (3) higher level of uncertainty of how the 
species may respond to any potential changes in its habitat that may 
result from changes in temperature and precipitation patterns; and (4) 
uncertainty associated with how society will respond to the predicted 
change in climate (e.g., take actions that will mediate or accelerate 
global emissions) that far into the future. As an example of biological 
uncertainty, there are significant questions regarding the point at 
which the predicted shifts (i.e., tree species composition, 
interspecific competition with Swainson's thrush) make the habitat 
unsuitable for the Bicknell's thrush, as well as the extent to which 
the Bicknell's thrush has the adaptive capacity to use any changes in 
what we now understand to be suitable habitat or to find other habitat 
to be suitable. These uncertainties are additive and undermine the 
Service's confidence in making a risk assessment projection beyond 30 
years into the future. Therefore, the Service concluded that an 
approximate 30-year projection of threats and effects to the species 
represents the timeframe in which a reliable prediction is possible.
    Based on the species' abundance and distribution in its breeding 
and wintering locations, the continued presence of adequate habitat 
quality and quantity to meet the species' breeding and overwintering 
needs, and our consideration of the species' future distribution, 
abundance, and diversity, we conclude that the Bicknell's thrush is 
likely to remain at a sufficiently low risk of extinction that it will 
not become in danger of extinction in the foreseeable future (i.e., 
approximately 30 years) and thus does not meet the definition of a 
threatened species under the Act.
    We evaluated the current range of the Bicknell's thrush to 
determine if there are any apparent geographic concentrations of 
potential threats to the species. The risk factors that occur 
throughout the Bicknell's thrush's range include the loss of habitat 
due to the effects of climate change. The loss of habitat due to 
illegal logging, conversion to subsistence farming, and slash and burn 
agriculture, however, is occurring both currently and in the 
foreseeable future, at a rate of approximately 5 percent reduction in 
tree cover over 15 years (based on Hansen et al.'s (2017, entire) 
analysis), solely in the Dominican Republic and Haiti. Thus, this one 
area of the species' wintering range is subject to a type of habitat 
loss that is not affecting the species uniformly throughout its range. 
While the human-mediated loss of suitable habitat in the wintering 
grounds appears to be concentrated in areas within the Dominican 
Republic and Haiti, the risk is low that the current rate of loss that 
we project to continue, is sufficient to cause the Bicknell's thrush to 
be in danger of extinction (i.e., be an endangered species) or likely 
to cause the species to become endangered within the foreseeable future 
period of approximately 30 years (i.e., be a threatened species) in a 
portion of its range.

Finding

    Based on our review of the best available scientific and commercial 
information pertaining to the five factors, we find that the stressors 
acting on the species and its habitat, either singly or in combination, 
are not of sufficient imminence, intensity, or magnitude to indicate 
that the Bicknell's thrush is in danger of extinction (an endangered 
species), or likely to become endangered within the foreseeable future 
(a threatened species), throughout all of its range. We request that 
you submit any new information concerning the status of, or threats to, 
the Bicknell's thrush to our New England Fish and Wildlife Office (see 
ADDRESSES) whenever it becomes available.

Big Blue Springs Cave Crayfish (Procambarus horsti)

Previous Federal Actions

    On April 20, 2010, we received a petition from the Center to list 
404 aquatic, riparian, and wetland species from the southeastern United 
States as threatened or endangered species under the Act, including the 
Big Blue Springs cave crayfish. The 90-day finding was

[[Page 46629]]

published on September 27, 2011; it determined that the petition 
contained substantial information indicating the species may warrant 
listing, and initiated a status review (76 FR 59836). As a result of 
the Service's 2012, settlement agreement with the Center, the Service 
is required to submit a 12-month finding to the Federal Register by 
September 30, 2017. This notice satisfies the requirements of that 
settlement agreement for the Big Blue Springs cave crayfish, and 
constitutes the Service's 12-month finding on the April 20, 2010, 
petition to list the Big Blue Springs cave crayfish as an endangered or 
threatened species.

Background

    The Big Blue Springs cave crayfish is a subterranean species of 
crayfish endemic to several freshwater springs and sink caves within 
the panhandle of Florida. It has been collected from aquatic caves and 
limestone springs associated with the Woodville Karst Plain near and 
south of a geomorphological feature of karst limestone known as the 
Cody Scarp, paralleling riverine karst areas of the Wakulla, St. Marks, 
and Wacissa Rivers in Jefferson, Leon, and Wakulla Counties, Florida. 
It has been found in the boil area of springs, depths of 21-26 m (70-80 
ft), and a sinkhole near the surface. The principal habitat feature 
supporting this species appears to be a flowing, freshwater, 
subterranean environment; however, specific water-quality requirements 
for the species are currently unknown.
    The Big Blue Springs cave crayfish was historically found in three 
locations: A well in Leon County, Big Blue Spring in Jefferson County, 
and Shepherd Spring on St. Marks National Wildlife Refuge in Wakulla 
County, Florida. In 2017, the species was found in three aquatic cave 
sites within 12 mi (19 km) of each other--Big Blue Spring and nearby 
Garner Spring on the east side of the Wacissa River (Jefferson County) 
and Horsehead Spring on the west side of the Wacissa River (Jefferson 
County)--which included locations where the species had not previously 
been found.

Summary of Status Review

    In completing our status review for the Big Blue Springs cave 
crayfish, we reviewed the best available scientific and commercial 
information and compiled the information in the Species Status 
Assessment Report (Service 2017d, entire) for the Big Blue Springs cave 
crayfish. We evaluated all known potential impacts to the Big Blue 
Springs cave crayfish, including the Act's five threat factors. As 
explained further below, we also used a time period of 35-50 years for 
the foreseeable future. This evaluation included information from all 
sources, including Federal, State, tribal, academic, and private 
entities and the public.
    The Big Blue Springs cave crayfish were recently (March 2017) 
observed in two of three historical locations. No population estimates 
exist for the species; however, at least 90 individuals were observed 
across three locations during the 2017 surveys. The primary stressors 
to the Big Blue Springs cave crayfish currently and into the future are 
loss of freshwater within the karst system and saltwater intrusion.
    The petition stated that the species is at risk from present or 
future destruction, modification, or curtailment of its range by 
extensive degradation of aquatic and riparian habitats due to land-use 
activities and the direct alterations of waterways. In addition, 
populations are prone to potential pollution and detrital change, and 
there is concern that the aquifer system may be receiving pollutants 
from the Tallahassee area. We also evaluated the extent to which 
overutilization and climate change (including saltwater intrusion 
resulting from sea-level rise) may be affecting the species negatively.
    Land Use Activities and Direct Alteration of Waterways: In general, 
crayfish species experience degradation of aquatic and riparian 
habitats in the Southeast due to land-use activities--such as 
development, agriculture, logging, and mining--and direct alterations 
of waterways--such as impoundment, diversion, dredging and 
channelization, and draining of wetlands (Benz and Collins 1997, p. 
273; Shute et al. 1997, pp. 445-446). However, information on whether 
these activities represent actual or active threats to the Big Blue 
Springs cave crayfish is inconclusive.
    Population Increases and Water Pollution: According to the U.S. 
Census Bureau, the human population in the southeastern United States 
has grown at an average annual rate of 37.9 percent since 2000 (U.S. 
Census Bureau 2017, pp. 1-4), by far the most rapidly growing region in 
the country. This rapid growth has resulted in expanding urbanization, 
sometimes referred to as ``urban sprawl.'' Urban sprawl increases the 
connectivity of urban habitats while simultaneously fragmenting non-
urban habitats such as forests and grasslands (Terando et al. 2014, p. 
1). In turn, species and ecosystems are negatively affected by the 
increased sprawl because of water pollution, local climate conditions, 
and disturbance dynamics (Terando et al. 2014, p. 1).
    Population projections for Leon County, Florida, are expected to 
increase, leading to potential ground water impacts associated with 
greater water demands for the city of Tallahassee. However, the 
Northwest Florida Water Management District indicated that ground water 
pumping was not an issue in the watershed; more freshwater is staying 
in the system due to improvements in storm water and stream flow 
management. This is based on observed increases in discharge that could 
be related to the release of water from underground stream openings and 
sinks connected to the regional karst system (Coates 2017, pers. 
comm.). With more freshwater staying in the system due to improvements 
in storm water and stream flow management, we concluded that the best 
available scientific and commercial information does not indicate that 
ground water changes are having a negative impact on the species at a 
population level.
    Overutilization: The petition also discussed the potential threat 
of overutilization of crayfish from collection for bait or food; 
however, the freshwater cave habitat for this species is difficult to 
access, which offers the crayfish some protection from collection. This 
threat is not causing population- or species-level impacts; therefore, 
the best available information does not indicate overutilization is an 
operative threat to this species.
    Climate Change: Our analyses under the Act include consideration of 
ongoing and projected changes in climate. Various types of changes in 
climate can have direct or indirect effects on the species. These 
effects may be positive, neutral, or negative and they may change over 
time. In our analyses, we use the best available scientific and 
commercial data and modeling available and our expert judgment to weigh 
relevant information, including uncertainty, in our consideration of 
various aspects of climate change.
    One impact from climate change that may be a factor for the Big 
Blue Springs cave crayfish is sea-level rise due to its proximity to 
the Gulf coast of Florida. Annual rates of sea-level rise at 
Apalachicola, Florida (southwest of areas inhabited by Big Blue Springs 
cave crayfish) have averaged approximately 1.96 mm (0.08 in) since the 
1970s (National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration 2017). The 
projected sea-level rise for coastal Wakulla County in 2080 is 0.32 m 
(1.05 ft) (Harrington and Walton 2008, p. 12). Sea-level rise may 
result in an increase in saltwater

[[Page 46630]]

intrusion into the karst freshwater aquifer system as a result of 
associated increases in hydraulic pressure on the aquifer; however, the 
mechanics of the coastal aquifer system are complex and dynamic. 
Generally, seawater is kept out of the conduit system by freshwater 
hydraulic pressure resisting against seawater intrusion (Werner and 
Simmons 2009, pp. 197-198). However, Xu et al. (2016, p. 2) documented 
seawater intrusion into the Woodville Karst Plain conduit network 
during periods of low precipitation. Their analysis of precipitation 
and electrical conductivity data indicates that seawater intrusion into 
the karst system does occur, traveling 11 mi (18 km) against the 
prevailing regional hydraulic gradient to Wakulla Spring (Xu et al. 
2016, p. 2).
    This increase in seawater intrusion into the karst conduit system 
may be contributing to the increased freshwater discharge rates 
periodically observed in some springs (e.g., Wakulla Springs) in recent 
years. Sea-level rise would result in increased hydraulic pressure and, 
therefore, the potential for increased saltwater intrusion into the 
conduit system. However, we are unable to conclude that the current 
predicted rates of sea-level rise will significantly affect the cave 
crayfish's habitat within the foreseeable future. First, the species is 
able to move vertically within spring systems and can quickly adapt to 
changes in the availability of freshwater within the conduit system 
(Moler 2016, pers. comm.). Saltwater is also denser than freshwater 
and, therefore, descends as it intrudes inland through the aquifer, 
reducing the likelihood that it will affect the availability of 
freshwater in the conduit system as distance from the ocean increases. 
The flow of seawater from the Gulf of Mexico interacts with the force 
of a seaward hydraulic pressure of freshwater creating a diffusion zone 
at the freshwater-saltwater interface (Zhang et al. 2002, p. 233). This 
interface is a dynamic zone that is dictated by the flow of the water 
in each direction; further inland, there is less pressure from the 
introduced seawater and more pressure from the freshwater system 
flowing into the ocean.
    Finally, habitats occupied by the Big Blue Springs cave crayfish 
are located 3 to 43 km (2 to 27 mi) from the coast, at elevations of 
1.5 to 15 m (5 to 50 ft) above sea level, though occupied habitats 
within the conduit system are below sea level. Although seawater 
intrusion and transport in karst aquifers can occur over extremely long 
distances, increases in conductivity noted at the vent of Wakulla 
Spring are small in an absolute sense. An increase in conductivity is 
indicative of saltwater intrusion inland (Xu et al. 2016, p. 9). 
Conductivity would likely be similar or less at the two furthest sites 
occupied by Big Blue Springs cave crayfish (Big Blue Spring and Garner 
Spring). Seawater intrusion could be a more important issue at Shepherd 
Spring, which is located within 3 km (2 mi) of the Gulf of Mexico.
    Overall, based on historical data along with current and future 
conditions of the species and habitat, we anticipate that Big Blue 
Springs cave crayfish populations will remain resilient. The locations 
where the crayfish have been observed at the surface can be thought of 
as ``windows'' into the karst system. The species has the ability to 
move throughout the system in response to environmental conditions in 
order to relocate to suitable habitat or areas of refugia. The species 
is expected to continue to be resilient in response to stochastic 
events. A survey from March 2017 detected the species in areas where 
they hadn't previously been detected, and many individuals were found 
in Garner Springs, indicating that the species is persisting there. 
Management actions on public lands can provide protection and 
improvement for springs. Portions of the Aucilla Wildlife Management 
Area are designated as Outstanding Florida Waters by the Florida 
Department of Environmental Protection; such a designation restricts 
degradation of water quality and water withdrawal (Florida Fish and 
Wildlife Conservation Commission 2016, p. 57). As explained further in 
the Species Assessment Form, we evaluated ongoing management of the 
springs within the range of the Big Blue Springs cave crayfish will 
reduce impacts to the species by maintaining water flow to the springs 
thus allowing the persistence of suitable habitat.
    Foreseeable future for this species was determined to be a 35-50-
year timeframe based on the biology of the species, the threats 
identified, and ongoing water management practices that include actions 
that are beneficial to the species, with the 50-year outer limit as the 
conservative amount of time to apply when evaluating its status as 
threatened. The lifespan of cave crayfish is typically around 20 years, 
so the range of 35-50 years encompasses 2-3 generations, allowing 
sufficient time for population response to stressors to be detected, 
with the major stressor to the species being a decline or loss of 
freshwater availability. The climate model used included projections 
beyond 50 years; however, a longer timeframe would lead to too much 
uncertainty in evaluating the response of the species to habitat 
changes or the impacts from sea-level rise, drought, or overall water 
availability.
    We evaluated the current range of the Big Blue Springs cave 
crayfish to determine if there are any apparent geographic 
concentrations of potential threats to the species. There was no 
concentration of threats identified across its range. Therefore, we 
find there could be no significant portion of the species' range where 
the species is in danger of extinction or likely to become so in the 
foreseeable future. Therefore, we find that the Big Blue Springs cave 
crayfish is not endangered or threatened throughout a significant 
portion of its range.

Finding

    Based on our review of the best available scientific and commercial 
information pertaining to the five factors, we evaluated relevant 
stressors, including land-use activities and direct alterations of 
waterways (Factor A), water withdrawal (Factor A), sea-level rise 
(Factor A), and overutilization (Factor B), and concluded that the 
stressors acting on the species and its habitat, either singly or in 
combination, are not of sufficient imminence, intensity, or magnitude 
to indicate that the Big Blue Springs cave crayfish is in danger of 
extinction (an endangered species), or likely to become endangered 
within the foreseeable future (a threatened species), throughout all or 
a significant portion of its range.
    The most important factor that may affect Big Blue Springs cave 
crayfish resiliency is ground water decline. We expect that ground 
water levels may decline over time, but there is significant 
uncertainty over how that will affect freshwater availability. If 
freshwater availability is reduced due to lower aquifer levels caused 
by ground water pumping or prolonged drought, we expect populations 
would likely be minimally affected, since the species has been found at 
significant spring and sink depths and can move as ground water levels 
decrease (Moler 2016, pers. comm.).
    A detailed discussion of the basis for this finding can be found in 
the Big Blue Springs cave crayfish species-specific assessment form and 
other supporting documents available on the Internet at http://www.regulations.gov under Docket No. FWS-R4-ES-2017-0066.

[[Page 46631]]

Black-Backed Woodpecker (Picoides arcticus)

Previous Federal Actions

    On May 8, 2012, we received a petition dated May 2, 2012, from the 
John Muir Project of the Earth Island Institute, the Center for 
Biological Diversity, the Blue Mountains Biodiversity Project, and the 
Biodiversity Conservation Alliance (Earth Island Institute et al. 2012, 
pp. 1-16) (petitioners), requesting that the Oregon-Cascades/California 
population and the Black Hills population of the black-backed 
woodpecker each be listed as an endangered or threatened subspecies, 
and that critical habitat be designated concurrent with listing under 
the Act. The petition also requested that, should we not recognize 
either population as a subspecies, we consider listing each population 
as an endangered or threatened distinct population segment (DPS) under 
our policy published in the Federal Register for determining distinct 
vertebrate population segments under the Act (61 FR 4721; February 7, 
1996). Included in the petition was information regarding the species' 
ecology, genetic sampling information, distribution, present status, 
and suggested actual and potential causes of decline. Our positive 90-
day finding for the petition was published in the Federal Register on 
April 9, 2013 (78 FR 21086).
    On September 24, 2014, the United States District Court for the 
District of Columbia issued a court order for a stipulated settlement 
agreement in the case of Center for Biological Diversity v. S.M.R. 
Jewell, No.1: 14-cv-0 1021-EGS. The order and stipulated settlement 
agreement required the Service to complete a 12-month finding for the 
``California-Oregon and South Dakota populations'' of the black-backed 
woodpecker by September 30, 2017. This notice constitutes the 12-month 
finding on the May 2, 2012, petition to list the Oregon-Cascades/
California population and Black Hills population as endangered or 
threatened species under the Act.

Background

    The black-backed woodpecker is similar in size to the more-common 
American robin (Turdus migratorius) and is heavily barred with black 
and white sides (Dawson 1923, pp. 1007-1008). Males and young have a 
yellow crown patch, while the female crown is entirely black. Its 
sooty-black dorsal plumage camouflages it against the black, charred 
bark of the burned trees upon which it preferentially forages (Murphy 
and Lehnhausen 1998, p. 1366; Tremblay et al. 2016, p. 1). The black-
backed woodpecker has only three toes on each foot instead of the usual 
four. Black-backed woodpeckers have a narrow diet, consisting mainly of 
larvae of wood-boring beetles and bark beetles (Cerambycidae, 
Buprestidae, Tenebrionidae, and Scolytidae) (Goggans et al. 1989, pp. 
20, 34; Villard and Beninger 1993, p. 73; Murphy and Lehnhausen 1998, 
pp. 1366-1367; Powell 2000, p. 31; Dudley and Saab 2007, p. 593), which 
are available following large-scale disturbances, especially high-
severity fire (Nappi and Drapeau 2009, p. 1382). The black-backed 
woodpecker is a cavity-nesting bird. It nests in late spring, with nest 
excavation generally occurring from April to June, depending on 
location and year.
    The black-backed woodpecker occurs across dense, closed-canopy 
boreal and montane coniferous forests of North America from Alaska, 
Canada, Washington, Oregon, California, Northern Rockies, South Dakota, 
Minnesota and east to New England (Winkler et al. 1995, p. 296; 
Tremblay et al. 2016, pp. 10-11). This includes the Black Hills of 
western South Dakota (Drilling et al. 2016, pp. 251-252) and adjacent 
counties of northeastern Wyoming (Orabona et al. 2012, p. 76). It also 
includes the area of eastern Washington and Oregon where the species is 
found in the Cascade Range, south through throughout the Blue Mountains 
and Wallowa Mountains and into the Siskiyou Mountains in southwestern 
Oregon. From Oregon, the range continues south into California along 
the higher elevation slopes of the Siskiyou, Cascades, Klamath, and 
Sierra Nevada Mountains to eastern Tulare County, California (Dawson 
1923, p. 1007; Grinnell and Miller 1944, p. 248; Tremblay et al. 2016, 
pp. 10-11). The black-backed woodpecker's breeding range generally 
corresponds with the location of boreal and montane coniferous forests 
throughout its range.
    At the landscape scale, while not tied to any particular tree 
species, the black-backed woodpecker generally is found in older 
conifer forests that comprise high densities of larger snags (Bock and 
Bock 1973, p. 400; Russell et al. 2007, p. 2604; Nappi and Drapeau 
2009, p. 1388; Siegel et al. 2012, pp. 34-42). The species is closely 
associated with standing dead timber that contains an abundance of 
snags (Tremblay et al. 2016, pp. 13-16). Black-backed woodpeckers 
appear to be most abundant in stands of trees recently killed by fire 
(Hutto 1995, pp. 1047, 1050; Smucker et al. 2005, pp. 1540-1543) and in 
areas where beetle infestations have resulted in high tree mortality 
(Bonnot et al. 2009, p. 220).
    The black-backed woodpecker was first described in 1831 (Swainson 
and Richardson 1831, p. 313; American Ornithologists' Union (AOU) 1983, 
p. 392). The scientific community recognizes the black-backed 
woodpecker as a valid species (AOU 1983, pp. 392-393), and no 
subspecies of the black-backed woodpecker were included at the time 
that AOU, the scientific authority responsible for bird classification, 
last published subspecies classifications in 1957 (AOU 1957, p. 330). 
In addition, no other taxonomic authority has recognized any subspecies 
for the black-backed woodpecker (Tremblay et al. 2016, p. 9).

Summary of Status Review

    A recent genetic study identified some genetic differences between 
individuals found in three areas within the black-backed woodpecker's 
range. The three areas include: (1) The boreal forest of Canada, 
Washington, Northern Rockies, and northeastern United States, (2) the 
Oregon-Cascades/California (Sierra Nevada Mountains), and (3) the area 
around the Black Hills (southwestern South Dakota and northeastern 
Wyoming) (Pierson et al. 2010, entire; Pierson et al. 2013, entire). 
The petitioners have relied on the Pierson et al. (2010) study results 
to propose that this new genetic information may warrant a revised 
interpretation of the taxonomic description of the species into three 
subspecies (EII et al. 2012, pp. 13-16). However, based on our review 
of the best available scientific and commercial information, as well as 
the expert opinion of the scientific community, we find that the 
Oregon-Cascades/California and Black Hills populations are not 
subspecies. Also in our analysis, we could not find significant 
differences in behavior, morphology, or habitat use for the species 
across its range, or that any genetic differences have yet manifested 
themselves into differences that can be pointed at that would support 
separation of the populations into subspecies.
    We also reviewed whether the Black Hills population or the Oregon-
Cascades/California population were distinct vertebrate population 
segments (DPSs) under our 1996 DPS policy (61 FR 4721, February 7, 
1996). Based on a review of the best available information, we have 
determined that the Black Hills population and the Oregon-Cascades/
California population are not significant in relation to the remainder 
of the taxon because they do not exist in an ecological setting unique 
or unusual to

[[Page 46632]]

the taxon; the loss of the populations would not result in a 
significant gap in the range of the taxon; they are not the only 
surviving natural occurrences of the taxon; and the genetic makeup of 
neither population contains unique genetic characteristics not found 
elsewhere in the larger boreal population. Therefore, we have 
determined that neither the Black Hills population nor the Oregon-
Cascades/California population qualifies as a DPS under our 1996 DPS 
policy, and neither is a listable entity under the Act. Because the 
Black Hills and Oregon-Cascades/California populations of the black-
backed woodpecker are not listable entities, we did not perform a 
status assessment under the five factors found in section 4(a) of the 
Act.

Finding

    Based on our thorough review of the best available scientific and 
commercial information as summarized in our Species Assessment (Service 
2017f, entire), we find that the petitioned entities identified as the 
Oregon-Cascades/California population and the Black Hills population of 
the black-backed woodpecker are not subspecies and neither meets our 
criteria for being a DPS under our February 7, 1996, DPS policy (61 FR 
4722). Therefore the Oregon-Cascades/California and Black Hills 
populations of the black-backed woodpecker do not meet the definition 
of listable entities under the Act and, as a result, cannot warrant 
listing under the Act. Our complete rationale and supporting 
information for our subspecies and DPS determinations are outlined in 
our Species Assessment document (Service 2017f, entire; available on 
the Internet at http://www.regulations.gov under Docket No. FWS-R8-ES-
2013-0034).

Boreal Toad (Anaxyrus boreas boreas)

Previous Federal Actions

    On September 30, 1993, the Service received a petition from the 
Biodiversity Legal Foundation and Dr. Peter Hovingh. The petitioners 
requested that the Service list the Southern Rocky Mountains population 
of the ``western boreal toad'' (an alternate common name sometimes used 
in the past for Anaxyrus boreas boreas) as endangered. The petitioners 
also requested that the Service designate critical habitat. On July 22, 
1994, we published a notice of a 90-day finding on the petition in the 
Federal Register (59 FR 37439), indicating that the petition and other 
readily available scientific and commercial information presented 
substantial information indicating that the petitioned action may be 
warranted.
    On March 23, 1995, the Service announced a 12-month finding that 
listing the Southern Rocky Mountains population of the boreal toad as 
an endangered DPS was warranted but precluded by other higher priority 
actions (60 FR 15281). At that time, a listing priority number of 3 was 
assigned. When we find that listing a species is warranted but 
precluded, we refer to it as a candidate species. Section 4(b)(3)(B) of 
the Act directs that, when we make a ``warranted but precluded'' 
finding on a petition, we are to treat the petition as being one that 
is resubmitted annually on the date of the finding; thus, the Act 
requires us to reassess the petitioned actions and to publish a finding 
on the resubmitted petition on an annual basis. Several resubmitted 
candidate assessments for the boreal toad were completed. The most 
recent of these was published in the Federal Register on May 11, 2005 
(70 FR 24870).
    On September 29, 2005, we determined that the Southern Rocky 
Mountains population of the boreal toad did not warrant listing because 
it was not a listable entity according to the DPS criteria and, 
therefore, should be withdrawn from the candidate list (70 FR 56880). 
When the boreal toad was put on the candidate list in 1995, the DPS 
Policy did not yet exist, so the determination that the toad was a 
listable entity was not based on the current criteria. The combination 
of using the DPS criteria developed in 1996 and incorporating genetic 
and other information available during development of the 2005 finding 
led to determinations that the Southern Rocky Mountains population of 
the boreal toad was discrete, but not significant. Therefore, we 
determined in the 2005 finding that it was not a listable entity.
    On May 25, 2011, we received a petition from the Center, the Center 
for Native Ecosystems, and the Biodiversity Conservation Alliance, 
requesting that either the Eastern or Southern Rocky Mountains 
population of the boreal toad be listed as an endangered or threatened 
DPS, and that critical habitat be designated under the Act. Please note 
that the Southern Rocky Mountains population is a subset of what we now 
call the Eastern Population of the boreal toad. We published a notice 
of a 90-day finding for the petition in the Federal Register on April 
12, 2012 (77 FR 21920). In that finding we concluded that the petition 
presented substantial scientific or commercial information indicating 
that listing the Eastern Population of the boreal toad as a DPS may be 
warranted. The finding announced that we were initiating a review of 
the status of the Eastern Population to determine if listing it as a 
DPS is warranted. The 90-day finding further announced that we did not 
find substantial information that listing the Southern Rocky Mountains 
population of the boreal toad as a DPS may be warranted. Although the 
Southern Rocky Mountains population appears geographically discrete, we 
did not find substantial information to suggest that it may be 
significant according to the criteria in our DPS Policy. We concluded 
that there is not substantial information in the petition and in our 
files to suggest that the Southern Rocky Mountains population of boreal 
toads may be a valid listable entity (i.e., a DPS) (77 FR 21920, April 
12, 2012).
    On June 27, 2013, the Center filed a complaint (1:13-cv-00975-EGS) 
to compel the Service to issue 12-month findings as to whether listing 
under the Act was warranted for nine species, including the Eastern 
Population of the boreal toad. On September 23, 2013, the Service and 
the Center filed a stipulated settlement agreement, agreeing that the 
Service would submit to the Federal Register a 12-month finding for the 
Eastern DPS of the boreal toad by September 30, 2017 (Center for 
Biological Diversity v. Jewell 2013, case 1:13-cv-00975-EGS). This 
notice constitutes the Service's 12-month finding on the 2011 petition 
to list the Eastern DPS of boreal toad as an endangered or threatened 
species.

Background

    The boreal toad is a subspecies of the Western toad (Anaxyrus 
boreas, formerly Bufo boreas), which occurs throughout much of the 
western United States. Current and ongoing genetic analyses suggest the 
occurrence of an eastern group of boreal toads that are distinct from 
the rest of the subspecies. Genetic studies have helped clarify the 
boundaries of this group, which we now understand to include boreal 
toads in southeastern Idaho, western and south-central Wyoming, most of 
Utah (except western Box Elder County), Colorado, and north-central New 
Mexico. This group, which we refer to as the ``Eastern Population,'' is 
the focus of this finding.
    The boreal toad occurs between 2,000 m (6,550 ft) and 3,670 m 
(12,232 ft) in areas with suitable breeding habitat within a landscape 
containing a variety of vegetation types, including pinon-juniper, 
lodgepole pine, spruce-fir forests, mountain shrubs, and alpine meadows 
(Service 2017f, p. 13). Breeding takes place in shallow, quiet water in 
lakes, marshes, bogs, ponds, and wet meadows (Service 2017f, p. 13).

[[Page 46633]]

We are not aware of any total population size estimates for the Eastern 
Population of the boreal toad. We lack information to define or 
precisely map all individual breeding populations of boreal toads, 
because some recent location data are limited to incidental sightings 
of individual toads. Therefore, for the purposes of our analysis, the 
range of the species was depicted by watershed, at the 12-digit 
hydrologic unit code (HUC-12) level, where a HUC-12 may include one or 
more current or historical breeding sites (Service 2017f, pp. 11-13). 
We considered these HUC-12s to be proxies for ``populations'' within 
the larger Eastern Population, because the 12-digit HUC is the finest 
grained sub-watershed delineated in the National Watershed Boundary 
Dataset, representing areas of 10,000-40,000 ac (4,000-16,000 ha) (USGS 
2009). This approach allowed us to rely upon consistent units for 
analysis across the range of the boreal toad. We do not believe that 
the current range has changed substantially from the historical range, 
although some HUC-12s with documented presence of toads are now 
considered extirpated (Service 2017f, pp. 11-13).
    We evaluated the Eastern Population of boreal toads under the 
Service's Policy Regarding the Recognition of Distinct Vertebrate 
Population Segments Under the Endangered Species Act (61 FR 4722; 
February 7, 1996). Our complete DPS evaluation can be found in the 
Species Assessment and Listing Priority Assignment Form for the boreal 
toad (available on the Internet at http://www.regulations.gov under 
Docket No. FWS-R6-ES-2012-0003) and is summarized here. The Eastern 
Population of the boreal toad is markedly separated from the rest of 
the boreal toad subspecies, based on the collective results of genetic 
studies that provide evidence of this discontinuity, and in particular 
the nuclear DNA evidence clarifying the boundaries of the Eastern 
Population. As a result, the Eastern Population of the boreal toad is 
considered a discrete population according to the DPS policy. In 
addition, the extirpation of this group would mean the loss of the 
genetic variation in this distinct group, and the loss of the future 
evolutionary potential (i.e., representation) that goes with it. Thus, 
the genetic data support the conclusion that the Eastern Population of 
the boreal toad represents a unique and irreplaceable biological 
resource of the type the Act was intended to preserve. Thus, we 
conclude that the Eastern Population of the boreal toad differs 
markedly in its genetic characteristics relative to the rest of the 
taxon. Therefore, we consider the Eastern Population of the boreal toad 
significant to the taxon to which it belongs under the DPS policy. 
Because the Eastern Population of the boreal toad is both discrete and 
significant, it qualifies as a DPS under the Act. From here on in this 
document, we refer to this entity as the Eastern DPS of the boreal 
toad.

Summary of Status Review

    We completed a Species Status Assessment (SSA) Report for the 
Eastern DPS of the boreal toad (Service 2017f, entire), which reports 
the results of the comprehensive biological status review by the 
Service for the Eastern DPS of the boreal toad, and provides a thorough 
account of the species' overall viability and, therefore, extinction 
risk. To evaluate the biological status of the boreal toad both 
currently and into the future, we assessed a range of conditions to 
allow us to consider the population's resiliency, redundancy, and 
representation as proxies for evaluating overall viability. The boreal 
toad needs multiple resilient populations (redundancy) widely 
distributed (representation) across its range to maintain its 
persistence into the future and to avoid extinction. A number of 
factors may increase a boreal toad population's resilience to 
stochastic events. These factors include (1) sufficient population size 
(abundance), (2) recruitment of toads into the population, as evidenced 
by the presence of all life stages at some point during the year, and 
(3) connectivity between breeding populations. As explained further in 
the SSA Report (Service 2017f), we used a time period of up to 50 years 
for the foreseeable future.
    We evaluated a number of potential stressors that could influence 
the health and resilience of boreal toad populations (Service 2017f, p. 
22), corresponding to the five factors under section 4(a)(1) of the 
Act. We found that the main factor influencing the status of 
populations is the presence of chytrid fungus, Batrachochytrium 
dendrobatidis (Bd); however, the response of boreal toads to Bd varies 
across the species' range (Service 2017f, p. 24). Toads in the Southern 
Rocky Mountains subpopulation area appear to respond most negatively 
when exposed to Bd, resulting in drastic declines in toad numbers at 
breeding sites, or the extirpation of toads at some sites. Toads in 
Utah do not appear to be significantly affected by Bd, and toads in 
western Wyoming display slow population declines through time. We 
consider occupied sites where Bd infection is absent to be the most 
resilient; some populations exist where Bd is present and are highly 
resistant to Bd infection, and we also consider these populations 
highly resilient (Service 2017f, p. 29). Other areas display moderate 
resistance to Bd and are, therefore, moderately resilient; low-
resiliency populations are those that have little or no resistance to 
Bd and suffer severe population declines or extirpation (Service 2017f, 
p. 33).
    The historical range of the Eastern DPS of boreal toad includes 439 
known HUC-12s across the range of this subspecies. Currently, 
approximately 194 HUC-12s are considered occupied. Of these, 
approximately 83 HUC-12s are positive for Bd infection (Service 2017f, 
pp. 31-32). Occupancy within the remaining approximately 245 HUC-12s is 
currently unknown due primarily to the lack of recent survey effort. 
However, this number includes approximately 62 HUC-12s within the 
Southern Rocky Mountains subpopulation area that are considered 
unoccupied and may have been extirpated by Bd (Service 2017f, pp. 31-
32). We recognize that the 439 known HUC-12s within the range of the 
species likely represents a minimum number of possible breeding sites, 
since surveys done to date have not included every area that could 
possibly support boreal toads (Service 2017f, p. 11).
    The variability in the toads' response to Bd infection informs our 
understanding of the future of the boreal toad. As part of the Southern 
Rocky Mountains Recovery Team's update of its conservation plan, 
Converse et al. (2016, entire) and Gerber et al. (in review) as cited 
in Crockett (2017a, p. 2) developed a population persistence model, 
which provides a statistically rigorous assessment of viability of 
boreal toads in the Southern Rocky Mountains (Crockett 2017a, p. 2). 
The model, based on data on the occupancy of sites by toads and the 
presence of Bd, is described in greater detail in our SSA Report 
(Service 2017f, pp. 24, 34-35). This model predicts a greater-than-95 
percent probability of persistence of toads within the Southern Rocky 
Mountains over the next 50 years, but with lower population levels, 
fewer breeding sites, and reduced geographic distribution. Given that 
boreal toads in other geographic areas display higher levels of 
resistance to Bd infection (and there is no information to suggest that 
situation will change), we believe this model represents a worst-case 
scenario when considering the future condition of the Eastern DPS as a 
whole (Service 2017f, pp. 35-36). If we anticipate that

[[Page 46634]]

this high level of persistence will occur within an area most 
susceptible to Bd infection (with possible reductions in resilience, 
representation, or redundancy), toads in other population areas are 
likely to fare even better, maintaining robust breeding populations 
into the future, although there is uncertainty regarding how climate 
change may factor into the future condition of the Eastern DPS (Service 
2017f, p. 36).
    In summary, boreal toad populations are currently experiencing 
variability in their response to Bd infection, which we consider to be 
the primary stressor on boreal toad population resilience. The most-
susceptible population to Bd infection experiences high population 
losses and localized extirpations, but some breeding sites continue to 
persist despite significant population declines. Some populations 
within the range show little or no evidence of impacts caused by Bd 
infection and remain robust despite the presence of Bd. Other areas 
show some population decline, but at much lower severity than observed 
in the Southern Rocky Mountains. This analysis is described in greater 
detail in our SSA Report (Service 2017f, entire). Therefore, we have 
concluded that the Eastern DPS of boreal toad is not in danger of 
extinction because it will likely continue to maintain self-sustaining 
populations distributed across its range over the next 50 years.
    Having determined that the Eastern DPS of boreal toad is not 
currently in danger of extinction or likely to become so in the 
foreseeable future throughout all of its range, we next considered 
whether there are any significant portions of the range where the 
species is in danger of extinction or is likely to become endangered in 
the foreseeable future. Given the apparent greater vulnerability to Bd 
of boreal toads in the Southern Rocky Mountains (Service 2017f, p. 24), 
we evaluated whether the population could be considered endangered or 
threatened in this portion of its range. We found that in this portion 
of the range, 51 percent of HUC-12s are in the high or moderate 
resilience category, and these are spread throughout the Southern Rocky 
Mountains, providing adaptive capacity (representation) and redundancy 
in the face of catastrophic events (Service 2017f, p. 30). Looking into 
the foreseeable future, we considered the best data available--the only 
existing model of population persistence focused on the Southern Rocky 
Mountains. That model predicted a 95-percent probability of persistence 
for toads in this geographic area in 50 years (Service 2017f, p. 35). 
Despite the possible reductions in breeding sites and occupied mountain 
ranges in the foreseeable future, the current and projected future 
conditions indicate a low risk of extinction for boreal toads in the 
Southern Rocky Mountains. Therefore, Eastern boreal toads are not in 
danger of extinction or likely to become so in the foreseeable future 
in the Southern Rocky Mountains portion of its range.

Finding

    We reviewed the best available scientific and commercial 
information pertaining to the Eastern DPS of the boreal toad, 
corresponding to the Act's five threat factors. Because boreal toads in 
the Eastern DPS are distributed across the majority of their historical 
range, with a large percentage of populations in a moderate or high 
resiliency category in the face of Bd, which is the primary stressor 
influencing the species (Service 2017f, pp. 11-12, 33-34), we find that 
the species retains adaptive capacity and has a very low risk of 
extirpation due to stochastic or catastrophic events that could 
plausibly occur in the future. Therefore, we conclude that the current 
risk of extinction is low, such that the Eastern DPS of boreal toads is 
not in danger of extinction throughout all of its range.
    In addition, because we project a high probability of persistence 
in the face of Bd across the majority of the range of the Eastern DPS 
in 50 years, even under a worst-case scenario (Service 2017f, pp. 35-
36), we find that the species has a low future risk of extirpation due 
to plausible stochastic or catastrophic events in the foreseeable 
future and that, due to the high probability of persistence and the low 
risk of extirpation, the species is expected to retain most of its 
adaptive capacity. Therefore, we conclude that the risk of extinction 
in the foreseeable future is low, and the Eastern DPS of boreal toad is 
not likely to become an endangered species within the foreseeable 
future throughout all of its range.
    Finally, we considered whether there are any significant portions 
of the range where the population is in danger of extinction or is 
likely to become so in the foreseeable future. We evaluated the 
Southern Rocky Mountains portion of the range, where the population has 
evidenced the least ability to resist Bd, the primary stressor, and 
found a low risk of extirpation of the Eastern boreal toad even in that 
portion of its range. Based on this analysis, we concluded that there 
is not a significant portion of the DPS's range where the species is in 
danger of extinction or likely to become so in the foreseeable future.
    We have carefully assessed the best scientific and commercial 
information available regarding the past, present, and future threats 
to the Eastern DPS of the boreal toad. Because the species is neither 
in danger of extinction now nor likely to become so in the foreseeable 
future throughout all or any significant portion of its range, the 
species does not meet the definition of an endangered species or 
threatened species. Therefore, we find that listing the Eastern DPS of 
boreal toad as an endangered or threatened species under the Act is not 
warranted at this time. This document constitutes the Service's 12-
month finding on the 2011 petition to list the Eastern DPS of boreal 
toad as an endangered or threatened species. A detailed discussion of 
the basis for this finding can be found in the Eastern DPS of boreal 
toad's species-specific Species Assessment and Listing Priority 
Assignment Form, SSA Report, and other supporting documents (available 
on the Internet at http://www.regulations.gov under Docket No. FWS-R6-
ES-2012-0003).

Fisher (Pekania pennanti)

Previous Federal Actions

    On December 29, 1994, we received a petition dated December 22, 
1994, from the Biodiversity Legal Foundation requesting that two fisher 
populations in the western United States, including the States of 
Washington, Oregon, California, Idaho, Montana, and Wyoming, be listed 
as threatened under the Act. Based on our review, we found that the 
petition did not present substantial information indicating that 
listing the two western United States fisher populations as DPSs was 
warranted (61 FR 8016; March 1, 1996).
    On March 6, 2009, we received a petition dated February 24, 2009, 
from the Defenders of Wildlife, Center, Friends of the Bitterroot, and 
Friends of the Clearwater requesting that the fisher population in the 
Northern Rocky Mountains (NRM) of the United States be considered a DPS 
and listed as endangered or threatened, and critical habitat be 
designated under the Act. We published a 90-day finding on April 16, 
2010, stating that the petition presented substantial information that 
listing a DPS of fisher in the NRMs may be warranted, and initiated a 
status review of the species (75 FR 19925). The next annual Candidate 
Notice of Review (CNOR), published on November 10, 2010, also included 
a notice of the 90-day finding and commencement of a 12-month status 
review for the fisher NRM

[[Page 46635]]

DPS (75 FR 69222). In our June 30, 2011, 12-month finding, we concluded 
that the fisher in the U.S. Northern Rocky Mountains of western Montana 
and north-central to northern Idaho constitutes a DPS (hereafter 
referred to as NRM fisher). However, we concluded that listing the NRM 
fisher as an endangered or threatened species was not warranted.
    On September 23, 2013, the Center, Defenders of Wildlife, Friends 
of the Bitterroot, Friends of the Clearwater, Western Watersheds 
Project, and Friends of the Wild Swan petitioned the Service to list 
the NRM fisher as threatened or endangered under the Act. We published 
a positive 90-day finding on the petition on January 12, 2016 (81 FR 
1368). We published a notice of commencement of a status review for the 
NRM fisher on January 13, 2017 (82 FR 4404). In August 2016, the 
Service entered into a settlement agreement with the Center, requiring 
the Service to submit a proposed listing rule or not-warranted 12-month 
finding for the NRM fisher to the Federal Register by September 30, 
2017. This notice satisfies the requirements of that settlement 
agreement for the NRM fisher and constitutes the Service's 12-month 
finding on the 2013 petition to list the NRM fisher as an endangered or 
threatened species.

Background

    The fisher is a forest-dwelling, medium-sized mammal, light brown 
to dark blackish-brown in color, found throughout many forested areas 
in Canada and the United States. The fisher has a long body with short 
legs and a long bushy tail. The fisher is classified in the order 
Carnivora, family Mustelidae, a family that also includes weasels, 
mink, martens, and otters (Anderson 1994, p. 14). The distribution of 
NRM fishers includes forested areas of western Montana and north-
central to northern Idaho, and potentially northeastern Washington 
(Service 2017g, p. 15). Genetic analyses confirm the presence of a 
remnant native population of fishers in the NRM that escaped presumed 
extirpation early in the 20th century (Vinkey et al. 2006 p. 269; 
Schwartz 2007, p. 924; Knaus et al. 2011, p. 7). The population was 
supplemented with reintroductions of fisher from the Midwest and Canada 
in the mid to late 1900's (Service 2017g, p. 12). Some fishers in the 
NRM still reflect the genetic legacy of the remnant native population, 
with unique genetic identity found nowhere else in the range of fishers 
(Service 2017g, p. 14).
    Fisher habitat includes low- to mid-elevation environments of mesic 
(moderately moist), coniferous and mixed conifer and hardwood forests 
(reviewed by Hagmeier 1956, entire; Arthur et al. 1989a, pp. 683-684; 
Banci 1989, p. v; Aubry and Houston 1992, p. 75; Jones and Garton 1994, 
pp. 377-378; Powell 1994, p. 354; Powell et al. 2003, p. 641; Weir and 
Harestad 2003, p. 74). Fishers are associated more commonly with mature 
forest cover and late-seral forests with greater physical complexity 
than other habitats (reviewed by Powell and Zielinski 1994, p. 52). In 
the NRM, fishers select for landscapes with abundant large trees 
(Schwartz et al. 2013, p. 109; Olsen et al. 2014, p. 93) and greater 
than 50 percent mature forest (Sauder and Rachlow 2014, pp. 79-80) 
arranged in a contiguous, complex mosaic (Sauder and Rachlow 2014, p. 
79). These features occur in regions of the NRM receiving greater mean 
annual precipitation (Olson et al. 2104, p. 93) and having mid-range 
values for mean temperature in the coldest month (Olson et al. 2104, p. 
93). Within areas of low- and mid-elevation forests, the most-
consistent predictor of fisher occurrence at larger spatial scales is 
moderate to high levels of contiguous canopy cover rather than any 
particular forest plant community (Buck 1982, p. 30; Arthur et al. 
1989b, pp. 681-682; Powell 1993, p. 88; Jones and Garton 1994, p. 41; 
Weir and Corbould 2010, p. 408).
    NRM fishers select heterogeneous areas with intermediate abundance 
of habitat edge and high canopy cover within home ranges, not 
necessarily areas containing more-mature forest (Sauder and Rachlow 
2015, pp. 52-53). In general, composition of individual fisher home 
ranges is usually a mosaic of different forested environments and 
successional stages (Sauder and Rachlow 2015, pp. 52-53; reviewed by 
Lofroth et al. 2010, p. 94). Cavities and branches in trees, snags, 
stumps, rock piles, and downed timber are used as resting sites, while 
cavities in large-diameter live or dead trees are selected more often 
for natal and maternal dens (Powell and Zielinski 1994, pp. 47, 56). A 
unique aspect of the landscapes that fishers use in the NRM is the 
presence of an ash layer in the soil profile--which is linked to 
increased forest productivity and potential resilience to drought 
(McDaniel and Wilson 2007, p. 32).

Summary of Status Review

    We completed a Species Status Assessment (SSA) Report for the NRM 
fisher, which reports the results of the comprehensive biological 
status review and provides a thorough account of the species' overall 
viability and, therefore, extinction risk. To assess the NRM fisher's 
current and future statuses, we used the three conservation biology 
principles of resiliency, redundancy, and representation. Specifically, 
we identified the species' ecological requirements at the individual, 
population, and species levels and described the stressors influencing 
the species' viability. The NRM fisher needs multiple, resilient 
populations distributed across its range in a variety of ecological 
settings to persist into the future and to avoid extinction.
    The biological information we reviewed and analyzed as the basis 
for our findings and projections for the future condition of the 
species is documented in the SSA Report (Service 2017g, entire). The 
potential stressors we evaluated in detail in the SSA Report (Service 
2017g, entire) include climate change (Factor A), development/roads 
(Factor A), forestry (Factor A), fire (Factor A), trapping (Factor B), 
poisoning (Factor E), and predation (Factor C) (Service 2017g, chapter 
3.5). For the reasons described in the SSA Report, there is no evidence 
to suggest that climate change, development, forestry, fire, trapping, 
poisoning, or predation are having population-level impacts to the NRM 
fisher, either individually or cumulatively with any other potential 
threats (Service 2017g, chapter 3.5 and chapter 4.9).
    The NRM fisher currently exhibits a level of viability 
(characterized using resiliency, redundancy, and representation) that 
allows them to occur across their historical range (Service 2017h, 
chapter 3.6). A species distribution model estimates about 30,000 sq km 
(78,000 sq mi) of potential habitat for fisher in the NRM (Service 
2017g, p. 25). Fisher habitat is inherently resistant to stochastic 
events (resilient) such as localized fire and drought (Service 2017g, 
p. 51) because the effects of such events on fisher habitat are 
mediated by the wetter, maritime climate and diverse topography across 
much of the NRM, as evidenced by the longer fire-return intervals that 
characterize most of the modeled fisher habitat (Service 2017g, p. 51). 
In order to characterize spatial distribution of potential fisher 
habitat, we divided the area of the NRM into three spatial units. In 
addition, since population size of the NRM fisher has not been 
estimated, we rely on describing the amount and distribution of modeled 
habitat patches at two scales to make inferences about the NRM fisher. 
The smaller scale habitat patch is 100 km\2\--the approximate size of a 
male fisher home range and area needed

[[Page 46636]]

to sustain individual fishers. The larger scale habitat patch is 2,500 
km\2\--a minimum critical area (MCA) needed to sustain 50 breeding 
fisher and avoid the effects of inbreeding depression.
    Within the NRM, there is redundancy of modeled habitat patches at 
the home-range scale (100 km\2\) (Service 2017g, p. 52). In addition, 
two of the three fisher spatial units have three or more MCAs (2,500 
km\2\), thereby lowering the risk that even a large, catastrophic event 
could eliminate all larger, contiguous habitat patches (Service 2017g, 
p. 52). Representation of suitable fisher habitat across the NRM 
appears high, and fisher have been able to adapt to shifting habitat in 
the past as glacial ice sheets melted and habitat distribution changed 
(Service 2017g, p. 52). A native genotype is still present in the NRM, 
along with individuals with genetic signatures presumably from past 
reintroductions (Service 2017g, p. 14). Fishers can utilize a wide 
variety of prey, thereby minimizing the influence of changing 
environmental conditions on prey abundance and distribution (Service 
2017g, p. 52).
    We assessed the future condition of the NRM fisher by analyzing the 
number and distribution of potential habitat patches at the home-range 
scale (100 sq km) and MCA scale (2500 sq km) among fisher spatial units 
in the NRM at three future time points (years 2030, 2060, and 2090) and 
under two future scenarios incorporating stressor trajectories derived 
from the scientific literature (Service 2017g, chapter 4.8). In both 
future scenarios, modeled fisher habitat is expected to be widely 
distributed across its range and, in some cases, increase (Service 
2017g, pp. 57-58). Under these modeled future scenarios, we expect 
resiliency to remain stable or increase in the future (Service 2017g, 
pp. 65-67). Redundancy of habitat patches capable of supporting 
multiple fisher (100 sq km) and the number of MCAs (2500 sq km) are 
expected to increase under Scenario 1 and be widely distributed among 
all fisher spatial units (Service 2017g, p. 68). Fewer habitat patches 
capable of supporting multiple fishers (100 sq km) and slightly fewer 
MCAs (2500 sq km) are expected in the future under Scenario 2 than 
Scenario 1; however, habitat patches are expected to remain well 
distributed among fisher spatial units (Service 2017g, p. 68). 
Regarding representation, the full genetic diversity of fisher in the 
NRM is unknown; however, four different genetic haplotypes exist in the 
NRM (Service 2017g, p. 68). The native haplotype, along with three 
other haplotypes presumed to be from historical fisher reintroductions, 
indicate some level of genetic variability within the fisher population 
in the NRM; this variability is expected to persist into the future 
(Service 2017g, p. 68). Both modeled future scenarios predict that 
adequate distribution of patches among fisher spatial units will remain 
into the future (Service 2017g, p. 68). Thus, representation is 
expected to remain high in the future (Service 2017g, p. 68). This 
analysis is described in greater detail in our SSA Report (Service 
2017g, entire).

Finding

    We evaluated the NRM fisher under the Service's Policy Regarding 
the Recognition of Distinct Vertebrate Population Segments (DPS) Under 
the Endangered Species Act (61 FR 4722; February 7, 1996). Based on the 
best scientific and commercial information available, we find that the 
fisher in the NRM is both discrete and significant to the taxon to 
which it belongs. Fishers in the NRM are markedly separated from other 
populations of the same taxon as a result of physical factors, further 
supported by quantitative differences in genetic identity. The loss of 
the fisher in the NRM would result in the loss of markedly different 
genetic characteristics relative to the rest of the taxon and a 
significant gap in the range of the taxon; therefore, we consider the 
NRM fisher to be significant to the taxon to which it belongs (Service 
2017h, pp. 12-14). Because the fisher in the NRM is both discrete and 
significant, it qualifies as a DPS under the Act.
    We reviewed the best available scientific and commercial 
information pertaining to the status of the NRM fisher, corresponding 
to the Act's five threat factors. Currently, based on modeled habitat, 
there is a high-level (in both quantity and distribution) condition of 
individual home ranges (100 sq km) and a moderate-level condition of 
MCAs (2,500 sq km) across the NRM (Service 2017g, chapter 3.6). Habitat 
patches are widespread in distribution and occupy a part of the NRM 
that has a distinct ash cap in the soil left from the eruption of Mount 
Mazama, thereby increasing the soils' water retention properties and 
making NRM fisher habitat relatively resilient to future environmental 
change stemming from climate change (Service 2017g, p. 4). Modeled 
habitat patches that are currently present throughout the NRM indicate 
that they are likely to sustain fisher in the short and long term and 
to persist throughout the NRM through at least 2090 (Service 2017g, 
chapter 3.6). Modeled habitat patches are redundant among the three 
fisher spatial units, and this redundancy is expected to remain into 
the future (Service 2017g, p. 68). Representation, both currently and 
in the future, is predicted to remain high among all three fisher 
spatial units because of connectivity across the NRM, the mobile nature 
of dispersing fisher, and the continued existence of the native 
genotype (Service 2017g, p. 68). Although there is inherently some 
level of uncertainty to any model, we conclude that the potential 
stressors that the NRM fisher is facing do not place the species in 
danger of extinction. Therefore, we conclude that the current risk of 
extinction is low, such that the NRM fisher is not in danger of 
extinction throughout all of its range, i.e., not an endangered species 
throughout its range at this time.
    To evaluate the status of the species in the future, we considered 
two overall future scenarios out to 2030, 2060, and 2090. We used these 
timeframes because the best available science (Olsen et al. 2014, p. 
92), used these timeframes to synthesize and project the effects of 
potential stressors on viability of NRM fisher (Service 2017g, chapter 
4.8) in the future. We expect fisher habitat to shift north and east, 
with widely distributed habitat across its range under both future 
scenarios (Service 2017g, pp. 65-68). Fishers have good overall 
dispersal capability and, given that canopy cover is expected to be 
adequate across much of the NRM, are expected to adapt to habitat 
shifts in the future (Service 2017g, p. 65). NRM fisher resiliency is 
expected to be maintained or increase in future scenarios (Service 
2017g, pp. 65-67). In terms of redundancy, under both modeled future 
scenarios, we predict that the NRM fisher modeled habitat will remain 
or increase in distribution and amount across its range and that 
redundancy will be in a moderate to high condition (Service 2017g, p. 
68). We expect fisher in the NRM to retain their ability to withstand 
catastrophic events (Service 2017g, p. 68). In terms of representation, 
in both future scenarios, we predict the NRM fisher will continue to 
occupy the full extent of its range and ecological settings and will 
maintain its current level (high) of representation (Service 2017g, p. 
68) through 2090.
    We conclude that, despite the uncertainties inherent in any 
modeling of future scenarios, the risk of extinction of the NRM fisher 
in the foreseeable future is low, such that the NRM fisher is not 
likely to become an endangered species within the foreseeable future 
throughout all of its range. Overall, resiliency, redundancy, and 
representation are expected to be stable or increasing into the future 
at both

[[Page 46637]]

scales (100 sq km and 2500 sq km) (Service 2017g, chapters 3.6 and 
4.9). Under both future scenarios, and based on our modeled habitats, 
we expect adequate available habitat distributed across the NRM to 
support multiple individual home ranges (100 sq km) and MCAs (2500 sq 
km) to provide resiliency (to tolerate environmental and demographic 
stochasticity), redundancy (to withstand catastrophic events), and 
representation (to allow for future adaptive capacity) (Service 2017g, 
chapter 4.9). Thus, after assessing the best available information, we 
conclude that the NRM fisher is not in danger of extinction throughout 
all of its range nor is it likely to become so in the foreseeable 
future, i.e., not a threatened species throughout its range.
    Having determined that the NRM fisher does not meet the definition 
of a threatened or endangered species throughout all of its range, we 
next considered whether there are any significant portions of the range 
where the species is in danger of extinction or is likely to become 
endangered in the foreseeable future. The SSA Report did not identify 
any areas of the species' range where stressors are currently having 
any population-level negative impacts to the NRM fisher (Service 2017g, 
chapter 3.5). There is no evidence to suggest that climate change, 
development, forestry, fire, trapping, poisoning, or predation are 
having population-level impacts to the species either individually or 
cumulatively with any other potential threats (Service 2017g, chapter 
3.5). We conclude there are no concentrations of threats in any portion 
of the range such that the species could be in danger of extinction now 
or likely to become so in the foreseeable future in a particular 
portion (Service 2017h, pp. 26-27). Therefore, no portion warrants 
further consideration to determine whether the species may be in danger 
of extinction or likely to become so in the foreseeable future in a 
significant portion of its range (Service 2017h, pp. 26-27).
    We have carefully assessed the best scientific and commercial 
information available regarding the past, present, and future threats 
to the NRM fisher. Because the species is neither in danger of 
extinction now nor likely to become so in the foreseeable future 
throughout all or any significant portion of its range, the species 
does not meet the definition of an endangered species or threatened 
species. Therefore, we find that listing the NRM fisher as an 
endangered or threatened species under the Act is not warranted at this 
time. This notice constitutes the Service's 12-month finding on the 
petition to list the NRM fisher as an endangered or threatened species. 
A detailed discussion of the basis for this finding can be found in the 
NRM fisher's Species Assessment and Listing Priority Assignment Form, 
SSA Report, and other supporting documents (available on the Internet 
at http://www.regulations.gov under Docket No. FWS-R6-ES-2015-0104).

Florida Keys Mole Skink (Plestiodon egregius egregius)

Previous Federal Actions

    On April 20, 2010, we received a petition from the Center to list 
404 aquatic, riparian, and wetland species from the southeastern United 
States--including the Florida Keys mole skink--as endangered or 
threatened species under the Act. On September 27, 2011, we published a 
90-day finding, which determined that the petition contained 
substantial information indicating the Florida Keys mole skink may 
warrant listing, and initiated a status review for the subspecies (76 
FR 59836). As a result of the Service's 2013 settlement agreement with 
the Center, the Service is required to submit a 12-month finding to the 
Federal Register by September 30, 2017. This notice satisfies the 
requirements of that settlement agreement for the Florida Keys mole 
skink and constitutes the Service's 12-month finding on the April 20, 
2010, petition to list the Florida Keys mole skink as an endangered or 
threatened species.

Background

    The Florida Keys mole skink is one of five distinct subspecies of 
mole skinks, all in the genus Plestiodon (previously referred to as 
Eumeces) (Brandley et al. 2005, pp. 387-388). The Florida Keys mole 
skink is isolated from the mainland and limited to islands of the 
Florida Keys. This subspecies is a slender, small, brownish lizard with 
smooth scales, two to four pairs of light stripes, and a brilliantly 
colored tail. This subspecies is semi-fossorial (adapted to digging and 
living underground) and cryptic in nature, but has also been seen 
running along the substrate surface when exposed. Adults reach a total 
length of approximately 13 cm (5 in) (Florida Natural Areas Inventory 
2001, p. 1).
    Historically, the Florida Keys mole skink has been found in low 
numbers across the range from Key Largo to Dry Tortugas (north to 
south). Current surveys documented the subspecies from Long Key 
southwest to the Marquesas Keys, but no current records have been 
documented as far west as the Dry Tortugas or in the Upper Keys in the 
Key Largo area. The Florida Keys mole skink occurs in the beach berm 
(50 to 80 cm [20 to 31 in] above sea level) and coastal hammock 
habitats and relies on dry, unconsolidated soils for movement, cover, 
and nesting. The dry, unconsolidated soils allow for the Florida Keys 
mole skink to dig nest cavities. Because of the predominantly 
limestone, prehistoric coral reef, and rocky composition of the Florida 
Keys, only a few areas [137 to 191 ha (340 to 472 ac)] provide the 
suitable soils needed for Florida Keys mole skink nesting. This 
subspecies needs detritus, leaves, wrack, and other ground cover over 
loose substrate as cover and to locate the insects that serve as a food 
source. These ground cover and substrate conditions also provide 
reproductive and thermoregulatory refugia.
    The Florida Keys mole skink subspecies was listed as a threatened 
species by the State of Florida in 1974 under the Florida Endangered 
and Threatened Species Act but was changed to a species of concern in 
1978. In 2010, after a subspecies status review, the Florida Fish and 
Wildlife Conservation Commission (FWC) determined the Florida Keys mole 
skink warranted listing as a State-designated threatened species. Under 
the Florida Endangered and Threatened Species Act, ``threatened 
species'' means ``any species of fish and wildlife naturally occurring 
in Florida which may not be in immediate danger of extinction, but 
which exists in such small populations as to become endangered if it is 
subjected to increased stress as a result of further modification of 
its environment.'' The FWC uses a system to rank and evaluate species 
and subspecies according to biological vulnerability. If the species or 
subspecies meets at least one of the criteria for listing as a State-
designated Threatened species based on International Union for 
Conservation of Nature (IUCN) guidelines and criteria in Rule 68A-
27.001, F.A.C., then the FWC makes a determination whether listing a 
species or subspecies is warranted. The criteria in the Guidelines for 
Using the IUCN Red List Categories and Criteria (Version 13) are (A) 
population size reduction, (B) geographic range size, (C) population 
size and trend, (D) population very small or restricted, and (E) 
quantitative analysis of extinction risk (IUCN 2017, p. 15). The FWC 
justified the listing as a State-designated Threatened species for the 
Florida Keys mole skink based on criterion D, which is met when a 
population has a very

[[Page 46638]]

restricted area of occupancy (estimated at 20.3 sq km) (7.8 sq mi) of 
potential habitat) such that it is prone to the effects of human 
activities or stochastic events within a short time period in an 
uncertain future (FWC 2011, pp. 10, 14). In 2013, a Florida Keys mole 
skink State Action Plan was developed with the goal of improving the 
conservation status of the Florida Keys mole skink to the point at 
which the subspecies is secure within its historical range (FWC 2013).

Summary of Status Review

    In completing our status review for the Florida Keys mole skink, we 
reviewed the best available scientific and commercial information and 
compiled the information in the Species Status Assessment Report (SSA 
Report) (Service 2017i) for the Florida Keys mole skink. We evaluated 
all known potential impacts to the Florida Keys mole skink, including 
the Act's five threat factors. This evaluation included information 
from all sources, including Federal, State, academic, and private 
entities, and the public.
    Historical observations documented the Florida Keys mole skink from 
Key Largo, Plantation Key, Upper Matecumbe Key, Indian Key, Long Key, 
Grassy Key, Boot Key, Key Vaca, Saddlebunch, West Summerland Key, 
Sawyer Key, Bahia Honda, Big Pine Key, Boca Chica, Middle Torch Key, 
East Rockland Key, Stock Island, Key West, Mooney Harbor (Marquesas), 
and Dry Tortugas (north to south) (Florida Museum of Natural History 
2011; Florida Natural Areas Inventory 2011; Mays and Enge 2016, entire; 
Mount 1965, p. 208). Currently, no population estimates exist for the 
subspecies; however, recent (2014-present) targeted and opportunistic 
surveys for the Florida Keys mole skink have documented 127 records 
from Long Key to Marquesas (north to south) (Emerick and FWC 2017; Mays 
and Enge 2016, entire). Of these, 104 observations or captures have 
been documented during targeted surveys at one location, the Long Beach 
site on Big Pine Key. An approximate 1:1 ratio of male to female was 
observed although the sex was undeterminable for 40 percent of the Long 
Beach captures. A second location, Ohio Key, has existing suitable 
habitat; however, targeted searches by Service staff have yielded zero 
observations at this location. From November 2016 to January 2017, 
opportunistic searches at 10 locations yielded 8 skinks from 4 
additional locations: Long Key, Content Key, Cook Island, and Big 
Munson Key.
    Preliminary genetic research on the five Plestiodon egregius 
subspecies has recently identified at least four genetically distinct 
populations within the Florida Keys mole skink subspecies (Parkinson et 
al. 2016). These preliminary findings should be taken with caution as 
the study used small sample sizes from a limited number of locations, 
and additional samples collected from other Keys are still to be 
processed. We did not explore the possibility of these genetically 
distinct populations as qualifying as distinct population segments 
under the Act, because we were not petitioned to do so. The preliminary 
genetic evidence suggests that little to no breeding is taking place 
between the four genetically distinct populations, suggesting that the 
structure of the subspecies is that of discrete, minimally to non-
interbreeding populations (Parkinson et al. 2016). It is likely that 
some level of stochastic passive dispersal of individuals, primarily 
via rafting (carried by floating debris and seaweed wrack), is 
occurring, but the degree of success for the Florida Keys mole skink in 
establishing new populations on unoccupied islands is uncertain (Branch 
et al. 2003, p. 207; Adler et al. 1995, pp. 535-537).
    The Florida Keys mole skink has limited genetic and environmental 
variation (subspecies representation) within the Keys, and there is no 
behavioral or morphological variation within the subspecies. Despite 
the subspecies' occurrence across many Keys (subspecies redundancy), 
there are gaps in the data on the subspecies' actual range-wide 
distribution and abundance. Based on preliminary research, there are 
four genetically distinct populations and additional individuals (not 
yet identified into populations) occurring across separate Keys; 
however, little information exists on the abundance or growth rate of 
these populations (population resiliency).The largest and most 
consistently surveyed area, Long Beach on Big Pine Key, indicates that 
all life stages, including breeding and nesting, are occurring in this 
area.
    The primary stressors affecting the current and future condition of 
the Florida Keys mole skink are sea-level rise; climate-change-
associated shifts in rainfall, temperature, and storm intensities; and 
human development. These stressors account for indirect and direct 
effects at some level to all life stages and the habitat and soils 
across the subspecies' range. The beach berm and coastal hammock 
habitat upon which the subspecies relies for food, nesting, and shelter 
are susceptible to flooding, inundation, and saltwater intrusion from 
sea-level rise and climate-change-associated factors. We geospatially 
assessed potentially available suitable habitat (beach berm and coastal 
hammock) for the Florida Keys mole skink, and the current total acreage 
of available suitable habitat in the Florida Keys from Key Largo to the 
Dry Tortugas is approximately 3,700 ha (9,100 ac). In addition, we 
assessed potentially available suitable dry, unconsolidated soils 
(Bahia fine sand, beach, and unconsolidated soils) from Monroe County 
Soil maps for this same range with some overlap of the suitable habitat 
identified, and the current suitable soils total approximately 138 to 
191 ha (340 to 472 ac) and mainly occur on six of the Keys in Monroe 
County: Lower Matecumbe, Long Key, Boot Key, Bahia Honda, Big Pine, and 
Key West (Monroe County 2016). There are small patches of 
unconsolidated soils that occur intermixed within other habitats across 
the islands, primarily in the coastal hammock. The long-term trend in 
sea-level rise at the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration 
(NOAA) Key West Station shows a 2.4 mm (0.09 in) increase of the mean 
high water line per year from 1913 to 2015, and the NOAA Vaca Key 
Station shows a 35 mm (0.14 in) increase per year from 1971 to 2015 
(NOAA 2017a).
    Our analyses include consideration of ongoing and projected changes 
in climate within the next 83 years. We analyzed suitable habitats 
(beach berm and coastal hammock) and soils (beach sand and Bahia fine 
sand) across the range of the Florida Keys mole skink to predict 
inundation from three regional climate-change sea-level rise 
projections at 2040, 2060, and 2100. However, foreseeable future for 
this subspecies was determined to be a 30-40-year timeframe. This 
determination considered the biology of the subspecies, the stressors 
identified, and the consistency in the sea-level rise projections to 
2060. This includes the expectation that sea-level rise will increase 
over time, but there is also uncertainty about how the Florida Keys 
mole skink will respond and how suitable habitats may transition. The 
generation time of the Florida Keys mole skink is typically 3 to 4 
years, so the foreseeable future range of 30-40 years encompasses 10-13 
generations, which allows sufficient time for any population-level 
response to stressors to be detected. Although our analyses predicted 
inundation out to 2100, we did not extend our foreseeable future beyond 
30-40 years due to too much uncertainty in the projections that far out 
and the divergence among the Low,

[[Page 46639]]

Medium, and High sea-level rise projections beyond 2060.
    Based on this range-wide geospatial analysis, we projected that by 
2040 the subspecies could experience the loss of 2 to 17 percent of its 
suitable habitat rangewide (a loss of 81 to 631 ha (200 to 1,559 ac)) 
of the 3,669 ha (9,066 ac) of suitable habitat estimated to be 
available currently. By 2040, suitable soils are projected to decline 
by 19 to 37 percent (30 to 58 ha (74 to 143 ac)) of the 155 ha (383 ac) 
of suitable soils estimated to be available currently. Under 2060 
projections, the amount of suitable habitat and soils loss is expected 
to be 4 to 44 percent and 25 to 50 percent, respectively. The sea-
level-rise projections predict inundation only and do not model the 
complex set of shifts that are anticipated to be triggered over time as 
the effects of sea-level rise are experienced.
    Overall, the Florida Keys mole skink may experience reductions in 
population resiliency, subspecies redundancy, and subspecies 
representation due to sea-level rise and climate-change-associated 
factors. However, although we expect some habitat loss and inundation 
across the range of the Florida Keys mole skink, the best scientific 
and commercial data available indicate that 56 to 98 percent of the 
suitable habitat and 50 to 81 percent of the suitable soils will remain 
into the foreseeable future.

Finding

    Based on our review of the best available scientific and commercial 
information pertaining to the five factors, as well as the continued 
presence of adequate resources to meet the subspecies' needs, we find 
that the stressors acting on the subspecies and its habitat, either 
singly or in combination, are not of sufficient imminence, intensity, 
or magnitude to indicate that the Florida Keys mole skink is in danger 
of extinction (an endangered species), or likely to become endangered 
within the foreseeable future (a threatened species), throughout all of 
its range.
    The main stressors that may affect Florida Keys mole skink 
resiliency are sea-level rise, climate-change-associated factors, and 
development (all under Factor A). The Florida Keys has experienced sea-
level rise rates equivalent to the global rate (Service 2017i, p. 5), 
with no indication that these factors are currently acting on the 
subspecies. The persistence of occupied habitat (as well as potentially 
occupied suitable habitat) across the subspecies' range demonstrates 
resiliency, redundancy, and representation to sustain the subspecies 
beyond the near term. Continued occurrence of the Florida Keys mole 
skink across most of the historical range indicates a level of 
resiliency to the stressors that have been acting upon it in the past 
and are currently acting on it. Strong rainstorms, tropical storms, and 
hurricanes are all natural parts of the tropical Florida Keys ecosystem 
and may be a contributing factor to the low historical and current 
observation data for the subspecies. Since the subspecies has persisted 
on multiple Keys with human development and activities over time, it is 
likely that development will not be a driving stressor on the future 
viability of the Florida Keys mole skink. Over time, the subspecies has 
persisted on different Keys providing a level of redundancy, which may 
help the Florida Keys mole skink withstand the increased potential for 
catastrophic events into the future. Finally, the subspecies should 
continue to exhibit a level of representation with suitable habitat and 
soils continuing to occur in multiple Keys across the range of the 
subspecies.
    As mentioned above, the FWC determined the Florida Keys mole skink 
met the criterion D as a very restricted population and, therefore, 
listed the Florida Keys mole skink as a State-designated Threatened 
species in 2010. While the Florida Keys mole skink meets at least one 
criterion of a State-designated Threatened species under the Florida 
Endangered and Threatened Species Act, in our analysis under the 
Federal Endangered Species Act, we find that the continued presence of 
occupied habitat (as well as potentially occupied suitable habitat) 
across most of the subspecies' range continues to provide a level of 
resiliency, redundancy, and representation to the subspecies in the 
near term and within the foreseeable future. Therefore, we conclude the 
Florida Keys mole skink is likely to remain at a sufficiently low risk 
of extinction and will not become in danger of extinction in the 
foreseeable future and, thus, does not meet the definition of an 
endangered species or threatened species under the Act.
    We evaluated the current range of the Florida Keys mole skink to 
determine if there are any apparent geographic concentrations of 
potential threats to the subspecies. The risk factors that occur 
throughout the Florida Keys mole skink's range include sea-level rise; 
climate-change-associated shifts in rainfall, temperature, and storm 
intensities; and human development. We did not find that there was a 
concentration of threats in a particular area that would cause the 
subspecies to be in danger of extinction or likely to become so in the 
foreseeable future throughout any portion of its range. Therefore, we 
find that listing the Florida Keys mole skink as a threatened or an 
endangered species is not warranted in a significant portion of its 
range. A detailed discussion of the basis for this finding can be found 
in the Florida Keys mole skink species-specific assessment form and 
other supporting documents (available on the Internet at http://www.regulations.gov under Docket No. FWS-R4-ES-2017-0067).

Great Sand Dunes Tiger Beetle (Cicindela theatina)

Previous Federal Actions

    As part of a multispecies petition in 2007, Guardians (which at the 
time was called ``Forest Guardians'') petitioned the Service to list 
the Great Sand Dunes tiger beetle (referred to in the petition as the 
``Colorado tiger beetle,'' an older common name for the species). The 
petition requested that we evaluate all full species in our Southwest 
Region (where the Great Sand Dunes tiger beetle was erroneously thought 
to occur) ranked as G1 or G2 by the organization NatureServe, and list 
each species under the Act as either endangered or threatened with 
critical habitat. In 2009, we published a 90-day finding, in which we 
concluded that the petition presented substantial information that 
listing the Great Sand Dunes tiger beetle may be warranted (74 FR 
66866, December 16, 2009).

Background

    The Great Sand Dunes tiger beetle is a medium-sized tiger beetle in 
the family Cicindelidae. The species occurs only in the Great Sand 
Dunes geological feature in southern Colorado. The life history of the 
Great Sand Dunes tiger beetle is closely tied to the sand dunes for all 
stages of the species' life cycle, including feeding, sheltering, and 
reproducing (Service 2017j, p. 13). Suitable habitat is considered to 
include active dunes, which may include sandy blowouts and shifting 
sands, with a vegetative cover between 0.20 to 15 percent cover 
(Service 2017j, p. 13).
    Three types of dune provinces, or areas, are present within the 
Great Sand Dunes complex--the main sand dune mass, sand sheet dunes, 
and playa lakes dunes. All three types provide suitable habitat for the 
Great Sand Dunes tiger beetle (Service 2017j, p. 8). The current 
estimated area of suitable habitat is approximately 12,770 ac (5,168 
ha), which consists of a combination of areas of verified occupied 
habitat and areas of likely suitable habitat, based on sand and 
vegetation conditions (Service

[[Page 46640]]

2017j, p. 8). There is neither a precise population estimate nor 
population monitoring data for the species.

Summary of Status Review

    We completed a Species Status Assessment (SSA) Report for the Great 
Sand Dunes tiger beetle (Service 2017j, entire), which provides the 
results of the Service's comprehensive biological status review for the 
Great Sand Dunes tiger beetle, and provides a thorough account of the 
species' overall viability and, therefore, risk of extinction. To 
evaluate the biological status of the Great Sand Dunes tiger beetle, 
the SSA Report assesses a range of conditions, both current and into 
the future, to allow us to consider the species' resiliency, 
redundancy, and representation as proxies for evaluating overall 
viability. The Great Sand Dunes tiger beetle needs multiple self-
sustaining subpopulations (redundancy) that are both widely distributed 
(representation) and connected across its range to maintain its 
viability into the future and to avoid extinction (Service 2017j, p. 
22). A number of factors influence whether the Great Sand Dunes tiger 
beetle will maintain large and stable subpopulations, which increases 
the resiliency of a population to stochastic events. These factors 
include (1) a relatively stable dune system maintained by a complex 
combination of hydrologic and wind conditions, (2) relatively 
undisturbed dunes, (3) the presence of suitable vegetation cover on the 
dunes (0.2 to 15 percent cover), and (4) connectivity between the sub-
populations (Service 2017j, p. 19).
    The SSA Report evaluates the Great Sand Dunes tiger beetle's 
subpopulations, and what is negatively and positively affecting those 
subpopulations, within the three dune provinces present at the Great 
Sand Dunes complex. The species is currently distributed across most of 
the known geographic extent of its range, including all three dune 
areas (Service 2017j, p. 27). The most significant potential stressor 
to the Great Sand Dunes tiger beetle would be the potential future loss 
of dune habitats that individuals need to complete their life cycle. 
Surface disturbances within areas of suitable habitat can result in 
loss of habitat and injury or mortality of individuals. Historical and 
current surface disturbances in areas of suitable habitat are estimated 
to be low, representing less than 5 percent of the suitable habitat 
(Service 2017j, pp. 29-32). Field observation data from 2000 to 2016 
indicate a continued occupancy of the dunes by the Great Sand Dunes 
tiger beetle (Service 2017j, p. 28).
    The SSA found that the Great Sand Dunes tiger beetle population is 
currently experiencing relatively stable dunes and minimal surface 
disturbances due to land management under the National Park System, The 
Nature Conservancy, and the Service's National Wildlife Refuge Program. 
Relative stability of the dune system is maintained by the existing 
hydrologic and wind conditions within the San Luis Valley. Hydrologic 
conditions in this area are further protected by the Great Sand Dunes 
Act of 2000 that maintains the surface and ground water rights at the 
Park.
    To assess the status of the species in the foreseeable future, the 
SSA Report forecasted future conditions for the Great Sand Dunes tiger 
beetle in terms of resiliency, redundancy, and representation under 
five plausible future scenarios for the years 2050 and 2100. We chose 
these years because they correspond to time periods that have been 
evaluated by the National Park Service and are within the range of the 
available hydrological and climate change model forecasts by the 
National Park Service (see Service 2017j, Appendix B). Additionally, 
because of the short generation time (3 years) of the Great Sand Dunes 
tiger beetle (Pineda 2002, p. 57), the year 2050 (33 years from now) 
and the year 2100 (83 years from now) encompass approximately 10 and 30 
generations, which is a relatively long time in which to observe 
effects to the species. Climate change models forecast warmer 
temperatures, but there is uncertainty regarding whether precipitation 
will increase or decrease within the range of the Great Sand Dunes 
tiger beetle, although the overall trend is expected to be increased 
aridity due to warming temperatures. Our scenarios accounted for the 
uncertainty regarding future precipitation by including both possible 
precipitation conditions, as well as a range of levels of future 
surface disturbances of tiger beetle habitat (Service 2017j, pp. 36-
49). Under all five scenarios we expect the subpopulations of Great 
Sand Dunes tiger beetle to continue to occupy at least the two largest, 
if not all three, of the dune areas. We anticipate that the future 
persistence of the Great Sand Dunes tiger beetle will be provided by 
the continued maintenance of the relatively undisturbed and relatively 
stable dune system at the Great Sand Dunes.

Finding

    In making this finding, we reviewed the best available scientific 
and commercial information pertaining to the Great Sand Dunes tiger 
beetle, as summarized in the SSA Report, corresponding to the Act's 
five threat factors, and we applied the standards within the Act, its 
implementing regulations, and Service policies.
    Because this species occupies the majority of its historical range, 
with evidence of continued occupancy and very limited impact from 
stressors across all three dune provinces, we find that the species has 
a very low risk of extirpation due to stochastic or catastrophic events 
that could plausibly occur in the future and that, due to these 
conditions, the species retains adaptive capacity. Therefore, we 
conclude that the current risk of extinction is low, such that the 
Great Sand Dunes tiger beetle is not in danger of extinction throughout 
all of its range.
    In addition, because we project continued occupancy and very 
limited impact from stressors across nearly all of the species' 
suitable habitat under all five future scenarios, we find that the 
species has a low future risk of extinction due to stochastic or 
catastrophic events that could plausibly occur in the future and that, 
due to these conditions, the species is expected to retain most of its 
adaptive capacity. Therefore, we conclude that the risk of extinction 
in the foreseeable future is low, such that the Great Sand Dunes tiger 
beetle is not likely to become an endangered species within the 
foreseeable future throughout all of its range.
    Having determined that the Great Sand Dunes tiger beetle does not 
meet the definition of a threatened species or an endangered species, 
we next considered whether there are any significant portions of the 
range where the species is in danger of extinction or is likely to 
become endangered in the foreseeable future. The best available 
information indicates that the Great Sand Dunes tiger beetle habitat in 
the playa lakes dunes may have greater vulnerability to potential 
future stressors. We therefore evaluated whether the playa lakes dunes 
could be considered ``significant.'' The playa lake dunes provide only 
0.67 percent of the total Great Sand Dunes tiger beetle habitat. If all 
of the Great Sand Dunes tiger beetles within the playa lake dunes were 
to hypothetically be extirpated, the species would lose a very small 
amount of representation and redundancy. However, the loss of this 
portion of the species' range would still leave sufficient resiliency, 
redundancy, and representation in the remainder of the species' range 
such that it would not be

[[Page 46641]]

expected to increase the vulnerability of the entire species to 
extinction.
    We have carefully assessed the best scientific and commercial 
information available regarding the past, present, and future threats 
to the Great Sand Dunes tiger beetle. Because the species is neither in 
danger of extinction now nor likely to become so in the foreseeable 
future throughout all or any significant portion of its range, the 
species does not meet the definition of an endangered species or 
threatened species. Therefore, we find that listing the Great Sand 
Dunes tiger beetle as an endangered or threatened species under the Act 
is not warranted at this time. A detailed discussion of the basis for 
this finding on the 2007 petition to list the Great Sand Dunes tiger 
beetle as an endangered or threatened species can be found in the Great 
Sand Dunes tiger beetle's Species Assessment and Listing Priority 
Assignment Form, SSA Report, and other supporting documents (available 
on the Internet at http://www.regulations.gov under Docket No. FWS-R6-
ES-2017-0068).

Kirtland's Snake (Clonophis kirtlandii)

Previous Federal Actions

    We first identified the Kirtland's snake as a candidate for listing 
under the Act in 1982 (47 FR 58454; December 30, 1982) as a category 2 
species. At that time, a category 2 candidate species was any species 
for which information in the possession of the Service indicated that 
proposing to list as endangered or threatened was possibly appropriate, 
but for which persuasive data on biological vulnerability and threat 
were not currently available to support a proposed rule to list as an 
endangered or threatened species. The species remained a category 2 
candidate in subsequent Candidate Notices of Review (50 FR 37958, 
September 18, 1985; 54 FR 554, January 6, 1989; 56 FR 58804, November 
21, 1991; 59 FR 58982, November 15, 1994). In 1996 (61 FR 7596, 
February 28, 1996), we discontinued recognition of category 2 
candidates in favor of maintaining a list that represented only those 
species for which we have on file sufficient information on biological 
vulnerability and threats to support a proposal to list as an 
endangered or threatened species, but for which preparation and 
publication of a proposal is precluded by higher priority listing 
actions.
    On April 20, 2010, we received a petition, dated April 20, 2010, 
from the Center, Alabama Rivers Alliance, Clinch Coalition, Dogwood 
Alliance, Gulf Restoration Network, Tennessee Forests Council, and West 
Virginia Highlands Conservancy (the Petitioners), requesting that we 
list 404 aquatic, riparian, and wetland species as threatened or 
endangered species under the Act, including Kirtland's snake. On 
September 27, 2011, we published a 90-day finding in the Federal 
Register (76 FR 59836), concluding that the petition presented 
substantial scientific information indicating that listing the 
Kirtland's snake may be warranted.
    On June 17, 2014, the Center filed a complaint against the Service 
(1:14-CV-01021) for failure to complete a 12-month finding for the 
Kirtland's snake in accordance with statutory deadlines. On September 
22, 2014, the Service and the Center filed stipulated settlements in 
the District of Columbia, agreeing that the Service would submit to the 
Federal Register a 12-month finding for the Kirtland's snake no later 
than September 30, 2017 (Ctr. for Biological Diversity v. Jewell, case 
1:14-CV-01021-EGS).

Background

    The Kirtland's snake is a small, non-venomous snake in the water 
snake subfamily of the constrictor family. The species occurs close to 
permanent or seasonal water sources, including wetlands, streams, 
reservoirs, lakes, and ponds. The Kirtland's snake requires moist-soil 
environments and spends much of its time underground in or near 
crayfish burrows. When Kirtland's snake is above ground, it is almost 
always found under natural or artificial cover objects instead of 
basking or moving through open areas.
    The core of the Kirtland's snake's range includes Illinois, 
Indiana, Michigan, and Ohio. The species has also been found in three 
counties in Kentucky, three counties in eastern Missouri, and one 
county in Tennessee. The status of some Kirtland's snake sites in 
western Pennsylvania is unknown. The species historically occurred in 
southern Wisconsin.
    We currently consider the species to be extant in 60 counties 
rangewide, with 43 percent of the historical counties having Kirtland's 
snake documented within the last 15 years. The species may be 
experiencing some range contraction in the east and northwest, but 
recent county records in the north and south have extended the range 
slightly in those directions.
    The Kirtland's snake is notoriously difficult to detect, even with 
focused survey effort, because they are primarily underground. Negative 
survey data available for most sites are not rigorous enough to 
document whether the species is extirpated. Of a total of 415 records 
of the Kirtland's snake, we determined 194 (47 percent) to be extant 
and 204 (49 percent) are unknown, primarily due to detection 
difficulties, lack of survey effort, and uncertainty regarding habitat 
requirements. We determined 17 records (4 percent) are extirpated.

Summary of Status Review

    In making this 12-month finding on the petition, we considered and 
evaluated the best scientific and commercial information available, and 
evaluated the potential stressors that could be affecting Kirtland's 
snake populations. This evaluation includes information from all 
sources, including Federal, State, tribal, academic, and private 
entities and the public. The Species Status Assessment (SSA) Report 
(service 2017k, entire) for the Kirtland's snake summarizes and 
documents the biological information we assembled, reviewed, and 
analyzed as the basis for our finding.
    We evaluated habitat loss and degradation from urbanization and 
development (Factor A) as a potential threat to the Kirtland's snake. 
However, we found that the Kirtland's snake occurs at a number of urban 
and suburban sites in vacant lots, parks, cemeteries, remnant wetlands, 
neighborhood yards, railroad rights-of-way, and trash dumps. The 
Kirtland's snake has persisted in these degraded habitats in seemingly 
high densities for decades and presumably is capable of reproducing in 
these otherwise marginal areas.
    Collection for the pet trade (Factor B) was also cited by the 
Petitioners as a potential threat. Six States list the Kirtland's snake 
as threatened or endangered under State laws, most of which regulate 
possession of listed species. We do not know to what extent illegal 
collection may still occur, but there are no data indicating that 
collection is affecting the species.
    We also considered road mortality (Factor E) and snake fungal 
disease (Factor C) as potential threats. Road-killed Kirtland's snakes 
have been documented at a number of sites, and three Kirtland's snakes 
have tested positive for snake fungal disease. However, such incidents 
are scattered and there are no data indicating that road mortality or 
snake fungal disease affects the species at a population level.
    Additionally, we investigated climate change as a potential threat. 
One modeling effort found that the Kirtland's snake will see greater 
changes to the climatic suitability in its range relative to other 
reptiles in the Great Lakes region. However, this study did not

[[Page 46642]]

address how the Kirtland's snake would respond to any changes in 
climate (for example, changes in temperature or precipitation 
patterns). There are no data to indicate how the Kirtland's snake is 
likely to respond to these changes, and we do not understand the 
habitat needs of the species or why it occurs or persists where it does 
so there is no basis on which to conclude that the species will decline 
as a result of changes to climatic suitability.

Finding

    We acknowledge that data regarding actual impacts of these 
stressors on the species is limited; however, the best available 
scientific and commercial information does not indicate that any of 
these stressors is occurring to a degree or magnitude that would result 
in population- or species-level impacts. While information regarding 
population abundance is limited, the species continues to be found over 
a wide area, suggesting that the species has at least some redundancy 
to guard against catastrophic events. Additionally, the species appears 
to tolerate a variety of habitat conditions and has persisted in 
degraded areas for decades and, thus, presumably is capable of 
reproducing in otherwise marginal areas, indicating the species is at 
least somewhat resilient. The information available regarding future 
trends of the stressors or the species' response does not allow us to 
reliably predict changes to the species' status; however, the best 
available scientific and commercial information does not indicate that 
these stressors are likely to result in population- or species-level 
impacts in the foreseeable future.
    Further, we found no portions of the Kirtland's snake's range where 
these stressors are concentrated or substantially greater than in other 
portions of its range. Therefore, there would not be any significant 
portions of the species' range where the species could have a higher 
level of risk than its status throughout all of its range (i.e., be in 
danger of extinction or likely to become so in the foreseeable future).
    Based on this information about resiliency and redundancy, as 
articulated in more detail in the underlying SSA Report, combined with 
a lack of operative threats now or in the future, we conclude that the 
Kirtland's snake is not in danger of extinction nor is it likely to 
become so in the foreseeable future throughout all or a significant 
portion of its range. Therefore, we find that listing the Kirtland's 
snake as an endangered or threatened species under the Act is not 
warranted at this time. The Kirtland's Snake SSA Report and other 
supporting documents provide a detailed discussion supporting the basis 
for this finding (available on the Internet at http://www.regulations.gov under Docket No. FWS-R3-ES-2017-0039).

Pacific Walrus (Odobenus rosmarus ssp. divergens)

Previous Federal Actions

    On February 8, 2008, we received a petition dated February 7, 2008, 
from the Center, requesting that the Pacific walrus be listed as 
endangered or threatened under the Act and that critical habitat be 
designated. The petition included supporting information regarding the 
species' ecology and habitat use patterns and predicted changes in sea 
ice habitats and ocean conditions that may impact the Pacific walrus. 
We acknowledged receipt of the petition in a letter to the Center, 
dated April 9, 2008. In that letter, we stated that an emergency 
listing was not warranted and that all remaining available funds in the 
listing program for Fiscal Year (FY) 2008 had already been allocated to 
the Service's highest priority listing actions and that no listing 
funds were available to evaluate the Pacific walrus petition further in 
FY 2008.
    On December 3, 2008, the Center filed a complaint in U.S. District 
Court for the District of Alaska for declaratory judgment and 
injunctive relief, challenging the failure of the Service to make a 90-
day finding on their petition to list the Pacific walrus, pursuant to 
section 4(b)(3) of the Endangered Species Act and the Administrative 
Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. 706(1)). On May 18, 2009, a settlement 
agreement was approved in the case of Center for Biological Diversity 
v. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, et al. (3:08-cv-00265- JWS), 
requiring us to submit our 90-day finding on the petition to the 
Federal Register by September 10, 2009. On September 10, 2009, we made 
our 90-day finding that the petition presented substantial scientific 
information indicating that listing the Pacific walrus may be warranted 
(74 FR 46548). On August 30, 2010, the Court approved an amended 
settlement agreement requiring us to submit our 12-month finding to the 
Federal Register by January 31, 2011. On February 10, 2011, we 
published a 12-month petition finding that listing the Pacific walrus 
as an endangered or threatened species was warranted; however, listing 
the Pacific walrus was precluded by higher priority actions to amend 
the Lists of Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants (76 FR 
7634). We added the Pacific walrus to the candidate list and assigned 
it a Listing Priority Number LPN of 9, based on the moderate magnitude 
and imminence of threats. The Pacific walrus was included in all of our 
subsequent annual candidate notices of review (76 FR 66370, October 26, 
2011; 77 FR 69994, November 21, 2012; 78 FR 70104; November 22, 2013; 
79 FR 72450, December 5, 2014; 80 FR 80584, December 24, 2015; 81 FR 
87246, December 2, 2016).
    On September 9, 2011, the Service entered into two settlement 
agreements with Guardians and the Center regarding species on the 
candidate list at that time (Endangered Species Act Section 4 Deadline 
Litigation, No. 10-377 (EGS), MDL Docket No. 2165 (D.D.C. May 10, 
2011)). The settlement agreement with the Center included a deadline to 
submit a proposed rule or not-warranted finding to the Federal Register 
for the Pacific walrus by September 30, 2017. This publication fulfills 
the requirement of the settlement agreement for the Pacific walrus.

Background

    The Pacific walrus is one of the largest extant pinnipeds (fin or 
flipper-footed marine mammals) in the world. The Pacific walrus is 
identified and managed as a single panmictic population (a population 
with random mating). The subspecies ranges across the shallow 
continental shelf waters of the Bering and Chukchi Seas, occasionally 
moving into the East Siberian Sea and Beaufort Sea. Pacific walruses 
are highly mobile, and their distribution varies markedly in response 
to seasonal and interannual variations in sea-ice cover. Pacific 
walruses undertake seasonal migrations between the Bering and Chukchi 
Seas and primarily rely on broken pack ice habitat to access offshore 
breeding and feeding areas.
    Most Pacific walruses spend the winter in the Bering Sea. As the 
Bering Sea ice deteriorates in the spring, adult females, juveniles, 
and some adult males migrate northward to summer feeding areas over the 
continental shelf in the Chukchi Sea, where sea ice has historically 
remained throughout the year. Calves are born each spring during the 
northward migration. Thousands of adult male Pacific walruses remain in 
the Bering Sea year round, where they forage from coastal haulouts 
during ice-free periods. In late September and October, walruses that 
summered in the Chukchi Sea typically begin moving south in advance of 
the developing sea ice.
    The size of the Pacific walrus population is uncertain. Preliminary

[[Page 46643]]

survey results from a mark-recapture survey undertaken by the Service 
estimate a total population size of 283,213 Pacific walruses with a 95 
percent credible interval of 93,000 to 478,975 individuals (Beatty 
2017). However, this abundance estimate should be interpreted with 
extreme caution due to the preliminary nature of the estimate and the 
low precision estimates in the model.

Summary of Status Review

    In making this 12-month finding, we considered and evaluated the 
best scientific and commercial information available, and evaluated the 
potential stressors that could be affecting the Pacific walrus. This 
evaluation includes information from all available sources, including 
Federal and State entities, Alaska natives, academics, private 
entities, and the public. The Species Status Assessment Report (SSA 
Report) (Service 2017l) for the Pacific walrus summarizes and documents 
the biological information we assembled, reviewed, and analyzed to 
inform our finding.
    We reviewed the potential stressors that could be affecting the 
Pacific walrus and assessed the viability of the Pacific walrus through 
an assessment of the resiliency, representation, and redundancy of the 
Pacific walrus population. Owing to the relatively wide geographic 
range of the subspecies, individual walruses may be impacted by a 
variety of stressors; however, concerns about the walrus' status as a 
whole revolve primarily around the following stressors associated with 
the effects of climate change: (1) Loss of sea ice; (2) ocean warming; 
and (3) ocean acidification. We reviewed the following additional 
stressors in the SSA Report (Service 2017l): Harvest; disease and 
parasites; predation; contaminants and biotoxins; oil and gas 
exploration, development, and production; commercial fisheries; and 
ship and air traffic. Although we acknowledge that these additional 
stressors may be affecting individual Pacific walruses, the best 
available information does not show that these activities or stressors 
are having an impact at the population level; further discussion can be 
found in the SSA Report (Service 2017l, entire).
    We found that the Pacific walrus population appears to possess 
degrees of resiliency, representation, and redundancy that have allowed 
it to cope with the changing environments of the last decade. Although 
changes in resiliency, representation, and redundancy of the subspecies 
during this time would be difficult to detect for a species with a 15-
year generational timeframe, few malnourished or diseased animals are 
observed, and reproduction is higher than in the 1970s-1980s, when the 
population was thought to have reached carrying capacity and 
subsequently declined. Consequently, the current prey base of Pacific 
walruses appears adequate to meet the energetic and physiological 
demands of the population. Survival rates are higher than in the 1970s-
1980s, and harvest levels have also decreased. These observations 
mirror those of Alaskan Native hunters, who assert that the population 
is large and stable; that Pacific walruses are intelligent, adaptable, 
and able to make the necessary adjustments needed to persist; and that 
Pacific walruses are not being negatively impacted in a significant way 
at this time.
    In considering the future as it relates to the status of the 
Pacific walrus, we considered the stressors acting on the species and 
looked to see if reliable predictions about the status of the species 
in response to those stressors could be drawn. We considered how far 
into the future we could reliably predict the extent to which threats 
might affect the status of the species, recognizing that our ability to 
make reliable predictions into the future is limited by the variable 
quantity and quality of the available data about impacts to the Pacific 
walrus and the response of the Pacific walrus to those impacts.
    For the Pacific walrus, the most significant risk factor looking 
into the future is the effects of climate change (sea-ice loss). While 
we have high certainty that sea-ice availability will decline as a 
result of climate change, we have less certainty, particularly further 
into the future, about the magnitude of effect that climate change will 
have on the full suite of environmental conditions (e.g., benthic 
productivity) or how the species will respond to those changes. We find 
that beyond 2060 the conclusions concerning the impacts of the effects 
of climate change on the Pacific walrus population are based on 
speculation, rather than reliable prediction.
    Our habitat analysis predicts that shifts in both seasonal 
distribution and availability of sea-ice habitat will occur across the 
range of the Pacific walrus. For example, we found that, across seasons 
and time, ice-accessible habitat will shift northward with the loss of 
pack ice in the northern areas of the subspecies' range, exposing more 
land-accessible habitat, especially in the Bering Sea. In winter, we 
project that ice-accessible habitat will shift from the central Bering 
Sea in 2015 to the Bering Strait, straddling the southern Chukchi and 
northern Bering Seas, in 2060. We detected large variations in the 
trajectories of potential habitat for the Pacific walrus across the 
Bering Sea and Chukchi Sea area. For example, our results demonstrate 
increases in potential habitat in spring and winter for both the U.S. 
and Russia Chukchi Sea areas, yet potential habitat declined 
dramatically in these areas in summer. Conversely, we predicted notable 
declines in potential habitat in spring and winter and a stable 
trajectory in summer. In all seasons, potential habitat in the Russia 
Bering Sea area varied little.
    We relied on monthly projections of sea-ice extent from a 13-model 
ensemble of the most-recent Global Circulation Models and three 
Representative Concentration Pathways (RCP) to assess the response of 
Pacific walruses to changes in the number of ice-free months over time. 
Pacific walruses currently use sea ice for courtship and breeding from 
December to March with a core period occurring from January to 
February. In addition, Pacific walruses currently use sea ice for 
birthing in the spring from April to June with a core birthing period 
occurring in May. Furthermore, calves nurse on the sea ice exclusively 
for 2-4 weeks after birth, and this critical period in post-natal care 
occurs in May and June. Given our prediction that the areas where the 
Pacific walruses' occur will, in combination, provide sufficient sea 
ice to meet the species' breeding, birthing, and denning needs, we 
found that Pacific walruses habitat needs will be met during the core 
breeding and birthing portions of the annual cycle under all RCP 
scenarios out to 2060.
    Although Pacific walruses prefer sea ice habitat, they also use 
land habitat during the summer and fall, but likely not without 
tradeoffs related to energetic costs and other risks of using coastal 
haulouts (e.g., trampling events, predation, and disease). Nonetheless, 
if land habitat proves to be comparable in quality to ice habitat, 
including access to foraging sites, then it is likely that their 
habitat needs will be met. If land habitat is inferior to ice habitat 
for Pacific walruses in summer and fall, then survival and recruitment 
of Pacific walruses will likely decline and population-level effects 
would occur. However, while it is likely that the increased use of land 
habitat will have some negative effects on the population, the 
magnitude of effect is uncertain given the demonstrated ability of 
Pacific walruses to change their behavior or adapt to greater use of 
land.

[[Page 46644]]

    In our assessment of the Pacific walrus, we considered the future 
impacts of stressors such as shipping and oil and gas development, 
along with changes in potential suitable habitat, on the viability of 
the Pacific walrus population. As previously discussed, we find that 
beyond 2060 the conclusions concerning the impacts of the effects of 
climate change and other stressors on the Pacific walrus population are 
based on speculation, rather than reliable prediction. Therefore, while 
we included projections out to 2100 in our analysis, we considered 2060 
as the foreseeable future timeframe for this analysis. Due to future 
changes in suitable habitat, coupled with the impacts of the other 
stressors, we expect that the Pacific walrus's viability will be 
characterized by lower levels of resiliency and redundancy in the 
future, but we do not have reliable information showing that the 
magnitude of this change could be sufficient to put the subspecies in 
danger of extinction in the foreseeable future. In addition, we expect 
that representation will remain relatively unchanged.
    We evaluated the current range of the Pacific walrus to determine 
if there is any apparent geographic concentration of potential threats 
to the taxon. We examined potential threats from loss of sea ice, ocean 
warming, ocean acidification, energetics, change in habitat use 
patterns, harvest, disease and parasites, predation, contaminants and 
biotoxins, oil and gas exploration, development and production, 
commercial fisheries, and ship and air traffic. We found no portions of 
its range where potential threats are significantly concentrated or 
substantially greater than in other portions of its range, and that 
there was no higher concentration of threats in the Chukchi or the 
Bering Seas. We did not identify any portions where the species may be 
in danger of extinction or likely to become so in the foreseeable 
future. Therefore, no portions warrant further consideration to 
determine whether the species may be in danger of extinction or likely 
to become so in the foreseeable future in a significant portion of its 
range.

Finding

    Our review of the best scientific and commercial information 
available indicates that the threats affecting the Pacific walrus are 
not, singly or in combination, of sufficient imminence, intensity, or 
magnitude that the species is in danger of extinction or is likely to 
become endangered in the foreseeable future throughout all or a 
significant portion of its range. We conclude that, while the Pacific 
walrus will experience a future reduction in availability of sea ice, 
resulting in reduced resiliency and redundancy, we are unable to 
reliably predict the magnitude of the effect and the behavioral 
response of the Pacific walrus to this change, and we therefore do not 
have reliable information showing that the magnitude of this change 
could be sufficient to put the subspecies in danger of extinction now 
or in the foreseeable future. At this time, sufficient resources remain 
to meet the subspecies' physical and ecological needs now and into the 
future. Therefore, we find that listing the Pacific walrus as an 
endangered or threatened species under the Act is not warranted at this 
time. A detailed discussion of the basis for this finding can be found 
in the Pacific walrus species-specific assessment form and other 
supporting documents (available on the Internet at http://www.regulations.gov under Docket No. FWS-R7-ES-2017-0069).

San Felipe Gambusia (Gambusia clarkhubbsi)

Previous Federal Actions

    On June 13, 2005, we received a petition, dated June 10, 2005, from 
Save Our Springs Alliance requesting that the San Felipe gambusia be 
listed as an endangered species under the Act. The West Texas Springs 
Alliance was also listed as a petitioner. On February 13, 2007, we 
published a 90-day finding (72 FR 6703) in the Federal Register that 
the 2005 petition from Save Our Springs Alliance did not present 
substantial information indicating that listing may be warranted.
    On June 18, 2007, Guardians (which at the time was called ``Forest 
Guardians'') petitioned the Service to list 475 species in the 
southwestern United States as endangered or threatened under the Act, 
including the San Felipe gambusia. On December 16, 2009, the Service 
published in the Federal Register a partial 90-day finding (74 FR 
66866) for 192 of the 475 species raised in Guardians' 2007 petition, 
including the San Felipe gambusia. In that finding, the Service found 
the 2007 petition presented substantial scientific or commercial 
information indicating that listing the San Felipe gambusia may be 
warranted. This 12-month finding satisfies the statutory requirement of 
section 4(b)(3)(B) of the Act that the Service determine whether or not 
the San Felipe gambusia warrants listing.

Background

    The San Felipe gambusia is a small fish in the family Poeciliidae 
(order Cyprinodontiformes). It was first discovered in 1997 and 
described by Dr. Gary Garrett and Dr. Robert Edwards (2003, pp. 783-
788) as a species distinct from other gambusia species, including its 
closest believed relative, the spotfin gambusia (Gambusia krumholzi). 
Garrett and Edwards identified the San Felipe gambusia as a new species 
only known to occur from San Felipe Creek in Val Verde County, Texas. 
This distinction between the San Felipe gambusia and spotfin gambusia 
was based on morphological characteristics, primarily body pigmentation 
and aspects of the male gonopodium (modified anal fin that allows male 
fish of the families Anablepidae and Poeciliidae to briefly hook into 
the vent of a female fish to deposit sperm; Garrett and Edwards 2003, 
p. 783).

Summary of Status Review

    We have evaluated the best scientific and commercial information 
available, and based on that information we find that the San Felipe 
gambusia is not a distinct species, but rather the same species as the 
spotfin gambusia (Gambusia krumholzi). This section summarizes the 
information upon which we base this finding. The best available and 
most current scientific information indicates that the San Felipe 
gambusia is a junior synonym of the spotfin gambusia. In this context, 
a ``junior synonym'' refers to different scientific names for the same 
species, where the later name given is considered junior. The Service 
is not considering the spotfin gambusia for listing action at this 
time.
    Echelle et al. (2013, p. 72), including as co-authors Dr. Gary 
Garrett and Dr. Robert Edwards, who first identified San Felipe 
gambusia as a new species, described the genetic structure and species-
level taxonomy of three gambusia species: San Felipe gambusia, spotfin 
gambusia, and Tex-Mex gambusia (Gambusia speciosa). Echelle also 
reevaluated the morphological characteristics of the San Felipe 
gambusia and the spotfin gambusia. Echelle's work was published in 
Copeia, a peer-reviewed scientific journal published by The American 
Society of Ichthyologists and Herpetologists. The American Society of 
Ichthyologists and Herpetologists, in conjunction with the American 
Fisheries Society, is recognized as an authority in establishing the 
taxonomic status of fish.
    Echelle et al.'s, (2013, p. 77) study assessed variation in 
mitochondrial DNA and six nuclear microsatellite loci of the San Felipe 
gambusia and the spotfin gambusia. None of the six microsatellite loci 
showed fixed

[[Page 46645]]

differences between the populations of San Felipe gambusia and spotfin 
gambusia (Echelle et al. 2013, p. 77). In other words, this genetic 
analysis did not find statistically significant differences between San 
Felipe gambusia and spotfin gambusia to indicate that they were 
separate species. Additionally, morphological characteristics that 
Garrett and Edwards (2003, pp. 738-786) had originally used to describe 
the San Felipe gambusia were generally subtle, and reevaluation of 
these characteristics showed no statistically significant variance 
associated with species-level taxonomy (Echelle et al. 2013, p. 77). In 
other words, in the more recent peer-reviewed evaluation, the body 
characteristics that had been identified as potentially distinguishing 
between the San Felipe gambusia and the spotfin gambusia revealed no 
statistically significant differences to indicate that they were 
separate species. The only exception to this was degree of body 
crosshatching in males, which differed in direction, as noted by 
Garrett and Edwards (2003, p. 785). However, there was broad overlap in 
crosshatching pattern between the San Felipe gambusia and spotfin 
gambusia, and the difference was not detected in females (Echelle et 
al. 2013, p. 77). Based on the results of the genetics work and 
morphological reassessment, Echelle et al. (2013, entire) found that 
the San Felipe gambusia is not a new species, but is a junior synonym 
of (i.e., the same species as) the more widespread spotfin gambusia, 
endemic to river systems in Coahuila, Mexico (Echelle et al. 2013, p. 
77).
    Based on our review of the best available scientific and commercial 
information, the taxonomic entity that is known as the San Felipe 
gambusia is not a distinct species or subspecies, but rather the same 
species (a junior synonym) as the spotfin gambusia (Echelle et al. 
2013, p. 72).

Finding

    Under the Act, the term ``species'' includes ``any subspecies of 
fish or wildlife or plants, and any distinct population segment of any 
species of vertebrate fish or wildlife which interbreeds when mature'' 
(16 U.S.C. 1532(16)). Based on the best scientific and commercial 
information available, the San Felipe gambusia is not itself a species, 
subspecies, or distinct population segment, as those terms are defined 
in the Act. Therefore, the San Felipe gambusia is not a listable entity 
under the Act. We find the San Felipe gambusia is not a valid taxonomic 
entity, does not meet the definition of a species or subspecies under 
the Act, and, as a result, cannot warrant listing under the Act.

New Information

    We request that you submit any new information concerning the 
taxonomy, biology, ecology, status of, or stressors to, the 14 Nevada 
springsnail species, Barbour's map turtle, Bicknell's thrush, Big Blue 
Springs cave crayfish, Oregon Cascades-California population and Black 
Hills population of the black-backed woodpecker, eastern DPS of the 
boreal toad, Northern Rocky Mountains DPS of the fisher, Florida Keys 
mole skink, Great Sand Dunes tiger beetle, Kirtland's snake, Pacific 
walrus, and San Felipe gambusia to the appropriate person, as specified 
under FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT, whenever it becomes available. 
New information will help us monitor these species and encourage their 
conservation. We encourage local agencies and stakeholders to continue 
cooperative monitoring and conservation efforts for these species. If 
an emergency situation develops for any of these species, we will act 
to provide immediate protection.

References Cited

    Lists of the references cited in the petition findings are 
available on the Internet at http://www.regulations.gov in the dockets 
listed above in ADDRESSES and upon request from the appropriate person, 
as specified under FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT.

Authors

    The primary authors of this document are the staff members of the 
Unified Listing Team, Ecological Services Program.

Authority

    The authority for this action is section 4 of the Endangered 
Species Act of 1973, as amended (16 U.S.C. 1531 et seq.).

     Dated: September 15, 2017.
James W. Kurth,
Acting Director, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service.
[FR Doc. 2017-21352 Filed 10-4-17; 8:45 am]
 BILLING CODE 4333-15-P



                                                 46618                           Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 192 / Thursday, October 5, 2017 / Proposed Rules

                                                 DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR                                                   SUMMARY:   We, the U.S. Fish and                                             of the fisher, Florida Keys mole skink,
                                                                                                                              Wildlife Service (Service), announce 12-                                     Great Sand Dunes tiger beetle, Kirtland’s
                                                 Fish and Wildlife Service                                                    month findings on petitions to list 25                                       snake, Pacific walrus, and San Felipe
                                                                                                                              species as endangered or threatened                                          gambusia is not warranted at this time.
                                                 50 CFR Part 17                                                               species under the Endangered Species                                         However, we ask the public to submit to
                                                                                                                              Act of 1973, as amended (Act). After a                                       us at any time any new information that
                                                 [4500090022]                                                                 thorough review of the best available                                        becomes available concerning the
                                                                                                                              scientific and commercial information,                                       stressors to any of the species listed
                                                 Endangered and Threatened Wildlife                                           we find that listing 14 Nevada                                               above or their habitats.
                                                 and Plants; 12-Month Findings on                                             springsnail species, Barbour’s map
                                                 Petitions To List 25 Species as                                              turtle, Bicknell’s thrush, Big Blue                                               The finding announced in this
                                                                                                                                                                                                           DATES:
                                                 Endangered or Threatened Species                                             Springs cave crayfish, the Oregon                                            document was made on October 5, 2017.
                                                 AGENCY:   Fish and Wildlife Service,                                         Cascades—California population and                                           ADDRESSES:   Detailed descriptions of the
                                                 Interior.                                                                    Black Hills population of the black-                                         basis for each of these findings are
                                                                                                                              backed woodpecker, the eastern                                               available on the Internet at http://
                                                 ACTION: Notice of 12-month petition
                                                                                                                              population of the boreal toad, the                                           www.regulations.gov under the
                                                 findings.
                                                                                                                              Northern Rocky Mountains population                                          following docket numbers:

                                                                                                                                  Species                                                                                              Docket No.

                                                 14 Nevada springsnails .............................................................................................................................................               FWS–R8–ES–2011–0001
                                                 Barbour’s map turtle ..................................................................................................................................................            FWS–R4–ES–2017–0065
                                                 Bicknell’s thrush .........................................................................................................................................................        FWS–R5–ES–2012–0056
                                                 Big Blue Springs cave crayfish ..................................................................................................................................                  FWS–R4–ES–2017–0066
                                                 Black-backed woodpecker .........................................................................................................................................                  FWS–R8–ES–2013–0034
                                                 Boreal toad ................................................................................................................................................................       FWS–R6–ES–2012–0003
                                                 Fisher .........................................................................................................................................................................   FWS–R6–ES–2015–0104
                                                 Florida Keys mole skink ............................................................................................................................................               FWS–R4–ES–2017–0067
                                                 Great Sand Dunes tiger beetle ..................................................................................................................................                   FWS–R6–ES–2017–0068
                                                 Kirtland’s snake .........................................................................................................................................................         FWS–R3–ES–2017–0039
                                                 Pacific walrus .............................................................................................................................................................       FWS–R7–ES–2017–0069
                                                 San Felipe gambusia .................................................................................................................................................              FWS–R2–ES–2017–0024



                                                   Supporting information used to                                             specified under FOR FURTHER                                                  under FOR FURTHER INFORMATION
                                                 prepare these findings is available for                                      INFORMATION CONTACT. Please   submit any                                     CONTACT.
                                                 public inspection, by appointment,                                           new information, materials, comments,
                                                 during normal business hours, by                                             or questions concerning these findings                                       FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
                                                 contacting the appropriate person, as                                        to the appropriate person, as specified

                                                                      Species                                                                                                     Contact information

                                                 14 Nevada springsnails ..................                   For bifid duct pyrg: Carolyn Swed, Field Supervisor, Northern Nevada (Reno) Fish and Wildlife Office,
                                                                                                               775–861–6337
                                                                                                             For all other species: Glen Knowles, Field Supervisor, Southern Nevada Fish and Wildlife Office, 702–
                                                                                                               515–5230.
                                                 Barbour’s map turtle .......................                Catherine Phillips, Field Supervisor, Panama City Ecological Services Field Office, 850–769–0552.
                                                 Bicknell’s thrush ..............................            Krishna Gifford, Listing Coordinator, Region 5 Regional Office, 413–253–8619.
                                                 Big Blue Springs cave crayfish .......                      Catherine Phillips, Field Supervisor, Panama City Ecological Services Field Office, 850–769–0552.
                                                 Black-backed woodpeckers ............                       Oregon Cascades—California population: Jenn Norris, Field Supervisor, Sacramento Fish and Wildlife Of-
                                                                                                               fice, 916–414–6600
                                                                                                             Black Hills population: Scott Larson, Field Supervisor, South Dakota Ecological Services Office, 605–224–
                                                                                                               8693.
                                                 Boreal toad ......................................          Drue DeBerry, Field Supervisor, Colorado and Nebraska Field Office, 303–236–4774.
                                                 Fisher ..............................................       Jodi Bush, Field Supervisor, Montana Ecological Services Field Office, 406–449–5225, ext. 205.
                                                 Florida Keys mole skink ..................                  Roxanna Hinzman, Field Supervisor, South Florida Ecological Services Field Office, 772–469–4309.
                                                 Great Sand Dunes tiger beetle .......                       Drue DeBerry, Field Supervisor, Colorado and Nebraska Field Office, 303–236–4774.
                                                 Kirtland’s snake ...............................            Dan Everson, Field Supervisor, Ohio Ecological Services Field Office, 614–416–8993.
                                                 Pacific walrus ..................................           Patrick Lemons, Chief Marine Mammals Management, Region 7, 907–786–3668.
                                                 San Felipe gambusia ......................                  Adam Zerrenner, Field Supervisor, Austin Ecological Services Field Office, 512–490–0057, ext. 248.



                                                   If you use a telecommunications                                            and Plants, we are required to make a                                        must make a finding that the petitioned
ethrower on DSK3G9T082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                 device for the deaf (TDD), please call the                                   finding whether or not the petitioned                                        action is: (1) Not warranted; (2)
                                                 Federal Relay Service at 800–877–8339.                                       action is warranted (‘‘12-month                                              warranted; or (3) warranted but
                                                 SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:                                                   finding’’), unless we determined that the                                    precluded. ‘‘Warranted but precluded’’
                                                                                                                              petition did not contain substantial                                         means that (a) the immediate proposal
                                                 Background                                                                   scientific or commercial information                                         of a regulation implementing the
                                                   Within 12 months after receiving any                                       indicating that the petitioned action                                        petitioned action is precluded by other
                                                 petition to revise the Federal Lists of                                      may be warranted (section 4(b)(3)(B) of                                      pending proposals to determine whether
                                                 Endangered and Threatened Wildlife                                           the Act (16 U.S.C. 1531 et seq.)). We                                        species are endangered or threatened


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014          19:42 Oct 04, 2017         Jkt 244001       PO 00000        Frm 00002        Fmt 4701       Sfmt 4702       E:\FR\FM\05OCP2.SGM               05OCP2


                                                                       Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 192 / Thursday, October 5, 2017 / Proposed Rules                                          46619

                                                 species, and (b) expeditious progress is                species-specific assessment forms found               (Pyrgulopsis hubbsi), Pahranagat
                                                 being made to add qualified species to                  on http://www.regulations.gov under the               Pebblesnail (Pyrgulopsis merriami),
                                                 the Federal Lists of Endangered and                     appropriate docket number (see                        White River Valley Pyrg (Pyrgulopsis
                                                 Threatened Wildlife and Plants (Lists)                  ADDRESSES above).                                     sathos), Butterfield Pyrg (Pyrgulopsis
                                                 and to remove from the Lists species for                   In considering what stressors under                lata), Hardy Pyrg (Pyrgulopsis marcida),
                                                 which the protections of the Act are no                 the Act’s five factors might indicate that            Flag Pyrg (Pyrgulopsis breviloba), Lake
                                                 longer necessary. Section 4(b)(3)(C) of                 the species may meet the definition of                Valley Pyrg (Pyrgulopsis sublata), Bifid
                                                 the Act requires that we treat a petition               a threatened or endangered species, we                Duct Pyrg (Pyrgulopsis peculiaris).
                                                 for which the requested action is found                 must look beyond the mere exposure of
                                                                                                         the species to the stressor to determine              Previous Federal Actions
                                                 to be warranted but precluded as though
                                                 resubmitted on the date of such finding,                whether the species responds to the                      On February 17, 2009, we received a
                                                 that is, requiring that a subsequent                    stressor in a way that causes actual                  petition from the Center for Biological
                                                 finding be made within 12 months of                     impacts to the species. If there is                   Diversity (the Center), the Freshwater
                                                 that date. We must publish these 12-                    exposure to a stressor, but no response,              Mollusk Conservation Society, Dr. James
                                                 month findings in the Federal Register.                 or only a positive response, that stressor            Deacon, and Don Duff requesting that 42
                                                                                                         does not cause a species to meet the                  species of Great Basin springsnails from
                                                 Summary of Information Pertaining to                    definition of a threatened or endangered              Nevada, Utah, and California be listed
                                                 the Five Factors                                        species. If there is exposure and the                 as endangered or threatened species
                                                    Section 4 of the Act (16 U.S.C. 1533)                species responds negatively, the stressor             under the Act. Three of those
                                                 and the implementing regulations at                     may be significant. In that case, we                  springsnail species were addressed in
                                                 part 424 of title 50 of the Code of                     determine whether that stressor drives                an August 18, 2009, 90-day finding (74
                                                 Federal Regulations (50 CFR part 424)                   or contributes to the risk of extinction              FR 41649). The remaining 39
                                                 set forth procedures for adding species                 of the species such that the species                  springsnail species, which includes the
                                                 to, removing species from, or                           warrants listing as an endangered or                  14 springsnails addressed in this 12-
                                                 reclassifying species on the Federal                    threatened species as those terms are                 month finding, were addressed in a
                                                 Lists of Endangered and Threatened                      defined by the Act. This does not                     September 13, 2011, ‘‘substantial’’ 90-
                                                 Wildlife and Plants. The Act defines                    necessarily require empirical proof of                day finding (76 FR 56608).
                                                 ‘‘endangered species’’ as any species                   impacts to a species. The combination                    On April 25, 2012, we received from
                                                 that is in danger of extinction                         of exposure and some corroborating                    the Center a notice of intent to file suit
                                                 throughout all or a significant portion of              evidence of how the species is likely                 to compel us to issue 12-month findings
                                                 its range (16 U.S.C. 1532(6)), and                      affected could suffice. The mere                      for four of the 2009-petitioned species
                                                 ‘‘threatened species’’ as any species that              identification of stressors that could                (i.e., Hardy pyrg, flag pyrg, Lake Valley
                                                 is likely to become an endangered                       affect a species negatively is not                    pyrg, and bifid duct pyrg).
                                                 species within the foreseeable future                   sufficient to compel a finding that                   Subsequently, on September 13, 2012,
                                                 throughout all or a significant portion of              listing is appropriate; similarly, the                the Center filed a complaint to compel
                                                 its range (16 U.S.C. 1532(20)). Under                   mere identification of stressors that do              us to issue findings for the four
                                                 section 4(a)(1) of the Act, a species may               not affect a listed species negatively is             springsnails. On April 29, 2013, we
                                                 be determined to be an endangered                       insufficient to compel a finding that                 reached a stipulated settlement
                                                 species or a threatened species because                 delisting is appropriate. For a species to            agreement with the Center, agreeing to
                                                 of any of the following five factors:                   be listed or remain listed, we require                publish 12-month findings for the four
                                                    (A) The present or threatened                        evidence that these stressors are                     species by September 30, 2017. This 12-
                                                 destruction, modification, or                           operative threats to the species and its              month finding satisfies the requirements
                                                 curtailment of its habitat or range;                    habitat, either singly or in combination,             of that stipulated settlement agreement
                                                    (B) Overutilization for commercial,                  to the point that the species meets the               for Hardy pyrg, flag pyrg, Lake Valley
                                                 recreational, scientific, or educational                definition of an endangered or a                      pyrg, and bifid duct pyrg. A detailed
                                                 purposes;                                               threatened species under the Act.                     discussion of the basis for these findings
                                                    (C) Disease or predation;                               In making these 12-month findings,                 can be found in the Species Assessment
                                                    (D) The inadequacy of existing                       we considered and thoroughly                          Form and the SSA Report that we used
                                                 regulatory mechanisms; or                               evaluated the best scientific and                     in preparing this finding (see ADDRESSES
                                                    (E) Other natural or manmade factors                 commercial information available                      above).
                                                 affecting its continued existence.                      regarding the past, present, and future
                                                    We summarize below the information                                                                         Background
                                                                                                         stressors and threats. We reviewed the
                                                 on which we based our evaluation of the                 petitions, information available in our                 All 14 of the species that this finding
                                                 five factors provided in section 4(a)(1) of             files, and other available published and              addresses fall within either the genus
                                                 the Act to determine whether the 14                     unpublished information. These                        Pyrgulopsis or the genus Tryonia. To
                                                 Nevada springsnail species, Barbour’s                   evaluations may include information                   inexperienced and unaided eyes,
                                                 map turtle, Bicknell’s thrush, Big Blue                 from recognized experts; Federal, State,              species within each genus Pyrgulopsis
                                                 Springs cave crayfish, Oregon Cascades-                 and tribal governments; academic                      and Tryonia appear relatively similar to
                                                 California and Black Hills populations                  institutions; foreign governments;                    one another, but have been collected,
                                                 of the black-backed woodpecker, eastern                 private entities; and other members of                described, and differentiated based on
                                                 population of the boreal toad, Northern                 the public.                                           subtle morphological characteristics
ethrower on DSK3G9T082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                 Rocky Mountains population of the                          14 Nevada Springsnails: Spring                     using methods described by Hershler
                                                 fisher, Florida Keys mole skink, Great                  Mountains Pyrg (Pyrgulopsis deaconi),                 and Sada (1987, pp. 780–785) and
                                                 Sand Dunes tiger beetle, Kirtland’s                     Corn Creek Pyrg (Pyrgulopsis fausta),                 Hershler (1989, pp. 176–179; 1994, pp.
                                                 snake, Pacific walrus, and San Felipe                   Moapa Pebblesnail (Pyrgulopsis                        2–4; 1998, pp. 3–11; 2001, p. 2). In
                                                 gambusia meet the definition of                         avernalis), Moapa Valley Pyrg                         general, species of Pyrgulopsis and
                                                 ‘‘endangered species’’ or ‘‘threatened                  (Pyrgulopsis carinifera), Grated Tryonia              Tryonia are similarly sized. The shell
                                                 species.’’ More-detailed information                    (Tryonia clathrata), Blue Point Pyrg                  heights of adult Pyrgulopsis may range
                                                 about these species is presented in the                 (Pyrgulopsis coloradensis), Hubbs Pyrg                between approximately 1 and 5 mm


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:42 Oct 04, 2017   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00003   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\05OCP2.SGM   05OCP2


                                                 46620                 Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 192 / Thursday, October 5, 2017 / Proposed Rules

                                                 (0.04 and 0.2 in) and have 3 to 5 whorls                water, and adequate spring discharge                  abundance levels (i.e., scarce, common,
                                                 (Hershler 1998, pp. 4–9), whereas shell                 (Service 2017, pp. 42–45).                            or abundant) across its range as
                                                 heights of adult grated tryonia may be                                                                        compared to past survey results.
                                                                                                         Summary of Status Review
                                                 approximately 3 to 7 mm (0.1 to 0.3 in)                                                                       Stressors present include vegetation and
                                                 and have between 5 to 9 whorls                             These findings constitute our                      soil disturbance from ungulate activity
                                                 (Hershler 2001, p. 7).                                  completion of our review of the                       (all three springs at Horse Springs
                                                    The 14 springsnail species occur in a                petitioned action. However, we intend                 Province; Factor A) and recreation (Red
                                                 portion of the Great Basin, which is a                  that any listing determination for the 14             Spring and Willow Spring; Factor A),
                                                 contiguous watershed area of closed                     Nevada springsnails be as accurate as                 potential crushing of individuals from
                                                 drainage basins that retain water and                   possible. Therefore, we will continue to              ungulates and recreationists (all springs
                                                 allow no outflow to other external                      accept additional information and                     except Crystal Spring; Factor E), and
                                                 bodies of water, such as rivers or                      comments from all concerned                           residual impacts associated with
                                                 oceans. The range and distribution of                   governmental agencies, the scientific                 historical spring modification (surface
                                                 the 14 springsnail species within the                   community, industry, or any other                     water diversion) (Kiup Spring and Horse
                                                 Great Basin overlap 11 hydrographic                     interested party concerning these                     Springs Province; Factor A). Although
                                                 basins (i.e., drainage areas of streams) in             findings.                                             these stressors are present, they are not
                                                 Clark, Lincoln, Nye, and White Pine                        A species status assessment (SSA)                  resulting in significant adverse effects to
                                                 Counties, Nevada, and three                             was completed for these species and                   the Spring Mountains pyrg or its habitat.
                                                 hydrographic basins in Millard County,                  summarized in an SSA Report (Service                  Projected future conditions include a
                                                 Utah.                                                   2017). Below are summary discussions                  possible decrease in spring discharge
                                                    Springsnails occur in springs, which                 for each species, primarily focusing on               and insignificant impacts to substrate
                                                 are relatively small aquatic and riparian               impacts to species’ needs within and                  and vegetation. However, the
                                                 systems that flow onto the land surface                 among populations both currently and
                                                                                                                                                               populations of Spring Mountains pyrg
                                                 through natural processes and are                       in the future. We focused on the overall
                                                                                                                                                               continue to persist with an appropriate
                                                 maintained by groundwater. They range                   condition of the species’ needs here as
                                                                                                                                                               population size, growth rate, and
                                                 widely in size, water chemistry,                        they relate to a species’ ability to
                                                                                                                                                               occupied habitat, and the best available
                                                 morphology, landscape setting, and                      withstand disturbances and stochastic
                                                                                                                                                               information does not indicate any
                                                 persistence. They occur from mountain                   events (resiliency), the distribution of
                                                                                                                                                               reason why the expected condition of
                                                 tops to valley floors, some of which                    populations across the landscape to
                                                                                                                                                               the springs and spring provinces within
                                                 occur in clusters known as spring                       withstand disturbances and stochastic
                                                                                                                                                               the species’ range would not continue to
                                                 provinces, and are predominantly                        events (redundancy), and the ability for
                                                                                                                                                               meet the species’ needs in the
                                                 isolated from other aquatic and riparian                each species to adapt to changing
                                                                                                         environmental conditions                              foreseeable future. We also looked for
                                                 systems. Springs occur where
                                                                                                         (representation). For detailed scientific             significant portions of the Spring
                                                 subterranean water under pressure
                                                                                                         information on current and potential                  Mountain pyrg’s range that might be
                                                 reaches the earth’s surface through fault
                                                                                                         future conditions of these species,                   endangered or threatened, and we
                                                 zones, rock cracks, or orifices that occur
                                                                                                         including full discussions of resiliency,             determined that there are no geographic
                                                 when water creates a passage by
                                                                                                         redundancy, and representation for each               concentration of stressors (see our
                                                 dissolving rock. Most springs are
                                                                                                         species, please see the SSA Report. As                Species Assessment Form, Section
                                                 considered unique based on the
                                                                                                         explained further in the SSA Report, for              15.1.3 available on the Internet at http://
                                                 province influences of aquifer geology,
                                                                                                         all of these springsnails we considered               www.regulations.gov under Docket No.
                                                 morphology, discharge rates, and
                                                                                                         the foreseeable future to be 50 years                 FWS–R8–ES–2011–0001).
                                                 regional precipitation (Sada and
                                                 Pohlmann 2002, pp. 3–5). Details                        because: (1) It is within the range of the               Corn Creek Pyrg—There are three
                                                 regarding the subject springs’ size, water              available hydrological and climate                    populations of the Corn Creek pyrg that
                                                 transport or flow system, and                           change model forecasts; and (2) because               continue to occupy the entirety of its
                                                 environmental characteristics (such as                  of the short generation time of these                 known historical range, including five
                                                 temperature, dissolved oxygen, and                      springsnails (approximately 1 year), 50               spring source locations in Clark County,
                                                 other water chemistry conditions) are                   years encompassed approximately 30 to                 Nevada, which are within the Desert
                                                 described in the supporting SSA Report                  40 generations, which is a relatively                 National Wildlife Refuge managed by
                                                 for these species (Service 2017, pp. 40–                high number of generations over which                 the Service (Sada 2017, pp. 76–79). The
                                                 42).                                                    to observe effects to the species.                    relative abundance of Corn Creek pyrg
                                                    The genetic diversity of springsnails                   Spring Mountains Pyrg—The Spring                   has varied between sites and surveys.
                                                 is not well understood, particularly as it              Mountains pyrg has been reported to                   Residual impacts associated with
                                                 relates to their ability to adapt to short-             occur historically at a total of nine                 historical spring modification (surface
                                                 and long-term environmental changes.                    springs in the Spring Mountains area of               water diversion, channel modification,
                                                 Based on their restricted distributions                 Clark and Nye Counties, Nevada;                       and impoundment) occur at Corn Creek
                                                 within a springbrook (water outflow                     however, subsequently its presence has                Springs Province (Factor A).
                                                 from a spring source), they seem to be                  been confirmed at only eight of the nine              Additionally, there are insignificant
                                                 limited to a range of physical and                      springs. Surveys at six of these locations            residual impacts from beneficial habitat
                                                 biological parameters that exist within                 indicate that the downstream extent and               restoration (Factor A) at four of the five
                                                 that occupied area (Sada 2017, p. 13),                  abundance of this species fluctuates                  springs. Projected future conditions
ethrower on DSK3G9T082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                 one known parameter being their                         during and between years. Populations                 include a possible decrease in spring
                                                 dependency on perennial water                           of Spring Mountains pyrg have typically               discharge, which is a result of future
                                                 (Hershler and Liu 2008, p. 92). Overall,                been abundant or common during                        changing climate conditions in
                                                 the best available information indicates                surveys in recent years. A variety of                 conjunction with a possible increase in
                                                 that the 14 Nevada springsnails’                        stressors have been negatively affecting              groundwater withdrawal (although, if it
                                                 physical and ecological needs include                   the springs both historically and                     occurs, this is not expected to be
                                                 sufficient water quality, adequate                      currently, and individuals continue to                significant across the species’ range).
                                                 substrate and vegetation, free-flowing                  occupy those seven springs at similar                 We project that, at a minimum, four


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:42 Oct 04, 2017   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00004   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\05OCP2.SGM   05OCP2


                                                                       Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 192 / Thursday, October 5, 2017 / Proposed Rules                                           46621

                                                 springs total (two populations) are likely              (Cardy Lamb). The best available data                 activities are evident throughout the
                                                 to remain viable in the foreseeable                     indicate that various stressors have been             species’ range, although surveys do not
                                                 future even with the potential stressor of              negatively affecting the springs both                 indicate that the activities have had
                                                 ground water withdrawal effects,                        historically and currently, although it               significant impacts on the species across
                                                 particularly given the significant                      appears not to the degree that the entire             its range. Projected future conditions
                                                 protections and management afforded                     populations have been affected over                   include a possible decrease in spring
                                                 the springs due to their presence within                time. Overall, the likelihood that 5 of               discharge that, if manifested, could
                                                 the Desert National Wildlife Refuge both                the 6 populations (15 springs) for each               result in the loss of the Cardy Lamb
                                                 currently and into the future (the                      species will continue to persist with                 Spring population. However, the best
                                                 Species Assessment form describes in                    appropriate population sizes and growth               available information indicates that
                                                 more detail our analysis of these                       rates appears high based on both                      there is a high likelihood that 10 of the
                                                 protections). We also looked for                        species’ demonstrated ability to persist              11 populations of grated tryonia will
                                                 significant portions of the Corn Creek                  with disturbances in the past, as well as             continue to persist in the foreseeable
                                                 pyrg’s range that might be endangered                   the future expected conditions, and the               future with an appropriate population
                                                 or threatened, and we determined that                   best available information does not                   size and growth rate. We also looked for
                                                 there was a geographic concentration of                 indicate any reason why the expected                  significant portions of the grated
                                                 stressors but that portion was not                      condition of the springs and spring                   tryonia’s range that might be
                                                 significant, and thus did not meet the                  provinces within the species’ range                   endangered or threatened, and we
                                                 criteria of an SPR (see our Species                     would not continue to meet the species’               determined that there are no geographic
                                                 Assessment Form, Section 15.1.3                         needs in the foreseeable future. We also              concentration of stressors (see our
                                                 available on the Internet at http://                    looked for significant portions of the                Species Assessment Form, Section
                                                 www.regulations.gov under Docket No.                    Moapa pebblesnail and Moapa Valley                    15.1.3 available on the Internet at http://
                                                 FWS–R8–ES–2011–0001).                                   pyrg ranges that might be endangered or               www.regulations.gov under Docket No.
                                                    Moapa Pebblesnail and Moapa Valley                   threatened, and we determined that                    FWS–R8–ES–2011–0001).
                                                 Pyrg—The Moapa pebblesnail and                          there was a geographic concentration of                  Blue Point Pyrg—The Blue Point
                                                 Moapa Valley pyrg are endemic                           stressors but that portion was not                    pyrg’s range has always been limited to
                                                 springsnails that co-occur at 6 locations               significant, and thus did not meet the                Blue Point Spring (Hershler 1998, p. 29),
                                                 (springs and spring provinces, totaling                 criteria of an SPR (see our Species                   which is owned and managed by the
                                                 16 springs) in Clark County, Nevada,                    Assessment Form, Section 15.1.3                       National Park Service (Lake Mead
                                                 which is the entirety of their historical               available on the Internet at http://                  National Recreation Area) in Clark
                                                 ranges. Their abundance and                             www.regulations.gov under Docket No.                  County, Nevada. The species’
                                                 distribution vary temporally and in                     FWS–R8–ES–2011–0001).                                 abundance is known to vary over time:
                                                 response to restoration (documented to                     Grated Tryonia—The grated tryonia is               Scarce in the early 1990s, potentially
                                                 be scarce to abundant over survey                       an endemic springsnail that occurs in 5               extinct prior to 2001, rediscovered in
                                                 periods), and the best available data                   springs and 6 spring provinces, totaling              2006, common or abundant in 2012,
                                                 indicate that the populations for both                  greater than 31 springs in Clark,                     scarce in 2014, common or abundant in
                                                 species are stable. Moapa Valley pyrg                   Lincoln, and Nye Counties, Nevada: 3                  2015, and again common in 2017
                                                 typically appears more abundant than                    springs exhibit common relative                       (Service 2017, p. 137). The primary
                                                 Moapa pebblesnail. The primary                          abundance, 6 exhibit scarce abundance                 stressor for this species is aquatic
                                                 impacts are at one spring that is                       (which historically is the most-frequent              invasive predation (Factor C), although
                                                 currently low-flow—Cardy Lamb                           relative abundance value recorded                     other stressors that may negatively affect
                                                 Spring—which represents residual                        across its range, suggesting the species’             the species to a lesser degree are
                                                 impacts from historical spring                          abundance is inherently scarce), and for              vegetation and substrate damage from
                                                 modifications (surface diversion,                       3 springs the presence of the species                 ungulate use and roads (Factor A), as
                                                 channel modification, and                               must be presumed because there was no                 well as residual impacts from historical
                                                 impoundment) (Factor A), as well as                     access to the springs during the most-                spring modification (Factor A).
                                                 presence of invasive species                            recent surveys in 2016. This occupied                 Although invasive species are the
                                                 (mosquitofish (Gambusia affinis) and                    area is the entirety of its known                     primary stressors for Blue Point pyrg,
                                                 red-rimmed melania (Melanoides                          historical range (multiple springs at                 they do not occur in high numbers or
                                                 tuberculate)) that may predate upon the                 multiple locations). The primary                      densities such that population- or
                                                 species (Factor C) or compete with                      stressors are invasive species (Factors C             rangewide-level effects are evident.
                                                 resource needs (Factor E) of the Moapa                  and E) and residual impacts from spring               Overall, although stressors are present at
                                                 pebblesnail. Baldwin Spring also                        modification and habitat restoration                  Blue Point Spring, they do not appear to
                                                 harbors invasive species (Factors C and                 activities (Factor A), which have been                be resulting in significant adverse
                                                 E) and experiences residual impacts                     negatively affecting the springs                      effects to Blue Point pyrg or its habitat
                                                 from historical spring modifications                    historically and currently to varying                 (i.e., the species’ needs continue to be
                                                 (surface diversion and channel                          degrees. Invasive species occur at a                  met, and there is no information to
                                                 modification) (Factor A). Additionally,                 greater abundance at Baldwin Spring                   indicate declining population trends).
                                                 residual historical impacts are evident                 and Ash Spring Province as compared                   Given the continued disturbance from
                                                 to an insignificant degree from spring                  to Cardy Lamb Spring, Moorman Spring,                 some of these stressors, and the
ethrower on DSK3G9T082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                 modifications and restoration (Factor A)                and Hot Creek Springs Province;                       continued presence of the species at this
                                                 at Apcar Springs Province, Pederson                     however, invasive species do not occur                spring, Blue Point pyrg appears resilient
                                                 Springs Province, and Plummer Springs                   in high numbers or densities such that                over the long term in the face of these
                                                 Province. The species’ needs (adequate                  population- or rangewide-level effects                impacts. The spring modification that
                                                 water quality and discharge, substrate                  are evident. Residual impacts from                    occurred historically is not expected to
                                                 and vegetation, and free-flowing water)                 historical spring modifications (surface              be restored to its natural condition,
                                                 are being met throughout its range,                     diversions, channel modifications, or                 although springsnails continue to
                                                 although water flow is low at one spring                impoundments) or from past restoration                persist now and are expected to persist


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:42 Oct 04, 2017   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00005   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\05OCP2.SGM   05OCP2


                                                 46622                 Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 192 / Thursday, October 5, 2017 / Proposed Rules

                                                 into the future, despite this surface                   carbonate aquifer that Crystal Springs                springsnail individuals may be
                                                 modification. Additionally, the spring is               Province relies on. Although the species              impacted, the species’ needs would still
                                                 expected to continue to experience an                   is now found in only one spring, we                   be met in the foreseeable future. We also
                                                 insignificant level of impacts from soil                concluded in the Species Assessment                   looked for significant portions of the
                                                 and vegetation disturbances. Even with                  Form that the resiliency of the species               Pahranagat pebblesnail’s range that
                                                 both these residual, historical impacts                 within that spring is sufficiently high               might be endangered or threatened, and
                                                 and the potential addition of ground                    that the species is not in danger of                  we determined that there are no
                                                 water withdrawal if it occurs, there is no              extinction or likely to become so in the              geographic concentration of stressors
                                                 evidence to suggest that these stressors                foreseeable future. Therefore, at this                (see our Species Assessment Form,
                                                 are likely to increase in magnitude to                  time, there is no evidence to suggest that            Section 15.1.3 available on the Internet
                                                 such a degree that the population of                    the stressors discussed herein are likely             at http://www.regulations.gov under
                                                 Blue Point pyrg would be lost, or                       to increase in magnitude into the future              Docket No. FWS–R8–ES–2011–0001).
                                                 decline to a significant degree as a result             to such a degree that the population of                  White River Valley pyrg—The White
                                                 in the foreseeable future. We also looked               Hubbs pyrg would be lost, or decline to               River Valley pyrg occurs in seven
                                                 for significant portions of the Blue Point              a significant degree as a result in the               populations at nine springs or provinces
                                                 pyrg’s range that might be endangered                   foreseeable future. We also looked for                in Nye and White Pine Counties,
                                                 or threatened, and we determined that                   significant portions of the Hubbs pyrg’s              Nevada. Although some historical
                                                 there are no geographic concentration of                range that might be endangered or                     habitat was lost for this species, it
                                                 stressors (see our Species Assessment                   threatened, and we determined that                    currently occupies multiple springs at
                                                 Form, Section 15.1.3 available on the                   there are no geographic concentrations                multiple locations throughout its known
                                                 Internet at http://www.regulations.gov                  of stressors (see our Species Assessment              historical range. Two additional springs
                                                 under Docket No. FWS–R8–ES–2011–                        Form, Section 15.1.3 available on the                 that could possibly contain the species
                                                 0001).                                                  Internet at http://www.regulations.gov                have not been accessed since 1999 and
                                                                                                         under Docket No. FWS–R8–ES–2011–                      2007; there is no evidence to suggest
                                                    Hubbs Pyrg—Hubbs pyrg has been
                                                                                                         0001).                                                that the species no longer occurs at
                                                 reported from two spring areas on
                                                                                                                                                               those locations. The White River Valley
                                                 private land in Lincoln County, Nevada:                    Pahranagat Pebblesnail—This
                                                                                                                                                               pyrg in Flag Springs, Camp Spring,
                                                 Hiko Spring and Crystal Springs                         springsnail is consistently found to be
                                                                                                                                                               Lund Spring, and Preston Big Spring
                                                 Province (two springs) (Service 2017,                   common or abundant within four                        appears to be thriving. The primary
                                                 Figure 5.5; Hershler 1998, pp. 35–37;                   springs and spring provinces (greater                 stressor affecting the species is residual
                                                 Sada 2017, pp. 80–81). The species is                   than nine springs) in Lincoln and Nye                 impacts from historical spring
                                                 likely extirpated from Hiko Spring; in                  Counties, Nevada. This area is the                    modifications (Factor A), primarily at
                                                 2000, Sada (2017, p. 80) observed that                  entirety of its known historical range.               Cold Spring and Nicholas Spring,
                                                 the spring box was significantly                        Although none of its springs are in                   although these residual impacts are also
                                                 modified, and the pyrg has not been                     natural condition or resemble natural                 evident to a lesser degree at three other
                                                 observed since. Hubb’s pyrg is                          characteristics, physical alteration of               springs and one spring province.
                                                 presumed extant at Crystal Springs                      these habitats has all been historical,               Although no significant effects were
                                                 Province where it has been found to be                  and the springs have naturalized to a                 noted, invasive species (Factor C) occur
                                                 common or abundant from surveys                         stable condition. Relative abundance                  at Preston Big Spring, and vegetation
                                                 conducted between 1992 and 2015 (see                    and springbrook data have varied by                   and substrate impacts (Factor A) from
                                                 Table 5.35 in the SSA Report (Service                   spring and year, although the most-                   roads, ungulate use, and recreation were
                                                 2017, p. 140)). The best available                      recent survey information indicates it is             also evident at four springs.
                                                 information indicates that the primary                  currently abundant to common                             The best available information
                                                 stressor for this species is residual                   throughout its range. There are no                    indicates that the current stressors
                                                 impacts associated with historical                      stressors that are significantly affecting            (spring modification, vegetation and soil
                                                 spring modifications (surface diversion,                the species, although some presence of                disturbance from ungulates, invasive
                                                 channel modification, and                               invasive species (Factor C) and residual              aquatic species) have existed
                                                 impoundment) (Factor A). It is                          impacts from historical spring                        historically across the species’ range,
                                                 reasonable to assume that some residual                 modifications (Factor A) are likely                   resulting in a likelihood of some
                                                 temporary negative impacts associated                   resulting in insignificant effects.                   continued residual impacts to
                                                 with historical spring modifications                    Although these stressors are present,                 individuals or populations, but on a
                                                 currently exist. However, there is no                   they do not appear to be resulting in                 limited scale that does not affect the
                                                 evidence to suggest that the Hubbs pyrg                 significant adverse effects to Pahranagat             entire range of the species; no current
                                                 is not continuing to occupy Crystal                     pebblesnail or its habitat (i.e., the                 impacts appear to exist at the Flag
                                                 Springs Province at similar abundance                   species’ needs continue to be met at                  Springs Province (three springs). Thus,
                                                 levels (i.e., common or abundant) as                    affected springs, and there is no                     the best available information indicates
                                                 recorded previously. Thus, although                     information to indicate declining                     that White River Valley pyrg continues
                                                 spring modifications still exist at Crystal             population trends across the species’                 to occupy multiple springs at
                                                 Springs Province, the best available                    range). Future conditions are projected               abundance levels (common or
                                                 information indicates there are no                      to include the continued presence of                  abundant) similar to historical levels
                                                 significant adverse effects to Hubbs pyrg               invasive species. There is also potential             (albeit presumed occupancy for three of
ethrower on DSK3G9T082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                 or its habitat (i.e., the species’ needs                for future decreased flow or ground                   the populations). At this time, although
                                                 continue to be met, and there is no                     water withdrawals across this species’                stressors are present, they do not appear
                                                 information to indicate declining                       range if climate change or pressures                  to be resulting in any significant adverse
                                                 population trends). Potential future                    from oil or gas development occur;                    effects to White River Valley pyrg or its
                                                 changes in climate conditions (increases                however, if any such reduction in flow                habitat (i.e., the species’ needs continue
                                                 in temperature or decreases in                          or reduced substrate and vegetation                   to be met at affected springs, and there
                                                 precipitation) are not likely to cause                  conditions occur, impacts are predicted               is no information to indicate declining
                                                 significant impacts to the regional                     to be insignificant; thus, even if                    population trends across the species’


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:42 Oct 04, 2017   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00006   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\05OCP2.SGM   05OCP2


                                                                       Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 192 / Thursday, October 5, 2017 / Proposed Rules                                           46623

                                                 range). Four populations—Flag Springs                   range). It is likely that all populations             populations (11 springs) would be able
                                                 Province, Camp Spring, Lund Spring,                     will continue to persist into the future.             to withstand future stochastic events,
                                                 and Preston Big Spring—consisting of                    The most probable impacts to the                      regardless of the lowered resiliency.
                                                 five to eight springs are likely to                     species’ needs are potential reduced                  Overall, we expect habitat conditions
                                                 continue to provide for the species’                    aquifer levels if climate change                      may be reduced to some extent, but
                                                 needs into the foreseeable future.                      predictions (minimal increase in                      overall conditions will remain suitable
                                                 Existing stressors (i.e., presumed                      temperature and decrease in                           for the Hardy pyrg in the foreseeable
                                                 invasive species (nonnative fish),                      precipitation) come to fruition. If flow              future. We also looked for significant
                                                 vegetation and soil disturbance from                    does decrease, it is not expected to                  portions of the Hardy pyrg’s range that
                                                 roads, and historical spring                            affect the species’ needs negatively to               might be endangered or threatened, and
                                                 modifications) are likely to continue but               such a degree that springsnail                        we determined that there are no
                                                 only to affect individuals of the species               abundance would decrease or springs                   geographic concentrations of stressors
                                                 or to result in insignificant effects to                would be lost in the foreseeable future.              (see our Species Assessment Form,
                                                 populations. Additionally, abundance                    We also looked for significant portions               Section 15.1.3 available on the Internet
                                                 levels are expected to continue at this                 of the Butterfield pyrg’s range that might            at http://www.regulations.gov under
                                                 same status (abundant or common),                       be endangered or threatened, and we                   Docket No. FWS–R8–ES–2011–0001).
                                                 having persisted over time regardless of                determined that there was a geographic                   Flag Pyrg—Flag pyrg occurs in two
                                                 the historical surface water diversions.                concentration of stressors; however, we               populations (four springs) in Nye
                                                 We also looked for significant portions                 found those stressors were not likely to              County, Nevada: Meloy Spring and Flag
                                                 of the White River Valley pyrg’s range                  cause the species in that portion to be               Springs Province. Both of these areas
                                                 that might be endangered or threatened,                 in danger of extinction now or in the                 represent the entirety of the species’
                                                 and we determined that there are no                     foreseeable future. Therefore, no portion             known historical range. They both
                                                 geographic concentrations of stressors                  of the Butterfield pyrg’s range meets the             contain large populations that have
                                                 (see our Species Assessment Form,                       criteria of an SPR (see our Species                   historically and currently been
                                                 Section 15.1.3 available on the Internet                Assessment Form, Section 15.1.3                       classified as common or abundant (with
                                                 at http://www.regulations.gov under                     available on the Internet at http://                  the exception of Flag Spring C where
                                                 Docket No. FWS–R8–ES–2011–0001).                        www.regulations.gov under Docket No.                  none were found in 2016 (Service 2017,
                                                    Butterfield Pyrg—Butterfield pyrg                    FWS–R8–ES–2011–0001).                                 p. 190). Although this pyrg may be
                                                 occurs as two populations (likely five
                                                                                                            Hardy Pyrg—The Hardy pyrg occurs                   present in low numbers or absent at Flag
                                                 springs) at the Butterfield Springs
                                                 Province in Nye County, Nevada, which                   in White River Valley, Nye County,                    Spring C, all remaining populations
                                                 is the likely historical range. Although                Nevada. Although some historical                      appear to be thriving. The overall
                                                 two of the five springs could not be                    habitat was lost for this species, it                 condition of these four springs is high,
                                                 located during recent survey efforts,                   currently occupies multiple springs at                with the only stressor known to affect
                                                 there is no evidence to suggest that the                multiple locations (8 populations within              these populations being residual
                                                 springs no longer exist. We determined                  24 springs) throughout its known                      impacts from historical spring
                                                 that the species’ needs are being met (or               historical range. The species’ abundance              modifications (surface diversions at
                                                 presumed to be met, noting additional                   in some springs varies, including recent              both locations, and an impoundment at
                                                 surveys are necessary to locate two of                  surveys showing the species’ abundance                Meloy Spring) (Factor A). Although
                                                 the five spring sources). The primary                   to range from none to common or                       residual effects from this stressor are
                                                 stressors, although insignificant where                 abundant. The most common stressors                   present, the spring modifications are not
                                                 they occur, are vegetation and soil                     across the range of the species include               resulting in significant adverse effects to
                                                 disturbance from ungulate use (Factor                   vegetation and soil disturbance from                  the Flag pyrg or its habitat (i.e., the
                                                 A), invasive species (Factor C), and                    ungulate use (Factor A), as well as                   species’ needs continue to be met at
                                                 residual impacts from historical spring                 potential for crushed springsnails (seven             affected springs, and there is no
                                                 modifications (Factor A). The best                      populations; Factor E), and residual                  information to indicate declining
                                                 available data indicate that residual                   impacts from historical spring                        population trends across the species’
                                                 impacts occur at the springs from past                  modifications (surface diversions,                    range). There is potential for future
                                                 surface water diversions and                            channel modifications, or                             reduced flow and possibly reduced
                                                 disturbance of substrate and vegetation                 impoundments at six populations;                      substrate and vegetation conditions at
                                                 from ungulate activity, in addition to                  Factor A). Additionally, three                        both locations if climate change
                                                 invasive plants present at two of the                   populations are subject to vegetation                 projections are realized; however, if any
                                                 springs. Regardless of these historical                 and soil disturbance from roads (Factor               such reduction in flow or reduced
                                                 and current impacts, the species was                    A), and two also contain invasive                     substrate and vegetation conditions
                                                 found to be both scarce and abundant                    species (Factor C). Although these                    occur, impacts to this species are
                                                 (the latter at the largest spring in the                stressors are present, they are not                   expected to be insignificant; even if
                                                 province) at the three springs surveyed                 resulting in significant adverse effects to           springsnail individuals may be
                                                 in 2016.                                                Hardy pyrg or its habitat (i.e., the                  impacted, the species’ needs would still
                                                    We are also unaware of any projects                  species’ needs continue to be met at                  be met. Because the springs have
                                                 or activities occurring that would result               affected springs, and there is no                     substantially high rates of free-flowing
                                                 in significant negative effects to the                  information to indicate declining                     water, we expect habitat conditions may
ethrower on DSK3G9T082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                 species’ needs. Although there are                      population trends across the species’                 be reduced, but overall conditions are
                                                 stressors present, they are not resulting               range). A decrease in spring discharge in             likely to remain suitable for the Flag
                                                 in significant adverse effects to                       the future, if it occurs, may result in               pyrg in the foreseeable future. We also
                                                 Butterfield pyrg or its habitat (i.e., the              reduced Hardy pyrg population                         looked for significant portions of the
                                                 species’ needs continue to be met at                    resiliency (possibly loss of the Ruppes               Flag pyrg’s range that might be
                                                 affected springs, and there is no                       Boghole Springs). Based on the current                endangered or threatened, and we
                                                 information to indicate declining                       spring characteristics, stressors, and                determined that there are no geographic
                                                 population trends across the species’                   habitat conditions, we believe at least 6             concentrations of stressors (see our


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:42 Oct 04, 2017   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00007   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\05OCP2.SGM   05OCP2


                                                 46624                 Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 192 / Thursday, October 5, 2017 / Proposed Rules

                                                 Species Assessment Form, Section                        determined that there are no geographic               representation is not likely to be
                                                 15.1.3 available on the Internet at http://             concentrations of stressors (see our                  reduced to a significant degree in the
                                                 www.regulations.gov under Docket No.                    Species Assessment Form, Section                      foreseeable future. This conclusion is
                                                 FWS–R8–ES–2011–0001).                                   15.1.3 available on the Internet at http://           based on: (1) There are no proposed
                                                    Lake Valley Pyrg—Although some                       www.regulations.gov under Docket No.                  projects or negative changes in
                                                 historical habitat was lost for this                    FWS–R8–ES–2011–0001).                                 management practices expected in the
                                                 species, Lake Valley pyrg currently                        Bifid Duct Pyrg—The bifid duct pyrg                foreseeable future, and (2) any future
                                                 occupies multiple springs at multiple                   occurs in White Pine County, Nevada,                  reduction in discharge or other species
                                                 locations throughout its known                          and Millard County, Utah. Although                    needs is not likely to be significant
                                                 historical range. Specifically, Lake                    some historical habitat was lost for this             given the overall adequacy of current
                                                 Valley pyrg is known from four springs                  species, it currently occupies a wide                 conditions (particularly spring
                                                 at Wambolt Springs Province (Lake                       distribution within multiple springs at               discharge; see Service 2017, Table 6.13,
                                                 Valley, Lincoln County, Nevada), where                  multiple locations throughout its known               p. 268) throughout the majority of the
                                                 it occurs as two populations. Surveys in                historical range (11 extant bifid duct                species’ range such that springs or
                                                 2009 found Lake Valley pyrg in three of                 pyrg populations in 18 springs), which                populations would be lost. We also
                                                 the four springs surveyed—Wambolt                       can help protect the species against                  looked for significant portions of the
                                                 Springs A, C, and D—which closely                       potential catastrophic events.                        bifid duct pyrg’s range that might be
                                                 align in a meadow, whereas surveys in                   Abundance varies across the species’                  endangered or threatened, and we
                                                 2016 found the species in Wambolt                       range. During 2016 surveys, it was                    determined that there was a geographic
                                                 Springs B, C, and D where Sada (2017,                   common or abundant in the majority of                 concentration of stressors but that
                                                 pp. 112–113) considered them                            springs where it was found. It also                   portion was not significant, and thus
                                                 abundant. With regards to stressors,                    appears that it consistently                          did not meet the criteria of an SPR (see
                                                 spring modification (surface diversion;                 demonstrates relatively high abundance                our Species Assessment Form, Section
                                                 Factor A) and cattle disturbance to                     numbers in all but one of the 18 springs,             15.1.3 available on the Internet at http://
                                                 vegetation and substrate (Factor A) are                 and that the species has been both                    www.regulations.gov under Docket No.
                                                 evident. The Wambolt Springs Province                   historically and currently scarce in the              FWS–R8–ES–2011–0001).
                                                 has historically experienced some                       remaining spring. The most significant
                                                 spring modifications and ungulate use                   stressors across the species’ range                   Finding
                                                 that disturbs substrate and vegetation;                 include residual impacts associated                      Based on our review of the best
                                                 ungulate use continues currently,                       with historical spring modification                   available scientific and commercial
                                                 although Lake Valley pyrg’s relative                    (eight populations; Factor A), damaged                information pertaining to the five
                                                 abundance numbers do not appear                         substrate and vegetation from ungulate                factors, as well as the number and
                                                 significantly affected. At this time,                   use (Factor A), the potential for crushed             distribution of springs and spring
                                                 although these stressors are present,                   springsnails from ungulate use (Factor                provinces for each of the 14 springsnail
                                                 they are not resulting in significant                   E), and, to a significantly lesser extent,            species, the continued presence of
                                                 adverse effects to Lake Valley pyrg or its              potential vegetation and substrate                    adequate resources to meet the species’
                                                 habitat (i.e., the species’ needs continue              impacts (Factor A) from roads (three                  needs, and our consideration of the
                                                 to be met at affected springs, and there                springs) and recreation (three springs).              species’ continued redundancy,
                                                 is no information to indicate declining                 Additionally, one spring (Maple Grove                 resiliency, and representation, we
                                                 population trends across the species’                   Springs) has invasive species (Factor C)              conclude that the impacts on the 14
                                                 range).                                                 present, although at insignificant                    species and their habitat are not of such
                                                    With regard to our future conditions                 abundance levels. The best available                  imminence, intensity, or magnitude to
                                                 analysis, the most probable impacts to                  data indicate that there are no projects              indicate that any of the 14 springsnail
                                                 the species’ needs are associated with                  or activities occurring or proposed that              species are in danger of extinction (an
                                                 reduced aquifer levels if climate change                would result in significant negative                  endangered species), or likely to become
                                                 predictions (minimal increase in                        effects to the species’ needs.                        so within the foreseeable future (a
                                                 temperature and decrease in                                At this time, although these stressors             threatened species), throughout all or a
                                                 precipitation) come to fruition, as well                are present, they are not resulting in
                                                                                                                                                               significant portion of their ranges. We
                                                 as with vegetation and soil disturbance                 significant adverse effects to bifid duct
                                                                                                                                                               conclude there is no evidence of any
                                                 from ungulate activity. Additionally,                   pyrg or its habitat (i.e., the species’
                                                                                                                                                               significant impacts to the species such
                                                 there are no proposed projects that are                 needs continue to be met at affected
                                                                                                                                                               that there is or would be in the
                                                 likely to impact the species or its habitat             springs, and there is no information to
                                                                                                                                                               foreseeable future a loss of the resources
                                                 in the future. The greatest potential                   indicate declining population trends
                                                                                                                                                               needed to meet the species’ physical
                                                 future impacts—ground water                             across the species’ range). A decrease in
                                                                                                                                                               and ecological needs across all 14 of the
                                                 withdrawal or changes in climate                        spring discharge, if it occurs in the
                                                                                                                                                               species’ ranges. Nor is there any
                                                 conditions—may result in future                         future, may result in a reduction in
                                                                                                                                                               evidence that there are any significant
                                                 reductions in spring discharge and free-                resiliency for all populations of bifid
                                                 flowing water; however, the best                        duct pyrg. The degree to which                        portions of the species’ ranges where the
                                                 available information suggests that any                 reduction in discharge would affect                   species could be in danger of extinction
                                                 realized negative effects would not                     resiliency would vary among                           or likely to become so in the foreseeable
                                                 result in significant population- or                    populations, based on the current size of             future. Thus, our future analysis reveals
ethrower on DSK3G9T082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                 rangewide-level effects. In other words,                the population, the amount of flow at                 a low risk of extirpation in the
                                                 Lake Valley pyrg’s resiliency,                          each spring site, the extent of habitat,              foreseeable future for all 14 species.
                                                 redundancy, or representation is not                    and uncertainties associated with                     Barbour’s Map Turtle (Graptemys
                                                 likely to be reduced to a significant                   management on private land and                        barbouri)
                                                 degree in the foreseeable future. We also               proposed groundwater development
                                                 looked for significant portions of the                  projects. The best available information              Previous Federal Actions
                                                 Lake Valley pyrg’s range that might be                  indicates that the bifid duct pyrg’s                    On April 20, 2010, we received a
                                                 endangered or threatened, and we                        resiliency, redundancy, or                            petition from the Center to list 404


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:42 Oct 04, 2017   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00008   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\05OCP2.SGM   05OCP2


                                                                       Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 192 / Thursday, October 5, 2017 / Proposed Rules                                            46625

                                                 aquatic, riparian, and wetland species                  cooler water temperatures but do not                  assessed a range of future conditions to
                                                 from the southeastern United States as                  hibernate. Basking is required for                    allow us to consider the species’
                                                 endangered or threatened species under                  thermoregulation, prevention and                      resiliency, redundancy, and
                                                 the Act, including Barbour’s map turtle.                destruction of parasites and fungi that               representation. Resiliency describes the
                                                 On September 27, 2011, we published a                   may grow on the carapace or skin, and                 ability of a population to withstand
                                                 90-day finding in the Federal Register                  exposure to ultraviolet radiation for                 stochastic disturbance effects.
                                                 (76 FR 59836) concluding that the                       absorption of vitamin D. Map turtles are              Redundancy describes the ability of the
                                                 petition presented substantial                          easily startled and will dive into the                species to withstand catastrophic
                                                 information indicating that listing the                 water for protection.                                 disturbance events. Representation
                                                 Barbour’s map turtle may be warranted.                     River sinuosity, meaning the amount                characterizes a species’ adaptive
                                                 As a result of the Service’s 2012                       and type of curves and bends, plays an                potential by assessing geographic,
                                                 settlement agreement with the Center,                   important part in providing habitat,                  genetic, ecological, and niche
                                                 the Service is required to submit a                     shelter, and food for this species. The               variability. Together, resiliency,
                                                 proposed listing rule or not-warranted                  more bends and curves a river or creek                redundancy, and representation
                                                 12-month finding for the Barbour’s map                  has, the more riparian area that could be             comprise the key characteristics that
                                                 turtle to the Federal Register by                       present to provide woody vegetation                   contribute to a species’ ability to sustain
                                                 September 30, 2017. This notice                         and snags for basking and sheltering,                 populations in the wild over time.
                                                 satisfies the requirements of that                      increased diversity of water depth and                   A species with multiple resilient
                                                 settlement agreement for the Barbour’s                  flow, more exposed open sandbars to                   populations distributed across its range
                                                 map turtle, and constitutes the Service’s               provide advantageous nesting areas, and
                                                                                                                                                               is more likely to persist into the future
                                                 12-month finding on the April 20, 2010,                 habitat for food sources consumed by all
                                                                                                                                                               and avoid extinction than a species with
                                                 petition to list the Barbour’s map turtle               life stages of Barbour’s map turtle.
                                                                                                                                                               fewer, less-resilient populations. For the
                                                 as an endangered or threatened species.                 Summary of Status Review                              purposes of this assessment,
                                                 Background                                                 In completing the status review for                populations were delineated using
                                                    The Barbour’s map turtle is a                        the Barbour’s map turtle, we considered               HUC8 watersheds that Barbour’s map
                                                 freshwater riverine turtle found in the                 and evaluated the best scientific and                 turtles have historically occupied or
                                                 Apalachicola–Chattahoochee–Flint                        commercial information available, and                 currently occupy. The Barbour’s map
                                                 (ACF) Rivers and their major                            evaluated the potential stressors that                turtle currently occupies 16 HUC8
                                                 tributaries—Choctawhatchee, Pea,                        could be affecting the Barbour’s map                  watersheds within the ACF River basin
                                                 Ochlockonee, and Wacissa Rivers in                      turtle, including the Act’s five threat               and the Choctawhatchee, Ochlockonee,
                                                 southeastern Alabama, southwestern                      factors. This evaluation includes                     and Wacissa River basins. Overall,
                                                 Georgia, and the Florida panhandle.                     information from all sources, including               estimates of current resiliency,
                                                 Barbour’s map turtles are mostly found                  Federal, State, tribal, academic, and                 representation, and redundancy for
                                                 in riverine habitats, although they may                 private entities and the public. The                  Barbour’s map turtle are considered to
                                                 also be found in creeks, streams, and                   Species Status Assessment Report                      be moderate to high, with the exception
                                                 impoundments. These map turtles are                     (Service 2017b, entire) for the Barbour’s             of the Upper Choctawhatchee River, and
                                                 historically known from the ACF River                   map turtle summarizes and documents                   we did not find any evidence that these
                                                 drainage (to include Chattahoochee,                     the biological information we                         conditions may change in the future.
                                                 Flint, and Chipola Rivers) of                           assembled, reviewed, and analyzed as                  Our estimation of the species’ moderate
                                                 southeastern Alabama, southwestern                      the basis for our finding. While the                  to high resiliency, redundancy, and
                                                 Georgia, and the Florida panhandle and                  petition stated concerns regarding                    representation throughout the majority
                                                 some of their tributaries. Stream                       impacts to the species from stressors                 of its range suggest that it has the ability
                                                 geomorphology in the ACF River basin                    within the five factors, we concluded                 to sustain its populations into a 30-year
                                                 is characterized by steep, sandy banks                  that the species is resilient to the                  time horizon. This timeframe captures
                                                 and Ocala limerock outcrops with                        stressors and current impacts to the                  the time period of 2–3 generations of
                                                 alternating shallow, rocky shoals and                   species do not rise to a level that would             Barbour’s map turtles, as well as our
                                                 deep, sandy pools. The abundance of                     warrant listing under the Act.                        best professional judgment of the
                                                 Barbour’s map turtles in the ACF River                     Our review of the best available                   projected future conditions related to
                                                 basin has led researchers to believe the                science indicates that the Barbour’s map              either environmental stressors (e.g.,
                                                 limestone substrate and water depth are                 turtle continues to occupy most of its                water management, deadhead logging,
                                                 important elements of the species’                      historical range in the ACF River basin               dredging or channel maintenance for
                                                 habitat. Barbour’s map turtles have                     and additional locations beyond the                   commerce and public use of the
                                                 recently been found outside the known                   historical range. Although the Barbour’s              waterways) or systematic changes (e.g.,
                                                 historical range in the Wacissa and                     map turtle faces a variety of impacts                 climate change, riparian management or
                                                 Ochlockonee Rivers in the Florida                       from reduced water flow from dams,                    regulatory mechanisms, human
                                                 panhandle and the Choctawhatchee and                    fluctuating levels of water quality and               consumption, and pet trade collection).
                                                 Pea Rivers in Alabama and Florida                       habitat availability, dredging, and                   We evaluated the current range of the
                                                 panhandle.                                              deadhead logging, the species has                     Barbour’s map turtle to determine if
                                                    Map turtles are avid baskers, basking                continued to persist and the magnitude                there are any apparent geographic
                                                 up to 6 or more hours a day from March                  of these threats is not expected to                   concentrations of potential threats to the
ethrower on DSK3G9T082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                 through October. In Florida and                         significantly change in the near future.              species. The risk factors that occur
                                                 southern Alabama, map turtles will bask                 Furthermore, the impacts from any of                  throughout the Barbour’s map turtle’s
                                                 during every month of the year as long                  the stressors—either individually or                  range include reduction of water flow
                                                 as the ambient temperature is above                     cumulatively—are not likely to affect                 from dams (Factor A), climate change
                                                 water temperature. In the northern                      the species at a population- or range-                (Factor A), deadhead logging (Factor A),
                                                 portion of their range in Georgia and                   wide level in the near term.                          dredging (Factor A), and human
                                                 during cold spells throughout the                          To evaluate the current and future                 exploitation (Factor B). There was no
                                                 region, turtles become lethargic in the                 viability of the Barbour’s map turtle, we             concentration of threats identified


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:42 Oct 04, 2017   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00009   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\05OCP2.SGM   05OCP2


                                                 46626                 Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 192 / Thursday, October 5, 2017 / Proposed Rules

                                                 across its range. Therefore, there is no                biological vulnerability and threats were             petition to list the Bicknell’s thrush as
                                                 portion of the species’ range where the                 not currently available to support                    an endangered or threatened species.
                                                 species could be in danger of extinction                proposed rules. In 1996, the Service
                                                                                                                                                               Background
                                                 or likely to become so in the foreseeable               discontinued the list of category 2
                                                 future, and the Barbour’s map turtle is                 candidate species, resulting in the                      This information is summarized from
                                                 not in danger of extinction currently,                  removal of the Bicknell’s thrush from                 the Service’s Bicknell’s Thrush
                                                 nor is it likely to become so in the                    candidate status (61 FR 64481,                        Biological Species Report (Species
                                                 foreseeable future, in a significant                    December 5, 1996).                                    Report) (Service 2017c, entire); for more
                                                 portion of its range.                                      On August 26, 2010, we received a                  detail, please see the Bicknell’s Thrush
                                                                                                         petition dated August 24, 2010, from the              Species Report available on the Internet
                                                 Finding                                                 Center, requesting that the Bicknell’s                at http://www.regulations.gov under
                                                   Based on our review of the best                       thrush be listed as an endangered or                  Docket No. FWS–R5–ES–2012–0056.
                                                 available scientific and commercial                     threatened species under the Act and                  The Bicknell’s thrush is a migratory
                                                 information pertaining to the five                      that critical habitat be designated.                  bird: The smallest of North American
                                                 factors, as well as the number and                      Included in the petition was supporting               Catharus thrushes in the family
                                                 distribution of populations, the                        information regarding the species’                    Turdidae, which includes all birds
                                                 continued presence of adequate                          natural history and ecology, population               related to the robins. Due to similar
                                                 resources to meet the species’ needs,                   status, and threats to the species,                   morphometric (related to size and
                                                 and our consideration of the species’                   including: Habitat loss and climate                   shape) characteristics, positively
                                                 continued redundancy, resiliency, and                   change (Factor A); disease and                        identifying a Bicknell’s thrush from
                                                 representation, we conclude that the                    predation (Factor C); the inadequacy of               other North American Catharus
                                                 impacts on the species and its habitat                  existing regulatory mechanisms (Factor                thrushes, especially the gray-cheeked
                                                 are not of such imminence, intensity, or                D); and exposure to mercury, acid                     thrush (C. minimus), requires close
                                                 magnitude to indicate that the Barbour’s                deposition, interspecific competition,                scrutiny. However, trained biologists
                                                 map turtle is in danger of extinction (an               and disturbance by recreationists                     can tell similar species apart. We have
                                                 endangered species), or likely to become                (Factor E).                                           carefully reviewed the available
                                                 so within the foreseeable future (a                        On September 9, 2011, the U.S.                     taxonomic information and conclude
                                                 threatened species), throughout all or a                District Court for the District of                    that the Bicknell’s thrush (Catharus
                                                 significant portion of its range.                       Columbia approved two settlement                      bicknelli) is a valid taxonomic species.
                                                   We conclude there is no evidence of                   agreements: One agreement between the                    The Bicknell’s thrush breeds during
                                                 any significant loss of the resources                   Service and the Center and a second                   the summer (May to August) in areas of
                                                 needed to meet the species’ physical                    agreement between the Service and                     the northeastern United States and
                                                 and ecological needs across the species’                WildEarth Guardians (Guardians). The                  southeastern Canada. Individuals start
                                                 range, nor is there any evidence of                     agreements enabled the Service to                     migrating in late September or early
                                                 declining numbers of turtles at any of                  systematically, over a period of 6 years,             October by following a coastal route
                                                 the locations. Rather, recent surveys                   review and address the needs of more                  south to Virginia, where most birds
                                                 (1990s–2000s) have resulted in a larger                 than 250 species listed on the 2010                   depart, flying across the ocean to the
                                                                                                         Candidate Notice of Review (75 FR                     Bahamas and Cuba, before finally
                                                 species range than that which was
                                                                                                         69222, November 10, 2010). The                        arriving in the Greater Antilles (i.e., the
                                                 previously known.
                                                                                                         agreements also included additional                   grouping of larger islands in the
                                                   Therefore, we find that listing the
                                                                                                         scheduling commitments for a small                    Caribbean, including but not limited to
                                                 Barbour’s map turtle as a threatened or
                                                                                                         subset of the actions in the 6-year work              the Bicknell’s thrush’s wintering areas
                                                 an endangered species or maintaining
                                                                                                         plan that were consistent with the                    in Cuba, Haiti, the Dominican Republic,
                                                 the species as a candidate is not
                                                                                                         Service’s objectives and biological                   Jamaica, and Puerto Rico) sometime
                                                 warranted throughout all or a significant
                                                                                                         priorities. For the Bicknell’s thrush, the            during mid-October through early
                                                 portion of its range. A detailed
                                                                                                         settlement agreement with Guardians                   November. Wintering occurs in the
                                                 discussion of the basis for this finding
                                                                                                         specified that we would complete a 90-                Greater Antilles (October to March), and
                                                 can be found in the Barbour’s map turtle
                                                                                                         day petition finding by the end of fiscal             migration occurs back overland through
                                                 species-specific assessment form and
                                                                                                         year 2012. On August 15, 2012, we                     the Southeast United States in spring
                                                 other supporting documents available
                                                                                                         published a 90-day finding for the                    (April to May) to reach its breeding
                                                 on the Internet at http://
                                                                                                         Bicknell’s thrush (77 FR 48934)                       grounds.
                                                 www.regulations.gov under Docket No.                                                                             Breeding habitat for the Bicknell’s
                                                                                                         indicating that the petition provided
                                                 FWS–R4–ES–2017–0065.                                                                                          thrush consists of dense tangles of both
                                                                                                         substantial information indicating that
                                                 Bicknell’s Thrush (Catharus                             listing the species because of Factors A,             living and dead ‘‘stunted’’ trees that are
                                                 bicknelli)                                              D, and E may be warranted, and                        predominately balsam fir (Abies
                                                                                                         initiated a status review.                            balsamea) with lesser amounts of red
                                                 Previous Federal Actions                                   In 2013, the Center filed a complaint              spruce (Picea rubens) and white birch
                                                   In 1994, the Bicknell’s thrush was                    against the Service for failure to                    (Betula papyrifera var. cordifolia)
                                                 determined to be a category 2 species of                complete a 12-month finding for the                   (Wallace 1939, p. 285; Ouellet 1993, p.
                                                 concern and we announced that finding                   Bicknell’s thrush within the statutory                561; Rimmer et al. 2001, p. 7; McKinnon
                                                 in the Animal Candidate Review for                      timeframe. The Service entered into a                 et al. 2014, p. 2). Except in the case of
ethrower on DSK3G9T082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                 Listing as Endangered or Threatened                     settlement agreement with the Center to               the Canadian provinces, where the
                                                 Species (59 FR 58982, November 15,                      address the complaint; the court-                     species has been found at lower
                                                 1994). Category 2 was defined as                        approved settlement agreement                         elevations along the coast and in
                                                 including taxa for which the Service                    specified a 12-month finding for the                  regenerating industrial forests at higher
                                                 had information indicating that                         Bicknell’s thrush would be delivered to               elevations, the species breeds mostly in
                                                 proposing to list as endangered or                      the Federal Register by September 30,                 stunted high-elevation or montane
                                                 threatened was possibly appropriate,                    2017. This notice constitutes the 12-                 spruce-fir forests located close to, but
                                                 but for which persuasive data on                        month finding on the August 26, 2010,                 below, timberline (i.e., at elevations


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:42 Oct 04, 2017   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00010   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\05OCP2.SGM   05OCP2


                                                                       Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 192 / Thursday, October 5, 2017 / Proposed Rules                                            46627

                                                 above 700 m (2,300 ft)) (Wallace 1939,                  fecundity rates, we evaluated existing                found. It is also likely that
                                                 pp. 248, 286; Ouellet 1993, pp. 560, 561;               stressor-related data and qualitatively               socioeconomic and development
                                                 Atwood et al. 1996, p. 652; Nixon et al.                assessed the individual and cumulative                pressures, especially in the Dominican
                                                 2001, p. 38; Rimmer et al. 2001, p. 7;                  effects of those stressors on individual              Republic and Haiti, will result in further
                                                 Glennon and Seewagen 2016, p. 134;                      Bicknell’s thrush, aggregates of                      losses of the species’ preferred habitat,
                                                 Aubry et al. 2016, p. 304). Although the                Bicknell’s thrush in the breeding or                  as forests are converted to other land
                                                 Bicknell’s thrush exhibits some                         wintering grounds, and at the species                 uses.
                                                 flexibility in the elevation of its                     level. From this assessment, we                          The stressors we evaluated in detail in
                                                 breeding habitats, the species                          conclude that habitat loss in the                     our Bicknell’s Thrush Report (Service
                                                 demonstrates a strong preference for a                  wintering range has most likely been a                2017c, entire) that fall under Factors A,
                                                 specific, dense vegetation structure.                   significant driver of the species’                    C, and E of section 4(a)(1) of the Act are
                                                    While there is more suitable breeding                decreased viability, particularly when                habitat loss and degradation due to
                                                 habitat in Canada than in the United                    combined with low productivity in                     incompatible forestry practices (e.g.,
                                                 States, the species is not evenly                       some years due to nest predation from                 precommercial thinning), conversion to
                                                 distributed throughout the habitat.                     red squirrels (Sciurus vulgaris), which               agriculture, atmospheric acid and
                                                 Based on breeding density information,                  also contributes to annual variation in               nitrogen deposition, recreational and
                                                 the best available data indicate that the               the abundance of the Bicknell’s thrush.               wind energy development, and the
                                                 current Bicknell’s thrush global                           Activities that contribute to loss of the          effects of climate change (Factor A);
                                                 population is approximately 97,358 to                   species’ habitat include some forestry                predation from red squirrels and
                                                 139,477, with approximately 66 percent                  practices such as precommercial                       Norway rats (Rattus norvegicus) (Factor
                                                 of the population breeding in the United                thinning and clearcutting in the                      C); and effects of mercury, effects of acid
                                                 States and 33 percent breeding in                       Canadian portion of the species’ range,               deposition, collision and disturbance by
                                                 Canada.                                                 which may result in the loss and                      stationary and moving structures,
                                                    During migration, the Bicknell’s                     fragmentation of important breeding                   disturbance by recreationalists, and
                                                 thrush appears to be a habitat generalist               habitat. However, the regeneration of                 competition with Swainson’s thrush
                                                 and can be found in dense woodlots                      young dense stands of conifers that                   (Factor E). An examination of existing
                                                 composed of variable tree species, or                   follows cutting can provide breeding                  regulatory mechanisms (Factor D) for
                                                 along well-vegetated beaches, orchards,                 habitat for the species for approximately             both the Bicknell’s thrush and its
                                                 and gardens (Wallace 1939, p. 259;                      5 to 12 years after clearcutting                      habitat in general reveals that some
                                                 Wilson and Watts 1997, pp. 520–521).                    (International Bicknell’s Thrush                      mechanisms exist that may provide a
                                                 Wintering occurs exclusively in the                     Conservation Group 2010, p. 12;                       conservation benefit to the species.
                                                 Greater Antilles, with the majority of                  McKinnon et al 2014, pp. 264, 268). The               Where relevant, the adequacy of those
                                                 Bicknell’s thrushes on the island of                    development of ski areas, wind turbines,              mechanisms is discussed in context in
                                                 Hispaniola, in Haiti and the Dominican                  telecommunication facilities, and their               the relevant sections of the Species
                                                 Republic; however, the species can also                 associated infrastructure (i.e., roads and            Report.
                                                 be found on the islands of Cuba,                        transmission lines) has also resulted in                 We have no information indicating
                                                 Jamaica, and Puerto Rico (Rimmer et al.                 the loss and fragmentation of Bicknell’s              that habitat degradation due to
                                                 2001, pp. 3–4). In Jamaica, the                         thrush habitat (International Bicknell’s              atmospheric acid and nitrogen
                                                 Bicknell’s thrush is considered                         Thrush Conservation Group 2010, p.                    deposition (Factor A), disease (Factor
                                                 ‘‘extremely rare’’ and observed in old                  12), but these activities have affected a             C), or the effects of mercury and acid
                                                 growth forests (Strong in litt. 2016). The              relatively small proportion of the                    deposition (Factor E) are currently
                                                 species’ information for Puerto Rico is                 available Bicknell’s thrush breeding                  affecting the Bicknell’s thrush or its
                                                 scant (Rivera in litt. 2017), with surveys              habitat and associated individuals.                   habitat. In addition, we concluded that
                                                 conducted in the winter of 2015 and                        Looking forward, the best available                recreational and wind energy
                                                 2016 finding a total of 10 birds (Rimmer                information suggests that, as a result of             development (Factor A), as well as
                                                 2016, entire). In the Dominican                         climate change, the spruce-fir habitat                collision and disturbance by stationary/
                                                 Republic, where the majority of                         that supports breeding Bicknell’s                     moving structures and disturbance by
                                                 wintering information about the species                 thrushes may be substantially reduced,                recreationalists (Factor E) may be
                                                 is derived, the Bicknell’s thrush can be                with the potential to be nearly                       affecting individual Bicknell’s thrush
                                                 found from sea level to 2,200 m (7,200                  eliminated, from the species’ current                 but were not significant stressors to
                                                 ft), although most occur in moderately                  range in the northeastern United States               aggregates of individuals or at the
                                                 wet to wet broadleaf montane forests                    and may decline in Canada by the end                  species level.
                                                 above 1,000 m (3,300 ft) elevation (i.e.,               of this century, depending on the                        Our review of the best available
                                                 cloud forest) (Rimmer et al. 2001, p. 8).               amount of greenhouse gases emitted to                 information indicates that the Bicknell’s
                                                 The Bicknell’s thrush can also be found                 the atmosphere, habitat type (i.e., low               thrush continues to occupy most of its
                                                 in dry pine-dominated forests at lower                  vs. high elevation), and forest harvest               historical breeding, migration, and
                                                 elevations (Rimmer et al. 2001, p. 6).                  management strategies. The effects of                 wintering range. Although there are
                                                 The species prefers wintering in dense                  climate change may also result in an                  some stressors that are expected to
                                                 thicket vegetation (Townsend et al.                     increase in competition between the                   result in the loss of suitable breeding
                                                 2010, p. 520), similar to the habitat                   Bicknell’s and Swainson’s thrushes                    and wintering habitat for the Bicknell’s
                                                 structure selected during the breeding                  (Catharus ustulatus), at the expense of               thrush, as well as directly affect the
ethrower on DSK3G9T082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                 season.                                                 the Bicknell’s thrush, and an increase in             species through reduced reproduction
                                                                                                         predation from red squirrels.                         and overwintering mortality, we have
                                                 Summary of Status Review                                   On the wintering grounds, the                      no evidence to suggest that the species
                                                   This information is summarized from                   consequences of climate change will                   is currently at risk of extinction; in other
                                                 the Species Report (Service 2017c,                      likely include a drying of the Caribbean              words, the risk of the Bicknell’s thrush
                                                 entire); for more detail, please see the                region and an associated decline in the               significantly declining in the near term
                                                 report. Due to the lack of specific data                wet montane and cloud forest habitats                 is very low given that it has persisted
                                                 regarding survival rates by life stage or               where most Bicknell’s thrushes are                    despite historical levels of habitat loss


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:42 Oct 04, 2017   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00011   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\05OCP2.SGM   05OCP2


                                                 46628                 Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 192 / Thursday, October 5, 2017 / Proposed Rules

                                                 and predation throughout its range.                        Since the analysis of potential effects            definition of a threatened species under
                                                 Furthermore, neither the loss of                        from climate change was an important                  the Act.
                                                 wintering habitat nor predation levels                  consideration in our status assessment                   We evaluated the current range of the
                                                 nor any other stressors, either                         and the effects of climate change take                Bicknell’s thrush to determine if there
                                                 individually or cumulatively, are likely                place over a period of time, we sought                are any apparent geographic
                                                 to cause species-level effects such that                to consider a timeframe that was long                 concentrations of potential threats to the
                                                 the species is currently at risk of                     enough to evaluate those potential                    species. The risk factors that occur
                                                 extinction; thus the Bicknell’s thrush                  effects adequately. However, in                       throughout the Bicknell’s thrush’s range
                                                 does not meet the definition of an                      evaluating the status of the species, we              include the loss of habitat due to the
                                                 endangered species.                                     did not extend our forecast out as far as             effects of climate change. The loss of
                                                    The stressors likely to have the                     all existing climate change models                    habitat due to illegal logging, conversion
                                                 greatest influence on the Bicknell’s                    discussed in the Bicknell’s Thrush                    to subsistence farming, and slash and
                                                 thrush’s viability over time include: (1)               Report. Those models extend to                        burn agriculture, however, is occurring
                                                 For the breeding range, changes in                      approximately 100 years, and we                       both currently and in the foreseeable
                                                 habitat suitability (e.g., changes in tree              concluded that such an extended                       future, at a rate of approximately 5
                                                 species composition, forest pests, and                  forecast was not sufficiently reliable for            percent reduction in tree cover over 15
                                                 fire regime), increased red squirrel                    the listing determination due to the: (1)             years (based on Hansen et al.’s (2017,
                                                 predation, and increased interspecific                  Increased uncertainty in the model                    entire) analysis), solely in the
                                                 competition due to the effects of climate               results (i.e., the confidence intervals               Dominican Republic and Haiti. Thus,
                                                 change; and (2) for the wintering range,                associated with temperature and                       this one area of the species’ wintering
                                                 direct habitat loss due to agriculture                                                                        range is subject to a type of habitat loss
                                                                                                         precipitation projections); (2) increasing
                                                 conversion and the effects of climate                                                                         that is not affecting the species
                                                                                                         uncertainty in the magnitude and
                                                 change. We considered whether we                                                                              uniformly throughout its range. While
                                                                                                         imminence of the predicted changes; (3)
                                                 could reliably predict the extent to                                                                          the human-mediated loss of suitable
                                                                                                         higher level of uncertainty of how the
                                                 which these stressors might affect the                                                                        habitat in the wintering grounds appears
                                                                                                         species may respond to any potential
                                                 status of the species in the future. Our                                                                      to be concentrated in areas within the
                                                                                                         changes in its habitat that may result
                                                 ability to make reliable predictions into                                                                     Dominican Republic and Haiti, the risk
                                                                                                         from changes in temperature and
                                                 the future for the Bicknell’s thrush is                                                                       is low that the current rate of loss that
                                                                                                         precipitation patterns; and (4)
                                                 limited by the variability in not only the                                                                    we project to continue, is sufficient to
                                                                                                         uncertainty associated with how society               cause the Bicknell’s thrush to be in
                                                 quantity and quality of available data                  will respond to the predicted change in
                                                 across the species’ range regarding the                                                                       danger of extinction (i.e., be an
                                                                                                         climate (e.g., take actions that will                 endangered species) or likely to cause
                                                 species’ occurrence and the potential                   mediate or accelerate global emissions)
                                                 impacts to the species from ongoing and                                                                       the species to become endangered
                                                                                                         that far into the future. As an example               within the foreseeable future period of
                                                 predicted stressors, but also by the high               of biological uncertainty, there are
                                                 amount of uncertainty in how the                                                                              approximately 30 years (i.e., be a
                                                                                                         significant questions regarding the point             threatened species) in a portion of its
                                                 Bicknell’s thrush may respond to those
                                                                                                         at which the predicted shifts (i.e., tree             range.
                                                 effects.
                                                                                                         species composition, interspecific
                                                    The future timeframe for this analysis               competition with Swainson’s thrush)                   Finding
                                                 is approximately 30 years, which is a                   make the habitat unsuitable for the
                                                 reasonably long time to consider as the                                                                          Based on our review of the best
                                                                                                         Bicknell’s thrush, as well as the extent              available scientific and commercial
                                                 foreseeable future given the Bicknell’s                 to which the Bicknell’s thrush has the
                                                 thrush’s life history and the temporal                                                                        information pertaining to the five
                                                                                                         adaptive capacity to use any changes in               factors, we find that the stressors acting
                                                 scale associated with the patterns of the               what we now understand to be suitable
                                                 past and current stressors outlined in                                                                        on the species and its habitat, either
                                                                                                         habitat or to find other habitat to be                singly or in combination, are not of
                                                 the best available information. For
                                                                                                         suitable. These uncertainties are                     sufficient imminence, intensity, or
                                                 example, the foreseeable future is twice
                                                                                                         additive and undermine the Service’s                  magnitude to indicate that the Bicknell’s
                                                 as long as the 15-year data set (from
                                                                                                         confidence in making a risk assessment                thrush is in danger of extinction (an
                                                 2001 to 2014) showing the extent of
                                                                                                         projection beyond 30 years into the                   endangered species), or likely to become
                                                 decline in tree cover on four Caribbean
                                                                                                         future. Therefore, the Service concluded              endangered within the foreseeable
                                                 islands occupied by wintering
                                                                                                         that an approximate 30-year projection                future (a threatened species), throughout
                                                 Bicknell’s thrushes (Hansen et al. 2017,
                                                                                                         of threats and effects to the species                 all of its range. We request that you
                                                 entire). This timeframe also captures the
                                                                                                         represents the timeframe in which a                   submit any new information concerning
                                                 range of time periods for continued
                                                                                                         reliable prediction is possible.                      the status of, or threats to, the Bicknell’s
                                                 habitat loss in the wintering range as a
                                                 result of incompatible forestry practices                  Based on the species’ abundance and                thrush to our New England Fish and
                                                 and conversion to agricultural lands                    distribution in its breeding and                      Wildlife Office (see ADDRESSES)
                                                 (i.e., using the previous 15 years of data              wintering locations, the continued                    whenever it becomes available.
                                                 to project the same rate of the decline                 presence of adequate habitat quality and              Big Blue Springs Cave Crayfish
                                                 over the next 15 to 30 years), climate                  quantity to meet the species’ breeding                (Procambarus horsti)
                                                 models, as well as our best professional                and overwintering needs, and our
ethrower on DSK3G9T082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                 judgment of the reliability of data on,                 consideration of the species’ future                  Previous Federal Actions
                                                 and the projected range of future                       distribution, abundance, and diversity,                  On April 20, 2010, we received a
                                                 conditions related to the effects,                      we conclude that the Bicknell’s thrush                petition from the Center to list 404
                                                 including cumulative effects, of climate                is likely to remain at a sufficiently low             aquatic, riparian, and wetland species
                                                 change (i.e., the period in which there                 risk of extinction that it will not become            from the southeastern United States as
                                                 is reliable data upon which to base a                   in danger of extinction in the                        threatened or endangered species under
                                                 prediction of the species’ response to                  foreseeable future (i.e., approximately               the Act, including the Big Blue Springs
                                                 the potential effects of climate change).               30 years) and thus does not meet the                  cave crayfish. The 90-day finding was


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:42 Oct 04, 2017   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00012   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\05OCP2.SGM   05OCP2


                                                                       Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 192 / Thursday, October 5, 2017 / Proposed Rules                                          46629

                                                 published on September 27, 2011; it                     Act’s five threat factors. As explained               conditions, and disturbance dynamics
                                                 determined that the petition contained                  further below, we also used a time                    (Terando et al. 2014, p. 1).
                                                 substantial information indicating the                  period of 35–50 years for the foreseeable                Population projections for Leon
                                                 species may warrant listing, and                        future. This evaluation included                      County, Florida, are expected to
                                                 initiated a status review (76 FR 59836).                information from all sources, including               increase, leading to potential ground
                                                 As a result of the Service’s 2012,                      Federal, State, tribal, academic, and                 water impacts associated with greater
                                                 settlement agreement with the Center,                   private entities and the public.                      water demands for the city of
                                                 the Service is required to submit a 12-                    The Big Blue Springs cave crayfish                 Tallahassee. However, the Northwest
                                                 month finding to the Federal Register                   were recently (March 2017) observed in                Florida Water Management District
                                                 by September 30, 2017. This notice                      two of three historical locations. No                 indicated that ground water pumping
                                                 satisfies the requirements of that                      population estimates exist for the                    was not an issue in the watershed; more
                                                 settlement agreement for the Big Blue                   species; however, at least 90 individuals             freshwater is staying in the system due
                                                 Springs cave crayfish, and constitutes                  were observed across three locations                  to improvements in storm water and
                                                 the Service’s 12-month finding on the                   during the 2017 surveys. The primary                  stream flow management. This is based
                                                 April 20, 2010, petition to list the Big                stressors to the Big Blue Springs cave                on observed increases in discharge that
                                                 Blue Springs cave crayfish as an                        crayfish currently and into the future                could be related to the release of water
                                                 endangered or threatened species.                       are loss of freshwater within the karst               from underground stream openings and
                                                                                                         system and saltwater intrusion.                       sinks connected to the regional karst
                                                 Background                                                                                                    system (Coates 2017, pers. comm.). With
                                                                                                            The petition stated that the species is
                                                    The Big Blue Springs cave crayfish is                                                                      more freshwater staying in the system
                                                                                                         at risk from present or future
                                                 a subterranean species of crayfish                                                                            due to improvements in storm water
                                                                                                         destruction, modification, or
                                                 endemic to several freshwater springs                                                                         and stream flow management, we
                                                                                                         curtailment of its range by extensive
                                                 and sink caves within the panhandle of                                                                        concluded that the best available
                                                                                                         degradation of aquatic and riparian
                                                 Florida. It has been collected from                                                                           scientific and commercial information
                                                                                                         habitats due to land-use activities and
                                                 aquatic caves and limestone springs                                                                           does not indicate that ground water
                                                                                                         the direct alterations of waterways. In
                                                 associated with the Woodville Karst                                                                           changes are having a negative impact on
                                                                                                         addition, populations are prone to
                                                 Plain near and south of a                                                                                     the species at a population level.
                                                                                                         potential pollution and detrital change,
                                                 geomorphological feature of karst                                                                                Overutilization: The petition also
                                                                                                         and there is concern that the aquifer
                                                 limestone known as the Cody Scarp,                                                                            discussed the potential threat of
                                                 paralleling riverine karst areas of the                 system may be receiving pollutants from
                                                                                                                                                               overutilization of crayfish from
                                                 Wakulla, St. Marks, and Wacissa Rivers                  the Tallahassee area. We also evaluated
                                                                                                                                                               collection for bait or food; however, the
                                                 in Jefferson, Leon, and Wakulla                         the extent to which overutilization and               freshwater cave habitat for this species
                                                 Counties, Florida. It has been found in                 climate change (including saltwater                   is difficult to access, which offers the
                                                 the boil area of springs, depths of 21–                 intrusion resulting from sea-level rise)              crayfish some protection from
                                                 26 m (70–80 ft), and a sinkhole near the                may be affecting the species negatively.              collection. This threat is not causing
                                                 surface. The principal habitat feature                     Land Use Activities and Direct                     population- or species-level impacts;
                                                 supporting this species appears to be a                 Alteration of Waterways: In general,                  therefore, the best available information
                                                 flowing, freshwater, subterranean                       crayfish species experience degradation               does not indicate overutilization is an
                                                 environment; however, specific water-                   of aquatic and riparian habitats in the               operative threat to this species.
                                                 quality requirements for the species are                Southeast due to land-use activities—                    Climate Change: Our analyses under
                                                 currently unknown.                                      such as development, agriculture,                     the Act include consideration of
                                                    The Big Blue Springs cave crayfish                   logging, and mining—and direct                        ongoing and projected changes in
                                                 was historically found in three                         alterations of waterways—such as                      climate. Various types of changes in
                                                 locations: A well in Leon County, Big                   impoundment, diversion, dredging and                  climate can have direct or indirect
                                                 Blue Spring in Jefferson County, and                    channelization, and draining of                       effects on the species. These effects may
                                                 Shepherd Spring on St. Marks National                   wetlands (Benz and Collins 1997, p.                   be positive, neutral, or negative and
                                                 Wildlife Refuge in Wakulla County,                      273; Shute et al. 1997, pp. 445–446).                 they may change over time. In our
                                                 Florida. In 2017, the species was found                 However, information on whether these                 analyses, we use the best available
                                                 in three aquatic cave sites within 12 mi                activities represent actual or active                 scientific and commercial data and
                                                 (19 km) of each other—Big Blue Spring                   threats to the Big Blue Springs cave                  modeling available and our expert
                                                 and nearby Garner Spring on the east                    crayfish is inconclusive.                             judgment to weigh relevant information,
                                                 side of the Wacissa River (Jefferson                       Population Increases and Water                     including uncertainty, in our
                                                 County) and Horsehead Spring on the                     Pollution: According to the U.S. Census               consideration of various aspects of
                                                 west side of the Wacissa River (Jefferson               Bureau, the human population in the                   climate change.
                                                 County)—which included locations                        southeastern United States has grown at                  One impact from climate change that
                                                 where the species had not previously                    an average annual rate of 37.9 percent                may be a factor for the Big Blue Springs
                                                 been found.                                             since 2000 (U.S. Census Bureau 2017,                  cave crayfish is sea-level rise due to its
                                                                                                         pp. 1–4), by far the most rapidly                     proximity to the Gulf coast of Florida.
                                                 Summary of Status Review                                growing region in the country. This                   Annual rates of sea-level rise at
                                                   In completing our status review for                   rapid growth has resulted in expanding                Apalachicola, Florida (southwest of
                                                 the Big Blue Springs cave crayfish, we                  urbanization, sometimes referred to as                areas inhabited by Big Blue Springs cave
ethrower on DSK3G9T082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                 reviewed the best available scientific                  ‘‘urban sprawl.’’ Urban sprawl increases              crayfish) have averaged approximately
                                                 and commercial information and                          the connectivity of urban habitats while              1.96 mm (0.08 in) since the 1970s
                                                 compiled the information in the Species                 simultaneously fragmenting non-urban                  (National Oceanic and Atmospheric
                                                 Status Assessment Report (Service                       habitats such as forests and grasslands               Administration 2017). The projected
                                                 2017d, entire) for the Big Blue Springs                 (Terando et al. 2014, p. 1). In turn,                 sea-level rise for coastal Wakulla County
                                                 cave crayfish. We evaluated all known                   species and ecosystems are negatively                 in 2080 is 0.32 m (1.05 ft) (Harrington
                                                 potential impacts to the Big Blue                       affected by the increased sprawl because              and Walton 2008, p. 12). Sea-level rise
                                                 Springs cave crayfish, including the                    of water pollution, local climate                     may result in an increase in saltwater


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:42 Oct 04, 2017   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00013   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\05OCP2.SGM   05OCP2


                                                 46630                 Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 192 / Thursday, October 5, 2017 / Proposed Rules

                                                 intrusion into the karst freshwater                     absolute sense. An increase in                        uncertainty in evaluating the response
                                                 aquifer system as a result of associated                conductivity is indicative of saltwater               of the species to habitat changes or the
                                                 increases in hydraulic pressure on the                  intrusion inland (Xu et al. 2016, p. 9).              impacts from sea-level rise, drought, or
                                                 aquifer; however, the mechanics of the                  Conductivity would likely be similar or               overall water availability.
                                                 coastal aquifer system are complex and                  less at the two furthest sites occupied by
                                                                                                                                                                 We evaluated the current range of the
                                                 dynamic. Generally, seawater is kept out                Big Blue Springs cave crayfish (Big Blue
                                                                                                                                                               Big Blue Springs cave crayfish to
                                                 of the conduit system by freshwater                     Spring and Garner Spring). Seawater
                                                 hydraulic pressure resisting against                    intrusion could be a more important                   determine if there are any apparent
                                                 seawater intrusion (Werner and                          issue at Shepherd Spring, which is                    geographic concentrations of potential
                                                 Simmons 2009, pp. 197–198). However,                    located within 3 km (2 mi) of the Gulf                threats to the species. There was no
                                                 Xu et al. (2016, p. 2) documented                       of Mexico.                                            concentration of threats identified
                                                 seawater intrusion into the Woodville                      Overall, based on historical data along            across its range. Therefore, we find there
                                                 Karst Plain conduit network during                      with current and future conditions of                 could be no significant portion of the
                                                 periods of low precipitation. Their                     the species and habitat, we anticipate                species’ range where the species is in
                                                 analysis of precipitation and electrical                that Big Blue Springs cave crayfish                   danger of extinction or likely to become
                                                 conductivity data indicates that                        populations will remain resilient. The                so in the foreseeable future. Therefore,
                                                 seawater intrusion into the karst system                locations where the crayfish have been                we find that the Big Blue Springs cave
                                                 does occur, traveling 11 mi (18 km)                     observed at the surface can be thought                crayfish is not endangered or threatened
                                                 against the prevailing regional hydraulic               of as ‘‘windows’’ into the karst system.              throughout a significant portion of its
                                                 gradient to Wakulla Spring (Xu et al.                   The species has the ability to move                   range.
                                                 2016, p. 2).                                            throughout the system in response to
                                                    This increase in seawater intrusion                  environmental conditions in order to                  Finding
                                                 into the karst conduit system may be                    relocate to suitable habitat or areas of
                                                 contributing to the increased freshwater                refugia. The species is expected to                      Based on our review of the best
                                                 discharge rates periodically observed in                continue to be resilient in response to               available scientific and commercial
                                                 some springs (e.g., Wakulla Springs) in                 stochastic events. A survey from March                information pertaining to the five
                                                 recent years. Sea-level rise would result               2017 detected the species in areas where              factors, we evaluated relevant stressors,
                                                 in increased hydraulic pressure and,                    they hadn’t previously been detected,                 including land-use activities and direct
                                                 therefore, the potential for increased                  and many individuals were found in                    alterations of waterways (Factor A),
                                                 saltwater intrusion into the conduit                    Garner Springs, indicating that the                   water withdrawal (Factor A), sea-level
                                                 system. However, we are unable to                       species is persisting there. Management               rise (Factor A), and overutilization
                                                 conclude that the current predicted                     actions on public lands can provide                   (Factor B), and concluded that the
                                                 rates of sea-level rise will significantly              protection and improvement for springs.               stressors acting on the species and its
                                                 affect the cave crayfish’s habitat within               Portions of the Aucilla Wildlife                      habitat, either singly or in combination,
                                                 the foreseeable future. First, the species              Management Area are designated as                     are not of sufficient imminence,
                                                 is able to move vertically within spring                Outstanding Florida Waters by the                     intensity, or magnitude to indicate that
                                                 systems and can quickly adapt to                        Florida Department of Environmental                   the Big Blue Springs cave crayfish is in
                                                 changes in the availability of freshwater               Protection; such a designation restricts              danger of extinction (an endangered
                                                 within the conduit system (Moler 2016,                  degradation of water quality and water                species), or likely to become endangered
                                                 pers. comm.). Saltwater is also denser                  withdrawal (Florida Fish and Wildlife                 within the foreseeable future (a
                                                 than freshwater and, therefore, descends                Conservation Commission 2016, p. 57).
                                                                                                                                                               threatened species), throughout all or a
                                                 as it intrudes inland through the aquifer,              As explained further in the Species
                                                                                                                                                               significant portion of its range.
                                                 reducing the likelihood that it will affect             Assessment Form, we evaluated ongoing
                                                 the availability of freshwater in the                   management of the springs within the                     The most important factor that may
                                                 conduit system as distance from the                     range of the Big Blue Springs cave                    affect Big Blue Springs cave crayfish
                                                 ocean increases. The flow of seawater                   crayfish will reduce impacts to the                   resiliency is ground water decline. We
                                                 from the Gulf of Mexico interacts with                  species by maintaining water flow to the              expect that ground water levels may
                                                 the force of a seaward hydraulic                        springs thus allowing the persistence of              decline over time, but there is
                                                 pressure of freshwater creating a                       suitable habitat.                                     significant uncertainty over how that
                                                 diffusion zone at the freshwater–                          Foreseeable future for this species was            will affect freshwater availability. If
                                                 saltwater interface (Zhang et al. 2002, p.              determined to be a 35–50-year                         freshwater availability is reduced due to
                                                 233). This interface is a dynamic zone                  timeframe based on the biology of the                 lower aquifer levels caused by ground
                                                 that is dictated by the flow of the water               species, the threats identified, and                  water pumping or prolonged drought,
                                                 in each direction; further inland, there                ongoing water management practices                    we expect populations would likely be
                                                 is less pressure from the introduced                    that include actions that are beneficial
                                                                                                                                                               minimally affected, since the species
                                                 seawater and more pressure from the                     to the species, with the 50-year outer
                                                                                                                                                               has been found at significant spring and
                                                 freshwater system flowing into the                      limit as the conservative amount of time
                                                                                                         to apply when evaluating its status as                sink depths and can move as ground
                                                 ocean.
                                                    Finally, habitats occupied by the Big                threatened. The lifespan of cave crayfish             water levels decrease (Moler 2016, pers.
                                                 Blue Springs cave crayfish are located 3                is typically around 20 years, so the                  comm.).
                                                 to 43 km (2 to 27 mi) from the coast, at                range of 35–50 years encompasses 2–3                     A detailed discussion of the basis for
ethrower on DSK3G9T082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                 elevations of 1.5 to 15 m (5 to 50 ft)                  generations, allowing sufficient time for             this finding can be found in the Big Blue
                                                 above sea level, though occupied                        population response to stressors to be                Springs cave crayfish species-specific
                                                 habitats within the conduit system are                  detected, with the major stressor to the              assessment form and other supporting
                                                 below sea level. Although seawater                      species being a decline or loss of                    documents available on the Internet at
                                                 intrusion and transport in karst aquifers               freshwater availability. The climate                  http://www.regulations.gov under
                                                 can occur over extremely long distances,                model used included projections                       Docket No. FWS–R4–ES–2017–0066.
                                                 increases in conductivity noted at the                  beyond 50 years; however, a longer
                                                 vent of Wakulla Spring are small in an                  timeframe would lead to too much


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:42 Oct 04, 2017   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00014   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\05OCP2.SGM   05OCP2


                                                                       Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 192 / Thursday, October 5, 2017 / Proposed Rules                                           46631

                                                 Black-Backed Woodpecker (Picoides                       Tremblay et al. 2016, p. 1). The black-               infestations have resulted in high tree
                                                 arcticus)                                               backed woodpecker has only three toes                 mortality (Bonnot et al. 2009, p. 220).
                                                                                                         on each foot instead of the usual four.                  The black-backed woodpecker was
                                                 Previous Federal Actions                                                                                      first described in 1831 (Swainson and
                                                                                                         Black-backed woodpeckers have a
                                                    On May 8, 2012, we received a                        narrow diet, consisting mainly of larvae              Richardson 1831, p. 313; American
                                                 petition dated May 2, 2012, from the                    of wood-boring beetles and bark beetles               Ornithologists’ Union (AOU) 1983, p.
                                                 John Muir Project of the Earth Island                   (Cerambycidae, Buprestidae,                           392). The scientific community
                                                 Institute, the Center for Biological                    Tenebrionidae, and Scolytidae)                        recognizes the black-backed
                                                 Diversity, the Blue Mountains                           (Goggans et al. 1989, pp. 20, 34; Villard             woodpecker as a valid species (AOU
                                                 Biodiversity Project, and the                           and Beninger 1993, p. 73; Murphy and                  1983, pp. 392–393), and no subspecies
                                                 Biodiversity Conservation Alliance                      Lehnhausen 1998, pp. 1366–1367;                       of the black-backed woodpecker were
                                                 (Earth Island Institute et al. 2012, pp. 1–             Powell 2000, p. 31; Dudley and Saab                   included at the time that AOU, the
                                                 16) (petitioners), requesting that the                  2007, p. 593), which are available                    scientific authority responsible for bird
                                                 Oregon-Cascades/California population                   following large-scale disturbances,                   classification, last published subspecies
                                                 and the Black Hills population of the                   especially high-severity fire (Nappi and              classifications in 1957 (AOU 1957, p.
                                                 black-backed woodpecker each be listed                  Drapeau 2009, p. 1382). The black-                    330). In addition, no other taxonomic
                                                 as an endangered or threatened                          backed woodpecker is a cavity-nesting                 authority has recognized any subspecies
                                                 subspecies, and that critical habitat be                bird. It nests in late spring, with nest              for the black-backed woodpecker
                                                 designated concurrent with listing                      excavation generally occurring from                   (Tremblay et al. 2016, p. 9).
                                                 under the Act. The petition also                        April to June, depending on location
                                                 requested that, should we not recognize                                                                       Summary of Status Review
                                                                                                         and year.
                                                 either population as a subspecies, we                      The black-backed woodpecker occurs                    A recent genetic study identified
                                                 consider listing each population as an                  across dense, closed-canopy boreal and                some genetic differences between
                                                 endangered or threatened distinct                       montane coniferous forests of North                   individuals found in three areas within
                                                 population segment (DPS) under our                      America from Alaska, Canada,                          the black-backed woodpecker’s range.
                                                 policy published in the Federal Register                Washington, Oregon, California,                       The three areas include: (1) The boreal
                                                 for determining distinct vertebrate                     Northern Rockies, South Dakota,                       forest of Canada, Washington, Northern
                                                 population segments under the Act (61                   Minnesota and east to New England                     Rockies, and northeastern United States,
                                                 FR 4721; February 7, 1996). Included in                 (Winkler et al. 1995, p. 296; Tremblay                (2) the Oregon-Cascades/California
                                                 the petition was information regarding                  et al. 2016, pp. 10–11). This includes                (Sierra Nevada Mountains), and (3) the
                                                 the species’ ecology, genetic sampling                  the Black Hills of western South Dakota               area around the Black Hills
                                                 information, distribution, present status,              (Drilling et al. 2016, pp. 251–252) and               (southwestern South Dakota and
                                                 and suggested actual and potential                      adjacent counties of northeastern                     northeastern Wyoming) (Pierson et al.
                                                 causes of decline. Our positive 90-day                  Wyoming (Orabona et al. 2012, p. 76).                 2010, entire; Pierson et al. 2013, entire).
                                                 finding for the petition was published in               It also includes the area of eastern                  The petitioners have relied on the
                                                 the Federal Register on April 9, 2013                   Washington and Oregon where the                       Pierson et al. (2010) study results to
                                                 (78 FR 21086).                                          species is found in the Cascade Range,                propose that this new genetic
                                                    On September 24, 2014, the United                    south through throughout the Blue                     information may warrant a revised
                                                 States District Court for the District of               Mountains and Wallowa Mountains and                   interpretation of the taxonomic
                                                 Columbia issued a court order for a                     into the Siskiyou Mountains in                        description of the species into three
                                                 stipulated settlement agreement in the                  southwestern Oregon. From Oregon, the                 subspecies (EII et al. 2012, pp. 13–16).
                                                 case of Center for Biological Diversity v.              range continues south into California                 However, based on our review of the
                                                 S.M.R. Jewell, No.1: 14–cv–0 1021–EGS.                  along the higher elevation slopes of the              best available scientific and commercial
                                                 The order and stipulated settlement                     Siskiyou, Cascades, Klamath, and Sierra               information, as well as the expert
                                                 agreement required the Service to                       Nevada Mountains to eastern Tulare                    opinion of the scientific community, we
                                                 complete a 12-month finding for the                     County, California (Dawson 1923, p.                   find that the Oregon-Cascades/
                                                 ‘‘California-Oregon and South Dakota                    1007; Grinnell and Miller 1944, p. 248;               California and Black Hills populations
                                                 populations’’ of the black-backed                       Tremblay et al. 2016, pp. 10–11). The                 are not subspecies. Also in our analysis,
                                                 woodpecker by September 30, 2017.                       black-backed woodpecker’s breeding                    we could not find significant differences
                                                 This notice constitutes the 12-month                    range generally corresponds with the                  in behavior, morphology, or habitat use
                                                 finding on the May 2, 2012, petition to                 location of boreal and montane                        for the species across its range, or that
                                                 list the Oregon-Cascades/California                     coniferous forests throughout its range.              any genetic differences have yet
                                                 population and Black Hills population                      At the landscape scale, while not tied             manifested themselves into differences
                                                 as endangered or threatened species                     to any particular tree species, the black-            that can be pointed at that would
                                                 under the Act.                                          backed woodpecker generally is found                  support separation of the populations
                                                                                                         in older conifer forests that comprise                into subspecies.
                                                 Background                                              high densities of larger snags (Bock and                 We also reviewed whether the Black
                                                   The black-backed woodpecker is                        Bock 1973, p. 400; Russell et al. 2007,               Hills population or the Oregon-
                                                 similar in size to the more-common                      p. 2604; Nappi and Drapeau 2009, p.                   Cascades/California population were
                                                 American robin (Turdus migratorius)                     1388; Siegel et al. 2012, pp. 34–42). The             distinct vertebrate population segments
                                                 and is heavily barred with black and                    species is closely associated with                    (DPSs) under our 1996 DPS policy (61
ethrower on DSK3G9T082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                 white sides (Dawson 1923, pp. 1007–                     standing dead timber that contains an                 FR 4721, February 7, 1996). Based on a
                                                 1008). Males and young have a yellow                    abundance of snags (Tremblay et al.                   review of the best available information,
                                                 crown patch, while the female crown is                  2016, pp. 13–16). Black-backed                        we have determined that the Black Hills
                                                 entirely black. Its sooty-black dorsal                  woodpeckers appear to be most                         population and the Oregon-Cascades/
                                                 plumage camouflages it against the                      abundant in stands of trees recently                  California population are not significant
                                                 black, charred bark of the burned trees                 killed by fire (Hutto 1995, pp. 1047,                 in relation to the remainder of the taxon
                                                 upon which it preferentially forages                    1050; Smucker et al. 2005, pp. 1540–                  because they do not exist in an
                                                 (Murphy and Lehnhausen 1998, p. 1366;                   1543) and in areas where beetle                       ecological setting unique or unusual to


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:42 Oct 04, 2017   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00015   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\05OCP2.SGM   05OCP2


                                                 46632                 Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 192 / Thursday, October 5, 2017 / Proposed Rules

                                                 the taxon; the loss of the populations                  substantial information indicating that               announced that we were initiating a
                                                 would not result in a significant gap in                the petitioned action may be warranted.               review of the status of the Eastern
                                                 the range of the taxon; they are not the                   On March 23, 1995, the Service                     Population to determine if listing it as
                                                 only surviving natural occurrences of                   announced a 12-month finding that                     a DPS is warranted. The 90-day finding
                                                 the taxon; and the genetic makeup of                    listing the Southern Rocky Mountains                  further announced that we did not find
                                                 neither population contains unique                      population of the boreal toad as an                   substantial information that listing the
                                                 genetic characteristics not found                       endangered DPS was warranted but                      Southern Rocky Mountains population
                                                 elsewhere in the larger boreal                          precluded by other higher priority                    of the boreal toad as a DPS may be
                                                 population. Therefore, we have                          actions (60 FR 15281). At that time, a                warranted. Although the Southern
                                                 determined that neither the Black Hills                 listing priority number of 3 was                      Rocky Mountains population appears
                                                 population nor the Oregon-Cascades/                     assigned. When we find that listing a                 geographically discrete, we did not find
                                                 California population qualifies as a DPS                species is warranted but precluded, we                substantial information to suggest that it
                                                 under our 1996 DPS policy, and neither                  refer to it as a candidate species. Section           may be significant according to the
                                                 is a listable entity under the Act.                     4(b)(3)(B) of the Act directs that, when              criteria in our DPS Policy. We
                                                 Because the Black Hills and Oregon-                     we make a ‘‘warranted but precluded’’                 concluded that there is not substantial
                                                 Cascades/California populations of the                  finding on a petition, we are to treat the            information in the petition and in our
                                                 black-backed woodpecker are not                         petition as being one that is resubmitted             files to suggest that the Southern Rocky
                                                 listable entities, we did not perform a                 annually on the date of the finding;                  Mountains population of boreal toads
                                                 status assessment under the five factors                thus, the Act requires us to reassess the             may be a valid listable entity (i.e., a
                                                 found in section 4(a) of the Act.                       petitioned actions and to publish a                   DPS) (77 FR 21920, April 12, 2012).
                                                                                                         finding on the resubmitted petition on                   On June 27, 2013, the Center filed a
                                                 Finding                                                 an annual basis. Several resubmitted                  complaint (1:13–cv–00975–EGS) to
                                                    Based on our thorough review of the                  candidate assessments for the boreal                  compel the Service to issue 12-month
                                                 best available scientific and commercial                toad were completed. The most recent                  findings as to whether listing under the
                                                 information as summarized in our                        of these was published in the Federal                 Act was warranted for nine species,
                                                 Species Assessment (Service 2017f,                      Register on May 11, 2005 (70 FR 24870).               including the Eastern Population of the
                                                 entire), we find that the petitioned                       On September 29, 2005, we                          boreal toad. On September 23, 2013, the
                                                 entities identified as the Oregon-                      determined that the Southern Rocky                    Service and the Center filed a stipulated
                                                 Cascades/California population and the                  Mountains population of the boreal toad               settlement agreement, agreeing that the
                                                 Black Hills population of the black-                    did not warrant listing because it was                Service would submit to the Federal
                                                 backed woodpecker are not subspecies                    not a listable entity according to the                Register a 12-month finding for the
                                                 and neither meets our criteria for being                DPS criteria and, therefore, should be                Eastern DPS of the boreal toad by
                                                 a DPS under our February 7, 1996, DPS                   withdrawn from the candidate list (70                 September 30, 2017 (Center for
                                                 policy (61 FR 4722). Therefore the                      FR 56880). When the boreal toad was                   Biological Diversity v. Jewell 2013, case
                                                 Oregon-Cascades/California and Black                    put on the candidate list in 1995, the                1:13–cv–00975–EGS). This notice
                                                 Hills populations of the black-backed                   DPS Policy did not yet exist, so the                  constitutes the Service’s 12-month
                                                 woodpecker do not meet the definition                   determination that the toad was a                     finding on the 2011 petition to list the
                                                 of listable entities under the Act and, as              listable entity was not based on the                  Eastern DPS of boreal toad as an
                                                 a result, cannot warrant listing under                  current criteria. The combination of                  endangered or threatened species.
                                                 the Act. Our complete rationale and                     using the DPS criteria developed in
                                                                                                         1996 and incorporating genetic and                    Background
                                                 supporting information for our
                                                                                                         other information available during                      The boreal toad is a subspecies of the
                                                 subspecies and DPS determinations are
                                                                                                         development of the 2005 finding led to                Western toad (Anaxyrus boreas,
                                                 outlined in our Species Assessment
                                                                                                         determinations that the Southern Rocky                formerly Bufo boreas), which occurs
                                                 document (Service 2017f, entire;
                                                                                                         Mountains population of the boreal toad               throughout much of the western United
                                                 available on the Internet at http://
                                                                                                         was discrete, but not significant.                    States. Current and ongoing genetic
                                                 www.regulations.gov under Docket No.                                                                          analyses suggest the occurrence of an
                                                                                                         Therefore, we determined in the 2005
                                                 FWS–R8–ES–2013–0034).                                                                                         eastern group of boreal toads that are
                                                                                                         finding that it was not a listable entity.
                                                 Boreal Toad (Anaxyrus boreas                               On May 25, 2011, we received a                     distinct from the rest of the subspecies.
                                                 boreas)                                                 petition from the Center, the Center for              Genetic studies have helped clarify the
                                                                                                         Native Ecosystems, and the Biodiversity               boundaries of this group, which we now
                                                 Previous Federal Actions                                Conservation Alliance, requesting that                understand to include boreal toads in
                                                   On September 30, 1993, the Service                    either the Eastern or Southern Rocky                  southeastern Idaho, western and south-
                                                 received a petition from the Biodiversity               Mountains population of the boreal toad               central Wyoming, most of Utah (except
                                                 Legal Foundation and Dr. Peter                          be listed as an endangered or threatened              western Box Elder County), Colorado,
                                                 Hovingh. The petitioners requested that                 DPS, and that critical habitat be                     and north-central New Mexico. This
                                                 the Service list the Southern Rocky                     designated under the Act. Please note                 group, which we refer to as the ‘‘Eastern
                                                 Mountains population of the ‘‘western                   that the Southern Rocky Mountains                     Population,’’ is the focus of this finding.
                                                 boreal toad’’ (an alternate common                      population is a subset of what we now                   The boreal toad occurs between 2,000
                                                 name sometimes used in the past for                     call the Eastern Population of the boreal             m (6,550 ft) and 3,670 m (12,232 ft) in
                                                 Anaxyrus boreas boreas) as endangered.                  toad. We published a notice of a 90-day               areas with suitable breeding habitat
ethrower on DSK3G9T082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                 The petitioners also requested that the                 finding for the petition in the Federal               within a landscape containing a variety
                                                 Service designate critical habitat. On                  Register on April 12, 2012 (77 FR                     of vegetation types, including pinon-
                                                 July 22, 1994, we published a notice of                 21920). In that finding we concluded                  juniper, lodgepole pine, spruce-fir
                                                 a 90-day finding on the petition in the                 that the petition presented substantial               forests, mountain shrubs, and alpine
                                                 Federal Register (59 FR 37439),                         scientific or commercial information                  meadows (Service 2017f, p. 13).
                                                 indicating that the petition and other                  indicating that listing the Eastern                   Breeding takes place in shallow, quiet
                                                 readily available scientific and                        Population of the boreal toad as a DPS                water in lakes, marshes, bogs, ponds,
                                                 commercial information presented                        may be warranted. The finding                         and wet meadows (Service 2017f, p. 13).


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:42 Oct 04, 2017   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00016   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\05OCP2.SGM   05OCP2


                                                                       Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 192 / Thursday, October 5, 2017 / Proposed Rules                                          46633

                                                 We are not aware of any total                           characteristics relative to the rest of the           occupied sites where Bd infection is
                                                 population size estimates for the Eastern               taxon. Therefore, we consider the                     absent to be the most resilient; some
                                                 Population of the boreal toad. We lack                  Eastern Population of the boreal toad                 populations exist where Bd is present
                                                 information to define or precisely map                  significant to the taxon to which it                  and are highly resistant to Bd infection,
                                                 all individual breeding populations of                  belongs under the DPS policy. Because                 and we also consider these populations
                                                 boreal toads, because some recent                       the Eastern Population of the boreal                  highly resilient (Service 2017f, p. 29).
                                                 location data are limited to incidental                 toad is both discrete and significant, it             Other areas display moderate resistance
                                                 sightings of individual toads. Therefore,               qualifies as a DPS under the Act. From                to Bd and are, therefore, moderately
                                                 for the purposes of our analysis, the                   here on in this document, we refer to                 resilient; low-resiliency populations are
                                                 range of the species was depicted by                    this entity as the Eastern DPS of the                 those that have little or no resistance to
                                                 watershed, at the 12-digit hydrologic                   boreal toad.                                          Bd and suffer severe population
                                                 unit code (HUC–12) level, where a                                                                             declines or extirpation (Service 2017f, p.
                                                                                                         Summary of Status Review
                                                 HUC–12 may include one or more                                                                                33).
                                                 current or historical breeding sites                       We completed a Species Status                         The historical range of the Eastern
                                                 (Service 2017f, pp. 11–13). We                          Assessment (SSA) Report for the Eastern               DPS of boreal toad includes 439 known
                                                 considered these HUC–12s to be proxies                  DPS of the boreal toad (Service 2017f,                HUC–12s across the range of this
                                                 for ‘‘populations’’ within the larger                   entire), which reports the results of the             subspecies. Currently, approximately
                                                 Eastern Population, because the 12-digit                comprehensive biological status review                194 HUC–12s are considered occupied.
                                                 HUC is the finest grained sub-watershed                 by the Service for the Eastern DPS of the             Of these, approximately 83 HUC–12s are
                                                 delineated in the National Watershed                    boreal toad, and provides a thorough                  positive for Bd infection (Service 2017f,
                                                 Boundary Dataset, representing areas of                 account of the species’ overall viability             pp. 31–32). Occupancy within the
                                                 10,000–40,000 ac (4,000–16,000 ha)                      and, therefore, extinction risk. To                   remaining approximately 245 HUC–12s
                                                 (USGS 2009). This approach allowed us                   evaluate the biological status of the                 is currently unknown due primarily to
                                                 to rely upon consistent units for                       boreal toad both currently and into the               the lack of recent survey effort.
                                                 analysis across the range of the boreal                 future, we assessed a range of                        However, this number includes
                                                 toad. We do not believe that the current                conditions to allow us to consider the                approximately 62 HUC–12s within the
                                                 range has changed substantially from                    population’s resiliency, redundancy,                  Southern Rocky Mountains
                                                 the historical range, although some                     and representation as proxies for                     subpopulation area that are considered
                                                                                                         evaluating overall viability. The boreal              unoccupied and may have been
                                                 HUC–12s with documented presence of
                                                                                                         toad needs multiple resilient                         extirpated by Bd (Service 2017f, pp. 31–
                                                 toads are now considered extirpated
                                                                                                         populations (redundancy) widely                       32). We recognize that the 439 known
                                                 (Service 2017f, pp. 11–13).
                                                                                                         distributed (representation) across its               HUC–12s within the range of the species
                                                    We evaluated the Eastern Population                  range to maintain its persistence into                likely represents a minimum number of
                                                 of boreal toads under the Service’s                     the future and to avoid extinction. A                 possible breeding sites, since surveys
                                                 Policy Regarding the Recognition of                     number of factors may increase a boreal               done to date have not included every
                                                 Distinct Vertebrate Population Segments                 toad population’s resilience to                       area that could possibly support boreal
                                                 Under the Endangered Species Act (61                    stochastic events. These factors include              toads (Service 2017f, p. 11).
                                                 FR 4722; February 7, 1996). Our                         (1) sufficient population size                           The variability in the toads’ response
                                                 complete DPS evaluation can be found                    (abundance), (2) recruitment of toads                 to Bd infection informs our
                                                 in the Species Assessment and Listing                   into the population, as evidenced by the              understanding of the future of the boreal
                                                 Priority Assignment Form for the boreal                 presence of all life stages at some point             toad. As part of the Southern Rocky
                                                 toad (available on the Internet at http://              during the year, and (3) connectivity                 Mountains Recovery Team’s update of
                                                 www.regulations.gov under Docket No.                    between breeding populations. As                      its conservation plan, Converse et al.
                                                 FWS–R6–ES–2012–0003) and is                             explained further in the SSA Report                   (2016, entire) and Gerber et al. (in
                                                 summarized here. The Eastern                            (Service 2017f), we used a time period                review) as cited in Crockett (2017a, p. 2)
                                                 Population of the boreal toad is                        of up to 50 years for the foreseeable                 developed a population persistence
                                                 markedly separated from the rest of the                 future.                                               model, which provides a statistically
                                                 boreal toad subspecies, based on the                       We evaluated a number of potential                 rigorous assessment of viability of
                                                 collective results of genetic studies that              stressors that could influence the health             boreal toads in the Southern Rocky
                                                 provide evidence of this discontinuity,                 and resilience of boreal toad                         Mountains (Crockett 2017a, p. 2). The
                                                 and in particular the nuclear DNA                       populations (Service 2017f, p. 22),                   model, based on data on the occupancy
                                                 evidence clarifying the boundaries of                   corresponding to the five factors under               of sites by toads and the presence of Bd,
                                                 the Eastern Population. As a result, the                section 4(a)(1) of the Act. We found that             is described in greater detail in our SSA
                                                 Eastern Population of the boreal toad is                the main factor influencing the status of             Report (Service 2017f, pp. 24, 34–35).
                                                 considered a discrete population                        populations is the presence of chytrid                This model predicts a greater-than-95
                                                 according to the DPS policy. In                         fungus, Batrachochytrium dendrobatidis                percent probability of persistence of
                                                 addition, the extirpation of this group                 (Bd); however, the response of boreal                 toads within the Southern Rocky
                                                 would mean the loss of the genetic                      toads to Bd varies across the species’                Mountains over the next 50 years, but
                                                 variation in this distinct group, and the               range (Service 2017f, p. 24). Toads in                with lower population levels, fewer
                                                 loss of the future evolutionary potential               the Southern Rocky Mountains                          breeding sites, and reduced geographic
                                                 (i.e., representation) that goes with it.               subpopulation area appear to respond                  distribution. Given that boreal toads in
ethrower on DSK3G9T082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                 Thus, the genetic data support the                      most negatively when exposed to Bd,                   other geographic areas display higher
                                                 conclusion that the Eastern Population                  resulting in drastic declines in toad                 levels of resistance to Bd infection (and
                                                 of the boreal toad represents a unique                  numbers at breeding sites, or the                     there is no information to suggest that
                                                 and irreplaceable biological resource of                extirpation of toads at some sites. Toads             situation will change), we believe this
                                                 the type the Act was intended to                        in Utah do not appear to be significantly             model represents a worst-case scenario
                                                 preserve. Thus, we conclude that the                    affected by Bd, and toads in western                  when considering the future condition
                                                 Eastern Population of the boreal toad                   Wyoming display slow population                       of the Eastern DPS as a whole (Service
                                                 differs markedly in its genetic                         declines through time. We consider                    2017f, pp. 35–36). If we anticipate that


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:42 Oct 04, 2017   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00017   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\05OCP2.SGM   05OCP2


                                                 46634                 Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 192 / Thursday, October 5, 2017 / Proposed Rules

                                                 this high level of persistence will occur               2017f, p. 35). Despite the possible                   danger of extinction or likely to become
                                                 within an area most susceptible to Bd                   reductions in breeding sites and                      so in the foreseeable future.
                                                 infection (with possible reductions in                  occupied mountain ranges in the                          We have carefully assessed the best
                                                 resilience, representation, or                          foreseeable future, the current and                   scientific and commercial information
                                                 redundancy), toads in other population                  projected future conditions indicate a                available regarding the past, present,
                                                 areas are likely to fare even better,                   low risk of extinction for boreal toads in            and future threats to the Eastern DPS of
                                                 maintaining robust breeding                             the Southern Rocky Mountains.                         the boreal toad. Because the species is
                                                 populations into the future, although                   Therefore, Eastern boreal toads are not               neither in danger of extinction now nor
                                                 there is uncertainty regarding how                      in danger of extinction or likely to                  likely to become so in the foreseeable
                                                 climate change may factor into the                      become so in the foreseeable future in                future throughout all or any significant
                                                 future condition of the Eastern DPS                     the Southern Rocky Mountains portion                  portion of its range, the species does not
                                                 (Service 2017f, p. 36).                                 of its range.                                         meet the definition of an endangered
                                                    In summary, boreal toad populations                                                                        species or threatened species. Therefore,
                                                 are currently experiencing variability in               Finding                                               we find that listing the Eastern DPS of
                                                 their response to Bd infection, which we                   We reviewed the best available                     boreal toad as an endangered or
                                                 consider to be the primary stressor on                  scientific and commercial information                 threatened species under the Act is not
                                                 boreal toad population resilience. The                  pertaining to the Eastern DPS of the                  warranted at this time. This document
                                                 most-susceptible population to Bd                       boreal toad, corresponding to the Act’s               constitutes the Service’s 12-month
                                                 infection experiences high population                   five threat factors. Because boreal toads             finding on the 2011 petition to list the
                                                 losses and localized extirpations, but                  in the Eastern DPS are distributed across             Eastern DPS of boreal toad as an
                                                 some breeding sites continue to persist                 the majority of their historical range,               endangered or threatened species. A
                                                 despite significant population declines.                with a large percentage of populations                detailed discussion of the basis for this
                                                 Some populations within the range                       in a moderate or high resiliency                      finding can be found in the Eastern DPS
                                                 show little or no evidence of impacts                   category in the face of Bd, which is the              of boreal toad’s species-specific Species
                                                 caused by Bd infection and remain                       primary stressor influencing the species              Assessment and Listing Priority
                                                 robust despite the presence of Bd. Other                (Service 2017f, pp. 11–12, 33–34), we                 Assignment Form, SSA Report, and
                                                 areas show some population decline,                     find that the species retains adaptive                other supporting documents (available
                                                 but at much lower severity than                         capacity and has a very low risk of                   on the Internet at http://
                                                 observed in the Southern Rocky                          extirpation due to stochastic or                      www.regulations.gov under Docket No.
                                                 Mountains. This analysis is described in                catastrophic events that could plausibly              FWS–R6–ES–2012–0003).
                                                 greater detail in our SSA Report (Service               occur in the future. Therefore, we
                                                 2017f, entire). Therefore, we have                                                                            Fisher (Pekania pennanti)
                                                                                                         conclude that the current risk of
                                                 concluded that the Eastern DPS of                       extinction is low, such that the Eastern              Previous Federal Actions
                                                 boreal toad is not in danger of extinction              DPS of boreal toads is not in danger of
                                                 because it will likely continue to                                                                               On December 29, 1994, we received a
                                                                                                         extinction throughout all of its range.               petition dated December 22, 1994, from
                                                 maintain self-sustaining populations
                                                                                                            In addition, because we project a high             the Biodiversity Legal Foundation
                                                 distributed across its range over the next
                                                                                                         probability of persistence in the face of             requesting that two fisher populations
                                                 50 years.
                                                    Having determined that the Eastern                   Bd across the majority of the range of                in the western United States, including
                                                 DPS of boreal toad is not currently in                  the Eastern DPS in 50 years, even under               the States of Washington, Oregon,
                                                 danger of extinction or likely to become                a worst-case scenario (Service 2017f, pp.             California, Idaho, Montana, and
                                                 so in the foreseeable future throughout                 35–36), we find that the species has a                Wyoming, be listed as threatened under
                                                 all of its range, we next considered                    low future risk of extirpation due to                 the Act. Based on our review, we found
                                                 whether there are any significant                       plausible stochastic or catastrophic                  that the petition did not present
                                                 portions of the range where the species                 events in the foreseeable future and that,            substantial information indicating that
                                                 is in danger of extinction or is likely to              due to the high probability of                        listing the two western United States
                                                 become endangered in the foreseeable                    persistence and the low risk of                       fisher populations as DPSs was
                                                 future. Given the apparent greater                      extirpation, the species is expected to               warranted (61 FR 8016; March 1, 1996).
                                                 vulnerability to Bd of boreal toads in the              retain most of its adaptive capacity.                    On March 6, 2009, we received a
                                                 Southern Rocky Mountains (Service                       Therefore, we conclude that the risk of               petition dated February 24, 2009, from
                                                 2017f, p. 24), we evaluated whether the                 extinction in the foreseeable future is               the Defenders of Wildlife, Center,
                                                 population could be considered                          low, and the Eastern DPS of boreal toad               Friends of the Bitterroot, and Friends of
                                                 endangered or threatened in this portion                is not likely to become an endangered                 the Clearwater requesting that the fisher
                                                 of its range. We found that in this                     species within the foreseeable future                 population in the Northern Rocky
                                                 portion of the range, 51 percent of HUC–                throughout all of its range.                          Mountains (NRM) of the United States
                                                 12s are in the high or moderate                            Finally, we considered whether there               be considered a DPS and listed as
                                                 resilience category, and these are spread               are any significant portions of the range             endangered or threatened, and critical
                                                 throughout the Southern Rocky                           where the population is in danger of                  habitat be designated under the Act. We
                                                 Mountains, providing adaptive capacity                  extinction or is likely to become so in               published a 90-day finding on April 16,
                                                 (representation) and redundancy in the                  the foreseeable future. We evaluated the              2010, stating that the petition presented
                                                 face of catastrophic events (Service                    Southern Rocky Mountains portion of                   substantial information that listing a
ethrower on DSK3G9T082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                 2017f, p. 30). Looking into the                         the range, where the population has                   DPS of fisher in the NRMs may be
                                                 foreseeable future, we considered the                   evidenced the least ability to resist Bd,             warranted, and initiated a status review
                                                 best data available—the only existing                   the primary stressor, and found a low                 of the species (75 FR 19925). The next
                                                 model of population persistence focused                 risk of extirpation of the Eastern boreal             annual Candidate Notice of Review
                                                 on the Southern Rocky Mountains. That                   toad even in that portion of its range.               (CNOR), published on November 10,
                                                 model predicted a 95-percent                            Based on this analysis, we concluded                  2010, also included a notice of the 90-
                                                 probability of persistence for toads in                 that there is not a significant portion of            day finding and commencement of a 12-
                                                 this geographic area in 50 years (Service               the DPS’s range where the species is in               month status review for the fisher NRM


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:42 Oct 04, 2017   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00018   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\05OCP2.SGM   05OCP2


                                                                       Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 192 / Thursday, October 5, 2017 / Proposed Rules                                          46635

                                                 DPS (75 FR 69222). In our June 30,                      (moderately moist), coniferous and                    extinction risk. To assess the NRM
                                                 2011, 12-month finding, we concluded                    mixed conifer and hardwood forests                    fisher’s current and future statuses, we
                                                 that the fisher in the U.S. Northern                    (reviewed by Hagmeier 1956, entire;                   used the three conservation biology
                                                 Rocky Mountains of western Montana                      Arthur et al. 1989a, pp. 683–684; Banci               principles of resiliency, redundancy,
                                                 and north-central to northern Idaho                     1989, p. v; Aubry and Houston 1992, p.                and representation. Specifically, we
                                                 constitutes a DPS (hereafter referred to                75; Jones and Garton 1994, pp. 377–378;               identified the species’ ecological
                                                 as NRM fisher). However, we concluded                   Powell 1994, p. 354; Powell et al. 2003,              requirements at the individual,
                                                 that listing the NRM fisher as an                       p. 641; Weir and Harestad 2003, p. 74).               population, and species levels and
                                                 endangered or threatened species was                    Fishers are associated more commonly                  described the stressors influencing the
                                                 not warranted.                                          with mature forest cover and late-seral               species’ viability. The NRM fisher needs
                                                    On September 23, 2013, the Center,                   forests with greater physical complexity              multiple, resilient populations
                                                 Defenders of Wildlife, Friends of the                   than other habitats (reviewed by Powell               distributed across its range in a variety
                                                 Bitterroot, Friends of the Clearwater,                  and Zielinski 1994, p. 52). In the NRM,               of ecological settings to persist into the
                                                 Western Watersheds Project, and                         fishers select for landscapes with                    future and to avoid extinction.
                                                 Friends of the Wild Swan petitioned the                 abundant large trees (Schwartz et al.                    The biological information we
                                                 Service to list the NRM fisher as                       2013, p. 109; Olsen et al. 2014, p. 93)               reviewed and analyzed as the basis for
                                                 threatened or endangered under the Act.                 and greater than 50 percent mature                    our findings and projections for the
                                                 We published a positive 90-day finding                  forest (Sauder and Rachlow 2014, pp.                  future condition of the species is
                                                 on the petition on January 12, 2016 (81                 79–80) arranged in a contiguous,                      documented in the SSA Report (Service
                                                 FR 1368). We published a notice of                      complex mosaic (Sauder and Rachlow                    2017g, entire). The potential stressors
                                                 commencement of a status review for                     2014, p. 79). These features occur in                 we evaluated in detail in the SSA
                                                 the NRM fisher on January 13, 2017 (82                  regions of the NRM receiving greater                  Report (Service 2017g, entire) include
                                                 FR 4404). In August 2016, the Service                   mean annual precipitation (Olson et al.               climate change (Factor A),
                                                 entered into a settlement agreement                     2104, p. 93) and having mid-range                     development/roads (Factor A), forestry
                                                 with the Center, requiring the Service to               values for mean temperature in the                    (Factor A), fire (Factor A), trapping
                                                 submit a proposed listing rule or not-                  coldest month (Olson et al. 2104, p. 93).             (Factor B), poisoning (Factor E), and
                                                 warranted 12-month finding for the                      Within areas of low- and mid-elevation                predation (Factor C) (Service 2017g,
                                                 NRM fisher to the Federal Register by                   forests, the most-consistent predictor of             chapter 3.5). For the reasons described
                                                 September 30, 2017. This notice                         fisher occurrence at larger spatial scales            in the SSA Report, there is no evidence
                                                 satisfies the requirements of that                      is moderate to high levels of contiguous              to suggest that climate change,
                                                 settlement agreement for the NRM fisher                 canopy cover rather than any particular               development, forestry, fire, trapping,
                                                 and constitutes the Service’s 12-month                  forest plant community (Buck 1982, p.                 poisoning, or predation are having
                                                 finding on the 2013 petition to list the                30; Arthur et al. 1989b, pp. 681–682;                 population-level impacts to the NRM
                                                 NRM fisher as an endangered or                          Powell 1993, p. 88; Jones and Garton                  fisher, either individually or
                                                 threatened species.                                     1994, p. 41; Weir and Corbould 2010, p.               cumulatively with any other potential
                                                                                                         408).                                                 threats (Service 2017g, chapter 3.5 and
                                                 Background
                                                                                                            NRM fishers select heterogeneous                   chapter 4.9).
                                                    The fisher is a forest-dwelling,                     areas with intermediate abundance of                     The NRM fisher currently exhibits a
                                                 medium-sized mammal, light brown to                     habitat edge and high canopy cover                    level of viability (characterized using
                                                 dark blackish-brown in color, found                     within home ranges, not necessarily                   resiliency, redundancy, and
                                                 throughout many forested areas in                       areas containing more-mature forest                   representation) that allows them to
                                                 Canada and the United States. The                       (Sauder and Rachlow 2015, pp. 52–53).                 occur across their historical range
                                                 fisher has a long body with short legs                  In general, composition of individual                 (Service 2017h, chapter 3.6). A species
                                                 and a long bushy tail. The fisher is                    fisher home ranges is usually a mosaic                distribution model estimates about
                                                 classified in the order Carnivora, family               of different forested environments and                30,000 sq km (78,000 sq mi) of potential
                                                 Mustelidae, a family that also includes                 successional stages (Sauder and                       habitat for fisher in the NRM (Service
                                                 weasels, mink, martens, and otters                      Rachlow 2015, pp. 52–53; reviewed by                  2017g, p. 25). Fisher habitat is
                                                 (Anderson 1994, p. 14). The distribution                Lofroth et al. 2010, p. 94). Cavities and             inherently resistant to stochastic events
                                                 of NRM fishers includes forested areas                  branches in trees, snags, stumps, rock                (resilient) such as localized fire and
                                                 of western Montana and north-central to                 piles, and downed timber are used as                  drought (Service 2017g, p. 51) because
                                                 northern Idaho, and potentially                         resting sites, while cavities in large-               the effects of such events on fisher
                                                 northeastern Washington (Service                        diameter live or dead trees are selected              habitat are mediated by the wetter,
                                                 2017g, p. 15). Genetic analyses confirm                 more often for natal and maternal dens                maritime climate and diverse
                                                 the presence of a remnant native                        (Powell and Zielinski 1994, pp. 47, 56).              topography across much of the NRM, as
                                                 population of fishers in the NRM that                   A unique aspect of the landscapes that                evidenced by the longer fire-return
                                                 escaped presumed extirpation early in                   fishers use in the NRM is the presence                intervals that characterize most of the
                                                 the 20th century (Vinkey et al. 2006 p.                 of an ash layer in the soil profile—                  modeled fisher habitat (Service 2017g,
                                                 269; Schwartz 2007, p. 924; Knaus et al.                which is linked to increased forest                   p. 51). In order to characterize spatial
                                                 2011, p. 7). The population was                         productivity and potential resilience to              distribution of potential fisher habitat,
                                                 supplemented with reintroductions of                    drought (McDaniel and Wilson 2007, p.                 we divided the area of the NRM into
                                                 fisher from the Midwest and Canada in                   32).                                                  three spatial units. In addition, since
ethrower on DSK3G9T082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                 the mid to late 1900’s (Service 2017g, p.                                                                     population size of the NRM fisher has
                                                 12). Some fishers in the NRM still                      Summary of Status Review                              not been estimated, we rely on
                                                 reflect the genetic legacy of the remnant                  We completed a Species Status                      describing the amount and distribution
                                                 native population, with unique genetic                  Assessment (SSA) Report for the NRM                   of modeled habitat patches at two scales
                                                 identity found nowhere else in the range                fisher, which reports the results of the              to make inferences about the NRM
                                                 of fishers (Service 2017g, p. 14).                      comprehensive biological status review                fisher. The smaller scale habitat patch is
                                                    Fisher habitat includes low- to mid-                 and provides a thorough account of the                100 km2—the approximate size of a
                                                 elevation environments of mesic                         species’ overall viability and, therefore,            male fisher home range and area needed


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:42 Oct 04, 2017   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00019   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\05OCP2.SGM   05OCP2


                                                 46636                 Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 192 / Thursday, October 5, 2017 / Proposed Rules

                                                 to sustain individual fishers. The larger               reintroductions, indicate some level of               this redundancy is expected to remain
                                                 scale habitat patch is 2,500 km2—a                      genetic variability within the fisher                 into the future (Service 2017g, p. 68).
                                                 minimum critical area (MCA) needed to                   population in the NRM; this variability               Representation, both currently and in
                                                 sustain 50 breeding fisher and avoid the                is expected to persist into the future                the future, is predicted to remain high
                                                 effects of inbreeding depression.                       (Service 2017g, p. 68). Both modeled                  among all three fisher spatial units
                                                    Within the NRM, there is redundancy                  future scenarios predict that adequate                because of connectivity across the NRM,
                                                 of modeled habitat patches at the home-                 distribution of patches among fisher                  the mobile nature of dispersing fisher,
                                                 range scale (100 km2) (Service 2017g, p.                spatial units will remain into the future             and the continued existence of the
                                                 52). In addition, two of the three fisher               (Service 2017g, p. 68). Thus,                         native genotype (Service 2017g, p. 68).
                                                 spatial units have three or more MCAs                   representation is expected to remain                  Although there is inherently some level
                                                 (2,500 km2), thereby lowering the risk                  high in the future (Service 2017g, p. 68).            of uncertainty to any model, we
                                                 that even a large, catastrophic event                   This analysis is described in greater                 conclude that the potential stressors that
                                                 could eliminate all larger, contiguous                  detail in our SSA Report (Service 2017g,              the NRM fisher is facing do not place
                                                 habitat patches (Service 2017g, p. 52).                 entire).                                              the species in danger of extinction.
                                                 Representation of suitable fisher habitat                                                                     Therefore, we conclude that the current
                                                 across the NRM appears high, and fisher                 Finding
                                                                                                                                                               risk of extinction is low, such that the
                                                 have been able to adapt to shifting                        We evaluated the NRM fisher under                  NRM fisher is not in danger of
                                                 habitat in the past as glacial ice sheets               the Service’s Policy Regarding the                    extinction throughout all of its range,
                                                 melted and habitat distribution changed                 Recognition of Distinct Vertebrate                    i.e., not an endangered species
                                                 (Service 2017g, p. 52). A native                        Population Segments (DPS) Under the                   throughout its range at this time.
                                                 genotype is still present in the NRM,                   Endangered Species Act (61 FR 4722;                      To evaluate the status of the species
                                                 along with individuals with genetic                     February 7, 1996). Based on the best                  in the future, we considered two overall
                                                 signatures presumably from past                         scientific and commercial information                 future scenarios out to 2030, 2060, and
                                                 reintroductions (Service 2017g, p. 14).                 available, we find that the fisher in the             2090. We used these timeframes because
                                                 Fishers can utilize a wide variety of                   NRM is both discrete and significant to               the best available science (Olsen et al.
                                                 prey, thereby minimizing the influence                  the taxon to which it belongs. Fishers in             2014, p. 92), used these timeframes to
                                                 of changing environmental conditions                    the NRM are markedly separated from                   synthesize and project the effects of
                                                 on prey abundance and distribution                      other populations of the same taxon as                potential stressors on viability of NRM
                                                 (Service 2017g, p. 52).                                 a result of physical factors, further                 fisher (Service 2017g, chapter 4.8) in the
                                                    We assessed the future condition of                  supported by quantitative differences in              future. We expect fisher habitat to shift
                                                 the NRM fisher by analyzing the number                  genetic identity. The loss of the fisher in           north and east, with widely distributed
                                                 and distribution of potential habitat                   the NRM would result in the loss of                   habitat across its range under both
                                                 patches at the home-range scale (100 sq                 markedly different genetic                            future scenarios (Service 2017g, pp. 65–
                                                 km) and MCA scale (2500 sq km) among                    characteristics relative to the rest of the           68). Fishers have good overall dispersal
                                                 fisher spatial units in the NRM at three                taxon and a significant gap in the range              capability and, given that canopy cover
                                                 future time points (years 2030, 2060,                   of the taxon; therefore, we consider the              is expected to be adequate across much
                                                 and 2090) and under two future                          NRM fisher to be significant to the taxon             of the NRM, are expected to adapt to
                                                 scenarios incorporating stressor                        to which it belongs (Service 2017h, pp.               habitat shifts in the future (Service
                                                 trajectories derived from the scientific                12–14). Because the fisher in the NRM                 2017g, p. 65). NRM fisher resiliency is
                                                 literature (Service 2017g, chapter 4.8).                is both discrete and significant, it                  expected to be maintained or increase in
                                                 In both future scenarios, modeled fisher                qualifies as a DPS under the Act.                     future scenarios (Service 2017g, pp. 65–
                                                 habitat is expected to be widely                           We reviewed the best available                     67). In terms of redundancy, under both
                                                 distributed across its range and, in some               scientific and commercial information                 modeled future scenarios, we predict
                                                 cases, increase (Service 2017g, pp. 57–                 pertaining to the status of the NRM                   that the NRM fisher modeled habitat
                                                 58). Under these modeled future                         fisher, corresponding to the Act’s five               will remain or increase in distribution
                                                 scenarios, we expect resiliency to                      threat factors. Currently, based on                   and amount across its range and that
                                                 remain stable or increase in the future                 modeled habitat, there is a high-level (in            redundancy will be in a moderate to
                                                 (Service 2017g, pp. 65–67). Redundancy                  both quantity and distribution)                       high condition (Service 2017g, p. 68).
                                                 of habitat patches capable of supporting                condition of individual home ranges                   We expect fisher in the NRM to retain
                                                 multiple fisher (100 sq km) and the                     (100 sq km) and a moderate-level                      their ability to withstand catastrophic
                                                 number of MCAs (2500 sq km) are                         condition of MCAs (2,500 sq km) across                events (Service 2017g, p. 68). In terms
                                                 expected to increase under Scenario 1                   the NRM (Service 2017g, chapter 3.6).                 of representation, in both future
                                                 and be widely distributed among all                     Habitat patches are widespread in                     scenarios, we predict the NRM fisher
                                                 fisher spatial units (Service 2017g, p.                 distribution and occupy a part of the                 will continue to occupy the full extent
                                                 68). Fewer habitat patches capable of                   NRM that has a distinct ash cap in the                of its range and ecological settings and
                                                 supporting multiple fishers (100 sq km)                 soil left from the eruption of Mount                  will maintain its current level (high) of
                                                 and slightly fewer MCAs (2500 sq km)                    Mazama, thereby increasing the soils’                 representation (Service 2017g, p. 68)
                                                 are expected in the future under                        water retention properties and making                 through 2090.
                                                 Scenario 2 than Scenario 1; however,                    NRM fisher habitat relatively resilient to               We conclude that, despite the
                                                 habitat patches are expected to remain                  future environmental change stemming                  uncertainties inherent in any modeling
                                                 well distributed among fisher spatial                   from climate change (Service 2017g, p.                of future scenarios, the risk of extinction
ethrower on DSK3G9T082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                 units (Service 2017g, p. 68). Regarding                 4). Modeled habitat patches that are                  of the NRM fisher in the foreseeable
                                                 representation, the full genetic diversity              currently present throughout the NRM                  future is low, such that the NRM fisher
                                                 of fisher in the NRM is unknown;                        indicate that they are likely to sustain              is not likely to become an endangered
                                                 however, four different genetic                         fisher in the short and long term and to              species within the foreseeable future
                                                 haplotypes exist in the NRM (Service                    persist throughout the NRM through at                 throughout all of its range. Overall,
                                                 2017g, p. 68). The native haplotype,                    least 2090 (Service 2017g, chapter 3.6).              resiliency, redundancy, and
                                                 along with three other haplotypes                       Modeled habitat patches are redundant                 representation are expected to be stable
                                                 presumed to be from historical fisher                   among the three fisher spatial units, and             or increasing into the future at both


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:42 Oct 04, 2017   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00020   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\05OCP2.SGM   05OCP2


                                                                       Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 192 / Thursday, October 5, 2017 / Proposed Rules                                           46637

                                                 scales (100 sq km and 2500 sq km)                       NRM fisher as an endangered or                        Dry Tortugas or in the Upper Keys in
                                                 (Service 2017g, chapters 3.6 and 4.9).                  threatened species. A detailed                        the Key Largo area. The Florida Keys
                                                 Under both future scenarios, and based                  discussion of the basis for this finding              mole skink occurs in the beach berm (50
                                                 on our modeled habitats, we expect                      can be found in the NRM fisher’s                      to 80 cm [20 to 31 in] above sea level)
                                                 adequate available habitat distributed                  Species Assessment and Listing Priority               and coastal hammock habitats and relies
                                                 across the NRM to support multiple                      Assignment Form, SSA Report, and                      on dry, unconsolidated soils for
                                                 individual home ranges (100 sq km) and                  other supporting documents (available                 movement, cover, and nesting. The dry,
                                                 MCAs (2500 sq km) to provide                            on the Internet at http://                            unconsolidated soils allow for the
                                                 resiliency (to tolerate environmental                   www.regulations.gov under Docket No.                  Florida Keys mole skink to dig nest
                                                 and demographic stochasticity),                         FWS–R6–ES–2015–0104).                                 cavities. Because of the predominantly
                                                 redundancy (to withstand catastrophic                                                                         limestone, prehistoric coral reef, and
                                                 events), and representation (to allow for               Florida Keys Mole Skink (Plestiodon
                                                                                                                                                               rocky composition of the Florida Keys,
                                                 future adaptive capacity) (Service                      egregius egregius)
                                                                                                                                                               only a few areas [137 to 191 ha (340 to
                                                 2017g, chapter 4.9). Thus, after                        Previous Federal Actions                              472 ac)] provide the suitable soils
                                                 assessing the best available information,                                                                     needed for Florida Keys mole skink
                                                                                                            On April 20, 2010, we received a
                                                 we conclude that the NRM fisher is not                                                                        nesting. This subspecies needs detritus,
                                                                                                         petition from the Center to list 404
                                                 in danger of extinction throughout all of                                                                     leaves, wrack, and other ground cover
                                                                                                         aquatic, riparian, and wetland species
                                                 its range nor is it likely to become so in                                                                    over loose substrate as cover and to
                                                                                                         from the southeastern United States—
                                                 the foreseeable future, i.e., not a                                                                           locate the insects that serve as a food
                                                                                                         including the Florida Keys mole skink—
                                                 threatened species throughout its range.                                                                      source. These ground cover and
                                                    Having determined that the NRM                       as endangered or threatened species
                                                                                                         under the Act. On September 27, 2011,                 substrate conditions also provide
                                                 fisher does not meet the definition of a                                                                      reproductive and thermoregulatory
                                                 threatened or endangered species                        we published a 90-day finding, which
                                                                                                         determined that the petition contained                refugia.
                                                 throughout all of its range, we next
                                                                                                         substantial information indicating the                   The Florida Keys mole skink
                                                 considered whether there are any
                                                                                                         Florida Keys mole skink may warrant                   subspecies was listed as a threatened
                                                 significant portions of the range where
                                                                                                         listing, and initiated a status review for            species by the State of Florida in 1974
                                                 the species is in danger of extinction or
                                                                                                         the subspecies (76 FR 59836). As a                    under the Florida Endangered and
                                                 is likely to become endangered in the
                                                                                                         result of the Service’s 2013 settlement               Threatened Species Act but was
                                                 foreseeable future. The SSA Report did
                                                 not identify any areas of the species’                  agreement with the Center, the Service                changed to a species of concern in 1978.
                                                 range where stressors are currently                     is required to submit a 12-month finding              In 2010, after a subspecies status review,
                                                 having any population-level negative                    to the Federal Register by September                  the Florida Fish and Wildlife
                                                 impacts to the NRM fisher (Service                      30, 2017. This notice satisfies the                   Conservation Commission (FWC)
                                                 2017g, chapter 3.5). There is no                        requirements of that settlement                       determined the Florida Keys mole skink
                                                 evidence to suggest that climate change,                agreement for the Florida Keys mole                   warranted listing as a State-designated
                                                 development, forestry, fire, trapping,                  skink and constitutes the Service’s 12-               threatened species. Under the Florida
                                                 poisoning, or predation are having                      month finding on the April 20, 2010,                  Endangered and Threatened Species
                                                 population-level impacts to the species                 petition to list the Florida Keys mole                Act, ‘‘threatened species’’ means ‘‘any
                                                 either individually or cumulatively with                skink as an endangered or threatened                  species of fish and wildlife naturally
                                                 any other potential threats (Service                    species.                                              occurring in Florida which may not be
                                                 2017g, chapter 3.5). We conclude there                                                                        in immediate danger of extinction, but
                                                                                                         Background                                            which exists in such small populations
                                                 are no concentrations of threats in any
                                                 portion of the range such that the                         The Florida Keys mole skink is one of              as to become endangered if it is
                                                 species could be in danger of extinction                five distinct subspecies of mole skinks,              subjected to increased stress as a result
                                                 now or likely to become so in the                       all in the genus Plestiodon (previously               of further modification of its
                                                 foreseeable future in a particular portion              referred to as Eumeces) (Brandley et al.              environment.’’ The FWC uses a system
                                                 (Service 2017h, pp. 26–27). Therefore,                  2005, pp. 387–388). The Florida Keys                  to rank and evaluate species and
                                                 no portion warrants further                             mole skink is isolated from the                       subspecies according to biological
                                                 consideration to determine whether the                  mainland and limited to islands of the                vulnerability. If the species or
                                                 species may be in danger of extinction                  Florida Keys. This subspecies is a                    subspecies meets at least one of the
                                                 or likely to become so in the foreseeable               slender, small, brownish lizard with                  criteria for listing as a State-designated
                                                 future in a significant portion of its                  smooth scales, two to four pairs of light             Threatened species based on
                                                 range (Service 2017h, pp. 26–27).                       stripes, and a brilliantly colored tail.              International Union for Conservation of
                                                    We have carefully assessed the best                  This subspecies is semi-fossorial                     Nature (IUCN) guidelines and criteria in
                                                 scientific and commercial information                   (adapted to digging and living                        Rule 68A–27.001, F.A.C., then the FWC
                                                 available regarding the past, present,                  underground) and cryptic in nature, but               makes a determination whether listing a
                                                 and future threats to the NRM fisher.                   has also been seen running along the                  species or subspecies is warranted. The
                                                 Because the species is neither in danger                substrate surface when exposed. Adults                criteria in the Guidelines for Using the
                                                 of extinction now nor likely to become                  reach a total length of approximately 13              IUCN Red List Categories and Criteria
                                                 so in the foreseeable future throughout                 cm (5 in) (Florida Natural Areas                      (Version 13) are (A) population size
                                                 all or any significant portion of its                   Inventory 2001, p. 1).                                reduction, (B) geographic range size, (C)
ethrower on DSK3G9T082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                 range, the species does not meet the                       Historically, the Florida Keys mole                population size and trend, (D)
                                                 definition of an endangered species or                  skink has been found in low numbers                   population very small or restricted, and
                                                 threatened species. Therefore, we find                  across the range from Key Largo to Dry                (E) quantitative analysis of extinction
                                                 that listing the NRM fisher as an                       Tortugas (north to south). Current                    risk (IUCN 2017, p. 15). The FWC
                                                 endangered or threatened species under                  surveys documented the subspecies                     justified the listing as a State-designated
                                                 the Act is not warranted at this time.                  from Long Key southwest to the                        Threatened species for the Florida Keys
                                                 This notice constitutes the Service’s 12-               Marquesas Keys, but no current records                mole skink based on criterion D, which
                                                 month finding on the petition to list the               have been documented as far west as the               is met when a population has a very


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:42 Oct 04, 2017   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00021   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\05OCP2.SGM   05OCP2


                                                 46638                 Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 192 / Thursday, October 5, 2017 / Proposed Rules

                                                 restricted area of occupancy (estimated                 recently identified at least four                     climate-change-associated factors. We
                                                 at 20.3 sq km) (7.8 sq mi) of potential                 genetically distinct populations within               geospatially assessed potentially
                                                 habitat) such that it is prone to the                   the Florida Keys mole skink subspecies                available suitable habitat (beach berm
                                                 effects of human activities or stochastic               (Parkinson et al. 2016). These                        and coastal hammock) for the Florida
                                                 events within a short time period in an                 preliminary findings should be taken                  Keys mole skink, and the current total
                                                 uncertain future (FWC 2011, pp. 10, 14).                with caution as the study used small                  acreage of available suitable habitat in
                                                 In 2013, a Florida Keys mole skink State                sample sizes from a limited number of                 the Florida Keys from Key Largo to the
                                                 Action Plan was developed with the                      locations, and additional samples                     Dry Tortugas is approximately 3,700 ha
                                                 goal of improving the conservation                      collected from other Keys are still to be             (9,100 ac). In addition, we assessed
                                                 status of the Florida Keys mole skink to                processed. We did not explore the                     potentially available suitable dry,
                                                 the point at which the subspecies is                    possibility of these genetically distinct             unconsolidated soils (Bahia fine sand,
                                                 secure within its historical range (FWC                 populations as qualifying as distinct                 beach, and unconsolidated soils) from
                                                 2013).                                                  population segments under the Act,                    Monroe County Soil maps for this same
                                                                                                         because we were not petitioned to do so.              range with some overlap of the suitable
                                                 Summary of Status Review
                                                                                                         The preliminary genetic evidence                      habitat identified, and the current
                                                    In completing our status review for                  suggests that little to no breeding is
                                                 the Florida Keys mole skink, we                                                                               suitable soils total approximately 138 to
                                                                                                         taking place between the four
                                                 reviewed the best available scientific                                                                        191 ha (340 to 472 ac) and mainly occur
                                                                                                         genetically distinct populations,
                                                 and commercial information and                                                                                on six of the Keys in Monroe County:
                                                                                                         suggesting that the structure of the
                                                 compiled the information in the Species                                                                       Lower Matecumbe, Long Key, Boot Key,
                                                                                                         subspecies is that of discrete, minimally
                                                 Status Assessment Report (SSA Report)                   to non-interbreeding populations                      Bahia Honda, Big Pine, and Key West
                                                 (Service 2017i) for the Florida Keys                    (Parkinson et al. 2016). It is likely that            (Monroe County 2016). There are small
                                                 mole skink. We evaluated all known                      some level of stochastic passive                      patches of unconsolidated soils that
                                                 potential impacts to the Florida Keys                   dispersal of individuals, primarily via               occur intermixed within other habitats
                                                 mole skink, including the Act’s five                    rafting (carried by floating debris and               across the islands, primarily in the
                                                 threat factors. This evaluation included                seaweed wrack), is occurring, but the                 coastal hammock. The long-term trend
                                                 information from all sources, including                 degree of success for the Florida Keys                in sea-level rise at the National Oceanic
                                                 Federal, State, academic, and private                   mole skink in establishing new                        and Atmospheric Administration
                                                 entities, and the public.                               populations on unoccupied islands is                  (NOAA) Key West Station shows a 2.4
                                                    Historical observations documented                   uncertain (Branch et al. 2003, p. 207;                mm (0.09 in) increase of the mean high
                                                 the Florida Keys mole skink from Key                    Adler et al. 1995, pp. 535–537).                      water line per year from 1913 to 2015,
                                                 Largo, Plantation Key, Upper                               The Florida Keys mole skink has                    and the NOAA Vaca Key Station shows
                                                 Matecumbe Key, Indian Key, Long Key,                    limited genetic and environmental                     a 35 mm (0.14 in) increase per year from
                                                 Grassy Key, Boot Key, Key Vaca,                         variation (subspecies representation)                 1971 to 2015 (NOAA 2017a).
                                                 Saddlebunch, West Summerland Key,                       within the Keys, and there is no                         Our analyses include consideration of
                                                 Sawyer Key, Bahia Honda, Big Pine Key,                  behavioral or morphological variation                 ongoing and projected changes in
                                                 Boca Chica, Middle Torch Key, East                      within the subspecies. Despite the                    climate within the next 83 years. We
                                                 Rockland Key, Stock Island, Key West,                   subspecies’ occurrence across many                    analyzed suitable habitats (beach berm
                                                 Mooney Harbor (Marquesas), and Dry                      Keys (subspecies redundancy), there are               and coastal hammock) and soils (beach
                                                 Tortugas (north to south) (Florida                      gaps in the data on the subspecies’                   sand and Bahia fine sand) across the
                                                 Museum of Natural History 2011;                         actual range-wide distribution and
                                                 Florida Natural Areas Inventory 2011;                                                                         range of the Florida Keys mole skink to
                                                                                                         abundance. Based on preliminary                       predict inundation from three regional
                                                 Mays and Enge 2016, entire; Mount                       research, there are four genetically
                                                 1965, p. 208). Currently, no population                                                                       climate-change sea-level rise projections
                                                                                                         distinct populations and additional                   at 2040, 2060, and 2100. However,
                                                 estimates exist for the subspecies;                     individuals (not yet identified into
                                                 however, recent (2014–present) targeted                                                                       foreseeable future for this subspecies
                                                                                                         populations) occurring across separate
                                                 and opportunistic surveys for the                                                                             was determined to be a 30–40-year
                                                                                                         Keys; however, little information exists
                                                 Florida Keys mole skink have                                                                                  timeframe. This determination
                                                                                                         on the abundance or growth rate of
                                                 documented 127 records from Long Key                                                                          considered the biology of the
                                                                                                         these populations (population
                                                 to Marquesas (north to south) (Emerick                  resiliency).The largest and most                      subspecies, the stressors identified, and
                                                 and FWC 2017; Mays and Enge 2016,                       consistently surveyed area, Long Beach                the consistency in the sea-level rise
                                                 entire). Of these, 104 observations or                  on Big Pine Key, indicates that all life              projections to 2060. This includes the
                                                 captures have been documented during                    stages, including breeding and nesting,               expectation that sea-level rise will
                                                 targeted surveys at one location, the                   are occurring in this area.                           increase over time, but there is also
                                                 Long Beach site on Big Pine Key. An                        The primary stressors affecting the                uncertainty about how the Florida Keys
                                                 approximate 1:1 ratio of male to female                 current and future condition of the                   mole skink will respond and how
                                                 was observed although the sex was                       Florida Keys mole skink are sea-level                 suitable habitats may transition. The
                                                 undeterminable for 40 percent of the                    rise; climate-change-associated shifts in             generation time of the Florida Keys
                                                 Long Beach captures. A second location,                 rainfall, temperature, and storm                      mole skink is typically 3 to 4 years, so
                                                 Ohio Key, has existing suitable habitat;                intensities; and human development.                   the foreseeable future range of 30–40
                                                 however, targeted searches by Service                   These stressors account for indirect and              years encompasses 10–13 generations,
ethrower on DSK3G9T082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                 staff have yielded zero observations at                 direct effects at some level to all life              which allows sufficient time for any
                                                 this location. From November 2016 to                    stages and the habitat and soils across               population-level response to stressors to
                                                 January 2017, opportunistic searches at                 the subspecies’ range. The beach berm                 be detected. Although our analyses
                                                 10 locations yielded 8 skinks from 4                    and coastal hammock habitat upon                      predicted inundation out to 2100, we
                                                 additional locations: Long Key, Content                 which the subspecies relies for food,                 did not extend our foreseeable future
                                                 Key, Cook Island, and Big Munson Key.                   nesting, and shelter are susceptible to               beyond 30–40 years due to too much
                                                    Preliminary genetic research on the                  flooding, inundation, and saltwater                   uncertainty in the projections that far
                                                 five Plestiodon egregius subspecies has                 intrusion from sea-level rise and                     out and the divergence among the Low,


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:42 Oct 04, 2017   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00022   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\05OCP2.SGM   05OCP2


                                                                       Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 192 / Thursday, October 5, 2017 / Proposed Rules                                            46639

                                                 Medium, and High sea-level rise                         sustain the subspecies beyond the near                become so in the foreseeable future
                                                 projections beyond 2060.                                term. Continued occurrence of the                     throughout any portion of its range.
                                                    Based on this range-wide geospatial                  Florida Keys mole skink across most of                Therefore, we find that listing the
                                                 analysis, we projected that by 2040 the                 the historical range indicates a level of             Florida Keys mole skink as a threatened
                                                 subspecies could experience the loss of                 resiliency to the stressors that have been            or an endangered species is not
                                                 2 to 17 percent of its suitable habitat                 acting upon it in the past and are                    warranted in a significant portion of its
                                                 rangewide (a loss of 81 to 631 ha (200                  currently acting on it. Strong rainstorms,            range. A detailed discussion of the basis
                                                 to 1,559 ac)) of the 3,669 ha (9,066 ac)                tropical storms, and hurricanes are all               for this finding can be found in the
                                                 of suitable habitat estimated to be                     natural parts of the tropical Florida Keys            Florida Keys mole skink species-specific
                                                 available currently. By 2040, suitable                  ecosystem and may be a contributing                   assessment form and other supporting
                                                 soils are projected to decline by 19 to 37              factor to the low historical and current              documents (available on the Internet at
                                                 percent (30 to 58 ha (74 to 143 ac)) of                 observation data for the subspecies.                  http://www.regulations.gov under
                                                 the 155 ha (383 ac) of suitable soils                   Since the subspecies has persisted on                 Docket No. FWS–R4–ES–2017–0067).
                                                 estimated to be available currently.                    multiple Keys with human development
                                                 Under 2060 projections, the amount of                   and activities over time, it is likely that           Great Sand Dunes Tiger Beetle
                                                 suitable habitat and soils loss is                      development will not be a driving                     (Cicindela theatina)
                                                 expected to be 4 to 44 percent and 25                   stressor on the future viability of the               Previous Federal Actions
                                                 to 50 percent, respectively. The sea-                   Florida Keys mole skink. Over time, the
                                                 level-rise projections predict inundation                                                                        As part of a multispecies petition in
                                                                                                         subspecies has persisted on different
                                                 only and do not model the complex set                                                                         2007, Guardians (which at the time was
                                                                                                         Keys providing a level of redundancy,
                                                 of shifts that are anticipated to be                    which may help the Florida Keys mole                  called ‘‘Forest Guardians’’) petitioned
                                                 triggered over time as the effects of sea-              skink withstand the increased potential               the Service to list the Great Sand Dunes
                                                 level rise are experienced.                             for catastrophic events into the future.              tiger beetle (referred to in the petition as
                                                    Overall, the Florida Keys mole skink                 Finally, the subspecies should continue               the ‘‘Colorado tiger beetle,’’ an older
                                                 may experience reductions in                            to exhibit a level of representation with             common name for the species). The
                                                 population resiliency, subspecies                       suitable habitat and soils continuing to              petition requested that we evaluate all
                                                 redundancy, and subspecies                              occur in multiple Keys across the range               full species in our Southwest Region
                                                 representation due to sea-level rise and                of the subspecies.                                    (where the Great Sand Dunes tiger
                                                 climate-change-associated factors.                         As mentioned above, the FWC                        beetle was erroneously thought to occur)
                                                 However, although we expect some                        determined the Florida Keys mole skink                ranked as G1 or G2 by the organization
                                                 habitat loss and inundation across the                  met the criterion D as a very restricted              NatureServe, and list each species under
                                                 range of the Florida Keys mole skink,                   population and, therefore, listed the                 the Act as either endangered or
                                                 the best scientific and commercial data                 Florida Keys mole skink as a State-                   threatened with critical habitat. In 2009,
                                                 available indicate that 56 to 98 percent                designated Threatened species in 2010.                we published a 90-day finding, in which
                                                 of the suitable habitat and 50 to 81                    While the Florida Keys mole skink                     we concluded that the petition
                                                 percent of the suitable soils will remain               meets at least one criterion of a State-              presented substantial information that
                                                 into the foreseeable future.                            designated Threatened species under                   listing the Great Sand Dunes tiger beetle
                                                                                                         the Florida Endangered and Threatened                 may be warranted (74 FR 66866,
                                                 Finding                                                                                                       December 16, 2009).
                                                                                                         Species Act, in our analysis under the
                                                    Based on our review of the best                      Federal Endangered Species Act, we
                                                 available scientific and commercial                                                                           Background
                                                                                                         find that the continued presence of
                                                 information pertaining to the five                      occupied habitat (as well as potentially                 The Great Sand Dunes tiger beetle is
                                                 factors, as well as the continued                       occupied suitable habitat) across most of             a medium-sized tiger beetle in the
                                                 presence of adequate resources to meet                  the subspecies’ range continues to                    family Cicindelidae. The species occurs
                                                 the subspecies’ needs, we find that the                 provide a level of resiliency,                        only in the Great Sand Dunes geological
                                                 stressors acting on the subspecies and                  redundancy, and representation to the                 feature in southern Colorado. The life
                                                 its habitat, either singly or in                        subspecies in the near term and within                history of the Great Sand Dunes tiger
                                                 combination, are not of sufficient                      the foreseeable future. Therefore, we                 beetle is closely tied to the sand dunes
                                                 imminence, intensity, or magnitude to                   conclude the Florida Keys mole skink is               for all stages of the species’ life cycle,
                                                 indicate that the Florida Keys mole                     likely to remain at a sufficiently low risk           including feeding, sheltering, and
                                                 skink is in danger of extinction (an                    of extinction and will not become in                  reproducing (Service 2017j, p. 13).
                                                 endangered species), or likely to become                danger of extinction in the foreseeable               Suitable habitat is considered to include
                                                 endangered within the foreseeable                       future and, thus, does not meet the                   active dunes, which may include sandy
                                                 future (a threatened species), throughout               definition of an endangered species or                blowouts and shifting sands, with a
                                                 all of its range.                                       threatened species under the Act.                     vegetative cover between 0.20 to 15
                                                    The main stressors that may affect                      We evaluated the current range of the              percent cover (Service 2017j, p. 13).
                                                 Florida Keys mole skink resiliency are                  Florida Keys mole skink to determine if                  Three types of dune provinces, or
                                                 sea-level rise, climate-change-associated               there are any apparent geographic                     areas, are present within the Great Sand
                                                 factors, and development (all under                     concentrations of potential threats to the            Dunes complex—the main sand dune
                                                 Factor A). The Florida Keys has                         subspecies. The risk factors that occur               mass, sand sheet dunes, and playa lakes
                                                 experienced sea-level rise rates                        throughout the Florida Keys mole                      dunes. All three types provide suitable
ethrower on DSK3G9T082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                 equivalent to the global rate (Service                  skink’s range include sea-level rise;                 habitat for the Great Sand Dunes tiger
                                                 2017i, p. 5), with no indication that                   climate-change-associated shifts in                   beetle (Service 2017j, p. 8). The current
                                                 these factors are currently acting on the               rainfall, temperature, and storm                      estimated area of suitable habitat is
                                                 subspecies. The persistence of occupied                 intensities; and human development.                   approximately 12,770 ac (5,168 ha),
                                                 habitat (as well as potentially occupied                We did not find that there was a                      which consists of a combination of areas
                                                 suitable habitat) across the subspecies’                concentration of threats in a particular              of verified occupied habitat and areas of
                                                 range demonstrates resiliency,                          area that would cause the subspecies to               likely suitable habitat, based on sand
                                                 redundancy, and representation to                       be in danger of extinction or likely to               and vegetation conditions (Service


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:42 Oct 04, 2017   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00023   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\05OCP2.SGM   05OCP2


                                                 46640                 Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 192 / Thursday, October 5, 2017 / Proposed Rules

                                                 2017j, p. 8). There is neither a precise                dunes by the Great Sand Dunes tiger                   commercial information pertaining to
                                                 population estimate nor population                      beetle (Service 2017j, p. 28).                        the Great Sand Dunes tiger beetle, as
                                                 monitoring data for the species.                           The SSA found that the Great Sand                  summarized in the SSA Report,
                                                                                                         Dunes tiger beetle population is                      corresponding to the Act’s five threat
                                                 Summary of Status Review                                currently experiencing relatively stable              factors, and we applied the standards
                                                    We completed a Species Status                        dunes and minimal surface disturbances                within the Act, its implementing
                                                 Assessment (SSA) Report for the Great                   due to land management under the                      regulations, and Service policies.
                                                 Sand Dunes tiger beetle (Service 2017j,                 National Park System, The Nature                         Because this species occupies the
                                                 entire), which provides the results of the              Conservancy, and the Service’s National               majority of its historical range, with
                                                 Service’s comprehensive biological                      Wildlife Refuge Program. Relative                     evidence of continued occupancy and
                                                 status review for the Great Sand Dunes                  stability of the dune system is                       very limited impact from stressors
                                                 tiger beetle, and provides a thorough                   maintained by the existing hydrologic                 across all three dune provinces, we find
                                                 account of the species’ overall viability               and wind conditions within the San                    that the species has a very low risk of
                                                 and, therefore, risk of extinction. To                  Luis Valley. Hydrologic conditions in                 extirpation due to stochastic or
                                                 evaluate the biological status of the                   this area are further protected by the                catastrophic events that could plausibly
                                                 Great Sand Dunes tiger beetle, the SSA                  Great Sand Dunes Act of 2000 that                     occur in the future and that, due to
                                                 Report assesses a range of conditions,                  maintains the surface and ground water                these conditions, the species retains
                                                 both current and into the future, to                    rights at the Park.                                   adaptive capacity. Therefore, we
                                                 allow us to consider the species’                          To assess the status of the species in             conclude that the current risk of
                                                 resiliency, redundancy, and                             the foreseeable future, the SSA Report                extinction is low, such that the Great
                                                 representation as proxies for evaluating                forecasted future conditions for the                  Sand Dunes tiger beetle is not in danger
                                                 overall viability. The Great Sand Dunes                 Great Sand Dunes tiger beetle in terms                of extinction throughout all of its range.
                                                 tiger beetle needs multiple self-                       of resiliency, redundancy, and
                                                                                                                                                                  In addition, because we project
                                                 sustaining subpopulations (redundancy)                  representation under five plausible
                                                                                                                                                               continued occupancy and very limited
                                                 that are both widely distributed                        future scenarios for the years 2050 and
                                                                                                                                                               impact from stressors across nearly all
                                                 (representation) and connected across                   2100. We chose these years because they
                                                                                                                                                               of the species’ suitable habitat under all
                                                                                                         correspond to time periods that have
                                                 its range to maintain its viability into                                                                      five future scenarios, we find that the
                                                                                                         been evaluated by the National Park
                                                 the future and to avoid extinction                                                                            species has a low future risk of
                                                                                                         Service and are within the range of the
                                                 (Service 2017j, p. 22). A number of                                                                           extinction due to stochastic or
                                                                                                         available hydrological and climate
                                                 factors influence whether the Great                                                                           catastrophic events that could plausibly
                                                                                                         change model forecasts by the National
                                                 Sand Dunes tiger beetle will maintain                                                                         occur in the future and that, due to
                                                                                                         Park Service (see Service 2017j,
                                                 large and stable subpopulations, which                                                                        these conditions, the species is expected
                                                                                                         Appendix B). Additionally, because of
                                                 increases the resiliency of a population                                                                      to retain most of its adaptive capacity.
                                                                                                         the short generation time (3 years) of the
                                                 to stochastic events. These factors                                                                           Therefore, we conclude that the risk of
                                                                                                         Great Sand Dunes tiger beetle (Pineda
                                                 include (1) a relatively stable dune                                                                          extinction in the foreseeable future is
                                                                                                         2002, p. 57), the year 2050 (33 years
                                                 system maintained by a complex                          from now) and the year 2100 (83 years                 low, such that the Great Sand Dunes
                                                 combination of hydrologic and wind                      from now) encompass approximately 10                  tiger beetle is not likely to become an
                                                 conditions, (2) relatively undisturbed                  and 30 generations, which is a relatively             endangered species within the
                                                 dunes, (3) the presence of suitable                     long time in which to observe effects to              foreseeable future throughout all of its
                                                 vegetation cover on the dunes (0.2 to 15                the species. Climate change models                    range.
                                                 percent cover), and (4) connectivity                    forecast warmer temperatures, but there                  Having determined that the Great
                                                 between the sub-populations (Service                    is uncertainty regarding whether                      Sand Dunes tiger beetle does not meet
                                                 2017j, p. 19).                                          precipitation will increase or decrease               the definition of a threatened species or
                                                    The SSA Report evaluates the Great                   within the range of the Great Sand                    an endangered species, we next
                                                 Sand Dunes tiger beetle’s                               Dunes tiger beetle, although the overall              considered whether there are any
                                                 subpopulations, and what is negatively                  trend is expected to be increased aridity             significant portions of the range where
                                                 and positively affecting those                          due to warming temperatures. Our                      the species is in danger of extinction or
                                                 subpopulations, within the three dune                   scenarios accounted for the uncertainty               is likely to become endangered in the
                                                 provinces present at the Great Sand                     regarding future precipitation by                     foreseeable future. The best available
                                                 Dunes complex. The species is currently                 including both possible precipitation                 information indicates that the Great
                                                 distributed across most of the known                    conditions, as well as a range of levels              Sand Dunes tiger beetle habitat in the
                                                 geographic extent of its range, including               of future surface disturbances of tiger               playa lakes dunes may have greater
                                                 all three dune areas (Service 2017j, p.                 beetle habitat (Service 2017j, pp. 36–49).            vulnerability to potential future
                                                 27). The most significant potential                     Under all five scenarios we expect the                stressors. We therefore evaluated
                                                 stressor to the Great Sand Dunes tiger                  subpopulations of Great Sand Dunes                    whether the playa lakes dunes could be
                                                 beetle would be the potential future loss               tiger beetle to continue to occupy at                 considered ‘‘significant.’’ The playa lake
                                                 of dune habitats that individuals need to               least the two largest, if not all three, of           dunes provide only 0.67 percent of the
                                                 complete their life cycle. Surface                      the dune areas. We anticipate that the                total Great Sand Dunes tiger beetle
                                                 disturbances within areas of suitable                   future persistence of the Great Sand                  habitat. If all of the Great Sand Dunes
                                                 habitat can result in loss of habitat and               Dunes tiger beetle will be provided by                tiger beetles within the playa lake dunes
ethrower on DSK3G9T082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                 injury or mortality of individuals.                     the continued maintenance of the                      were to hypothetically be extirpated, the
                                                 Historical and current surface                          relatively undisturbed and relatively                 species would lose a very small amount
                                                 disturbances in areas of suitable habitat               stable dune system at the Great Sand                  of representation and redundancy.
                                                 are estimated to be low, representing                   Dunes.                                                However, the loss of this portion of the
                                                 less than 5 percent of the suitable                                                                           species’ range would still leave
                                                 habitat (Service 2017j, pp. 29–32). Field               Finding                                               sufficient resiliency, redundancy, and
                                                 observation data from 2000 to 2016                        In making this finding, we reviewed                 representation in the remainder of the
                                                 indicate a continued occupancy of the                   the best available scientific and                     species’ range such that it would not be


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:42 Oct 04, 2017   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00024   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\05OCP2.SGM   05OCP2


                                                                       Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 192 / Thursday, October 5, 2017 / Proposed Rules                                          46641

                                                 expected to increase the vulnerability of               Council, and West Virginia Highlands                  records of the Kirtland’s snake, we
                                                 the entire species to extinction.                       Conservancy (the Petitioners),                        determined 194 (47 percent) to be extant
                                                    We have carefully assessed the best                  requesting that we list 404 aquatic,                  and 204 (49 percent) are unknown,
                                                 scientific and commercial information                   riparian, and wetland species as                      primarily due to detection difficulties,
                                                 available regarding the past, present,                  threatened or endangered species under                lack of survey effort, and uncertainty
                                                 and future threats to the Great Sand                    the Act, including Kirtland’s snake. On               regarding habitat requirements. We
                                                 Dunes tiger beetle. Because the species                 September 27, 2011, we published a 90-                determined 17 records (4 percent) are
                                                 is neither in danger of extinction now                  day finding in the Federal Register (76               extirpated.
                                                 nor likely to become so in the                          FR 59836), concluding that the petition
                                                                                                                                                               Summary of Status Review
                                                 foreseeable future throughout all or any                presented substantial scientific
                                                 significant portion of its range, the                   information indicating that listing the                  In making this 12-month finding on
                                                 species does not meet the definition of                 Kirtland’s snake may be warranted.                    the petition, we considered and
                                                 an endangered species or threatened                       On June 17, 2014, the Center filed a                evaluated the best scientific and
                                                 species. Therefore, we find that listing                complaint against the Service (1:14–CV–               commercial information available, and
                                                 the Great Sand Dunes tiger beetle as an                 01021) for failure to complete a 12-                  evaluated the potential stressors that
                                                 endangered or threatened species under                  month finding for the Kirtland’s snake                could be affecting Kirtland’s snake
                                                 the Act is not warranted at this time. A                in accordance with statutory deadlines.               populations. This evaluation includes
                                                 detailed discussion of the basis for this               On September 22, 2014, the Service and                information from all sources, including
                                                 finding on the 2007 petition to list the                the Center filed stipulated settlements               Federal, State, tribal, academic, and
                                                 Great Sand Dunes tiger beetle as an                     in the District of Columbia, agreeing that            private entities and the public. The
                                                 endangered or threatened species can be                 the Service would submit to the Federal               Species Status Assessment (SSA) Report
                                                 found in the Great Sand Dunes tiger                     Register a 12-month finding for the                   (service 2017k, entire) for the Kirtland’s
                                                 beetle’s Species Assessment and Listing                 Kirtland’s snake no later than                        snake summarizes and documents the
                                                 Priority Assignment Form, SSA Report,                   September 30, 2017 (Ctr. for Biological               biological information we assembled,
                                                 and other supporting documents                          Diversity v. Jewell, case 1:14–CV–                    reviewed, and analyzed as the basis for
                                                 (available on the Internet at http://                   01021–EGS).                                           our finding.
                                                 www.regulations.gov under Docket No.                                                                             We evaluated habitat loss and
                                                                                                         Background                                            degradation from urbanization and
                                                 FWS–R6–ES–2017–0068).
                                                                                                            The Kirtland’s snake is a small, non-              development (Factor A) as a potential
                                                 Kirtland’s Snake (Clonophis                             venomous snake in the water snake                     threat to the Kirtland’s snake. However,
                                                 kirtlandii)                                             subfamily of the constrictor family. The              we found that the Kirtland’s snake
                                                                                                         species occurs close to permanent or                  occurs at a number of urban and
                                                 Previous Federal Actions
                                                                                                         seasonal water sources, including                     suburban sites in vacant lots, parks,
                                                   We first identified the Kirtland’s                    wetlands, streams, reservoirs, lakes, and             cemeteries, remnant wetlands,
                                                 snake as a candidate for listing under                  ponds. The Kirtland’s snake requires                  neighborhood yards, railroad rights-of-
                                                 the Act in 1982 (47 FR 58454; December                  moist-soil environments and spends                    way, and trash dumps. The Kirtland’s
                                                 30, 1982) as a category 2 species. At that              much of its time underground in or near               snake has persisted in these degraded
                                                 time, a category 2 candidate species was                crayfish burrows. When Kirtland’s                     habitats in seemingly high densities for
                                                 any species for which information in the                snake is above ground, it is almost                   decades and presumably is capable of
                                                 possession of the Service indicated that                always found under natural or artificial              reproducing in these otherwise marginal
                                                 proposing to list as endangered or                      cover objects instead of basking or                   areas.
                                                 threatened was possibly appropriate,                    moving through open areas.                               Collection for the pet trade (Factor B)
                                                 but for which persuasive data on                           The core of the Kirtland’s snake’s                 was also cited by the Petitioners as a
                                                 biological vulnerability and threat were                range includes Illinois, Indiana,                     potential threat. Six States list the
                                                 not currently available to support a                    Michigan, and Ohio. The species has                   Kirtland’s snake as threatened or
                                                 proposed rule to list as an endangered                  also been found in three counties in                  endangered under State laws, most of
                                                 or threatened species. The species                      Kentucky, three counties in eastern                   which regulate possession of listed
                                                 remained a category 2 candidate in                      Missouri, and one county in Tennessee.                species. We do not know to what extent
                                                 subsequent Candidate Notices of Review                  The status of some Kirtland’s snake sites             illegal collection may still occur, but
                                                 (50 FR 37958, September 18, 1985; 54                    in western Pennsylvania is unknown.                   there are no data indicating that
                                                 FR 554, January 6, 1989; 56 FR 58804,                   The species historically occurred in                  collection is affecting the species.
                                                 November 21, 1991; 59 FR 58982,                         southern Wisconsin.                                      We also considered road mortality
                                                 November 15, 1994). In 1996 (61 FR                         We currently consider the species to               (Factor E) and snake fungal disease
                                                 7596, February 28, 1996), we                            be extant in 60 counties rangewide, with              (Factor C) as potential threats. Road-
                                                 discontinued recognition of category 2                  43 percent of the historical counties                 killed Kirtland’s snakes have been
                                                 candidates in favor of maintaining a list               having Kirtland’s snake documented                    documented at a number of sites, and
                                                 that represented only those species for                 within the last 15 years. The species                 three Kirtland’s snakes have tested
                                                 which we have on file sufficient                        may be experiencing some range                        positive for snake fungal disease.
                                                 information on biological vulnerability                 contraction in the east and northwest,                However, such incidents are scattered
                                                 and threats to support a proposal to list               but recent county records in the north                and there are no data indicating that
                                                 as an endangered or threatened species,                 and south have extended the range                     road mortality or snake fungal disease
ethrower on DSK3G9T082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                 but for which preparation and                           slightly in those directions.                         affects the species at a population level.
                                                 publication of a proposal is precluded                     The Kirtland’s snake is notoriously                   Additionally, we investigated climate
                                                 by higher priority listing actions.                     difficult to detect, even with focused                change as a potential threat. One
                                                   On April 20, 2010, we received a                      survey effort, because they are primarily             modeling effort found that the Kirtland’s
                                                 petition, dated April 20, 2010, from the                underground. Negative survey data                     snake will see greater changes to the
                                                 Center, Alabama Rivers Alliance, Clinch                 available for most sites are not rigorous             climatic suitability in its range relative
                                                 Coalition, Dogwood Alliance, Gulf                       enough to document whether the                        to other reptiles in the Great Lakes
                                                 Restoration Network, Tennessee Forests                  species is extirpated. Of a total of 415              region. However, this study did not


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:42 Oct 04, 2017   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00025   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\05OCP2.SGM   05OCP2


                                                 46642                 Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 192 / Thursday, October 5, 2017 / Proposed Rules

                                                 address how the Kirtland’s snake would                  Snake SSA Report and other supporting                 Pacific walrus to the candidate list and
                                                 respond to any changes in climate (for                  documents provide a detailed                          assigned it a Listing Priority Number
                                                 example, changes in temperature or                      discussion supporting the basis for this              LPN of 9, based on the moderate
                                                 precipitation patterns). There are no                   finding (available on the Internet at                 magnitude and imminence of threats.
                                                 data to indicate how the Kirtland’s                     http://www.regulations.gov under                      The Pacific walrus was included in all
                                                 snake is likely to respond to these                     Docket No. FWS–R3–ES–2017–0039).                      of our subsequent annual candidate
                                                 changes, and we do not understand the                                                                         notices of review (76 FR 66370, October
                                                                                                         Pacific Walrus (Odobenus rosmarus                     26, 2011; 77 FR 69994, November 21,
                                                 habitat needs of the species or why it
                                                 occurs or persists where it does so there               ssp. divergens)                                       2012; 78 FR 70104; November 22, 2013;
                                                 is no basis on which to conclude that                   Previous Federal Actions                              79 FR 72450, December 5, 2014; 80 FR
                                                 the species will decline as a result of                    On February 8, 2008, we received a                 80584, December 24, 2015; 81 FR 87246,
                                                 changes to climatic suitability.                        petition dated February 7, 2008, from                 December 2, 2016).
                                                                                                                                                                  On September 9, 2011, the Service
                                                 Finding                                                 the Center, requesting that the Pacific
                                                                                                                                                               entered into two settlement agreements
                                                    We acknowledge that data regarding                   walrus be listed as endangered or
                                                                                                                                                               with Guardians and the Center
                                                 actual impacts of these stressors on the                threatened under the Act and that
                                                                                                                                                               regarding species on the candidate list
                                                 species is limited; however, the best                   critical habitat be designated. The
                                                                                                                                                               at that time (Endangered Species Act
                                                 available scientific and commercial                     petition included supporting
                                                                                                                                                               Section 4 Deadline Litigation, No. 10–
                                                 information does not indicate that any                  information regarding the species’
                                                                                                                                                               377 (EGS), MDL Docket No. 2165
                                                 of these stressors is occurring to a                    ecology and habitat use patterns and
                                                                                                                                                               (D.D.C. May 10, 2011)). The settlement
                                                 degree or magnitude that would result                   predicted changes in sea ice habitats                 agreement with the Center included a
                                                 in population- or species-level impacts.                and ocean conditions that may impact                  deadline to submit a proposed rule or
                                                 While information regarding population                  the Pacific walrus. We acknowledged                   not-warranted finding to the Federal
                                                 abundance is limited, the species                       receipt of the petition in a letter to the            Register for the Pacific walrus by
                                                 continues to be found over a wide area,                 Center, dated April 9, 2008. In that                  September 30, 2017. This publication
                                                 suggesting that the species has at least                letter, we stated that an emergency                   fulfills the requirement of the settlement
                                                 some redundancy to guard against                        listing was not warranted and that all                agreement for the Pacific walrus.
                                                 catastrophic events. Additionally, the                  remaining available funds in the listing
                                                 species appears to tolerate a variety of                program for Fiscal Year (FY) 2008 had                 Background
                                                 habitat conditions and has persisted in                 already been allocated to the Service’s                  The Pacific walrus is one of the
                                                 degraded areas for decades and, thus,                   highest priority listing actions and that             largest extant pinnipeds (fin or flipper-
                                                 presumably is capable of reproducing in                 no listing funds were available to                    footed marine mammals) in the world.
                                                 otherwise marginal areas, indicating the                evaluate the Pacific walrus petition                  The Pacific walrus is identified and
                                                 species is at least somewhat resilient.                 further in FY 2008.                                   managed as a single panmictic
                                                 The information available regarding                        On December 3, 2008, the Center filed              population (a population with random
                                                 future trends of the stressors or the                   a complaint in U.S. District Court for the            mating). The subspecies ranges across
                                                 species’ response does not allow us to                  District of Alaska for declaratory                    the shallow continental shelf waters of
                                                 reliably predict changes to the species’                judgment and injunctive relief,                       the Bering and Chukchi Seas,
                                                 status; however, the best available                     challenging the failure of the Service to             occasionally moving into the East
                                                 scientific and commercial information                   make a 90-day finding on their petition               Siberian Sea and Beaufort Sea. Pacific
                                                 does not indicate that these stressors are              to list the Pacific walrus, pursuant to               walruses are highly mobile, and their
                                                 likely to result in population- or                      section 4(b)(3) of the Endangered                     distribution varies markedly in response
                                                 species-level impacts in the foreseeable                Species Act and the Administrative                    to seasonal and interannual variations
                                                 future.                                                 Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. 706(1)). On May               in sea-ice cover. Pacific walruses
                                                    Further, we found no portions of the                 18, 2009, a settlement agreement was                  undertake seasonal migrations between
                                                 Kirtland’s snake’s range where these                    approved in the case of Center for                    the Bering and Chukchi Seas and
                                                 stressors are concentrated or                           Biological Diversity v. U.S. Fish and                 primarily rely on broken pack ice
                                                 substantially greater than in other                     Wildlife Service, et al. (3:08–cv–00265–              habitat to access offshore breeding and
                                                 portions of its range. Therefore, there                 JWS), requiring us to submit our 90-day               feeding areas.
                                                 would not be any significant portions of                finding on the petition to the Federal                   Most Pacific walruses spend the
                                                 the species’ range where the species                    Register by September 10, 2009. On                    winter in the Bering Sea. As the Bering
                                                 could have a higher level of risk than its              September 10, 2009, we made our 90-                   Sea ice deteriorates in the spring, adult
                                                 status throughout all of its range (i.e., be            day finding that the petition presented               females, juveniles, and some adult
                                                 in danger of extinction or likely to                    substantial scientific information                    males migrate northward to summer
                                                 become so in the foreseeable future).                   indicating that listing the Pacific walrus            feeding areas over the continental shelf
                                                    Based on this information about                      may be warranted (74 FR 46548). On                    in the Chukchi Sea, where sea ice has
                                                 resiliency and redundancy, as                           August 30, 2010, the Court approved an                historically remained throughout the
                                                 articulated in more detail in the                       amended settlement agreement                          year. Calves are born each spring during
                                                 underlying SSA Report, combined with                    requiring us to submit our 12-month                   the northward migration. Thousands of
                                                 a lack of operative threats now or in the               finding to the Federal Register by                    adult male Pacific walruses remain in
                                                 future, we conclude that the Kirtland’s                 January 31, 2011. On February 10, 2011,               the Bering Sea year round, where they
ethrower on DSK3G9T082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                 snake is not in danger of extinction nor                we published a 12-month petition                      forage from coastal haulouts during ice-
                                                 is it likely to become so in the                        finding that listing the Pacific walrus as            free periods. In late September and
                                                 foreseeable future throughout all or a                  an endangered or threatened species                   October, walruses that summered in the
                                                 significant portion of its range.                       was warranted; however, listing the                   Chukchi Sea typically begin moving
                                                 Therefore, we find that listing the                     Pacific walrus was precluded by higher                south in advance of the developing sea
                                                 Kirtland’s snake as an endangered or                    priority actions to amend the Lists of                ice.
                                                 threatened species under the Act is not                 Endangered and Threatened Wildlife                       The size of the Pacific walrus
                                                 warranted at this time. The Kirtland’s                  and Plants (76 FR 7634). We added the                 population is uncertain. Preliminary


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:42 Oct 04, 2017   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00026   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\05OCP2.SGM   05OCP2


                                                                       Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 192 / Thursday, October 5, 2017 / Proposed Rules                                         46643

                                                 survey results from a mark-recapture                    a species with a 15-year generational                 Strait, straddling the southern Chukchi
                                                 survey undertaken by the Service                        timeframe, few malnourished or                        and northern Bering Seas, in 2060. We
                                                 estimate a total population size of                     diseased animals are observed, and                    detected large variations in the
                                                 283,213 Pacific walruses with a 95                      reproduction is higher than in the                    trajectories of potential habitat for the
                                                 percent credible interval of 93,000 to                  1970s–1980s, when the population was                  Pacific walrus across the Bering Sea and
                                                 478,975 individuals (Beatty 2017).                      thought to have reached carrying                      Chukchi Sea area. For example, our
                                                 However, this abundance estimate                        capacity and subsequently declined.                   results demonstrate increases in
                                                 should be interpreted with extreme                      Consequently, the current prey base of                potential habitat in spring and winter
                                                 caution due to the preliminary nature of                Pacific walruses appears adequate to                  for both the U.S. and Russia Chukchi
                                                 the estimate and the low precision                      meet the energetic and physiological                  Sea areas, yet potential habitat declined
                                                 estimates in the model.                                 demands of the population. Survival                   dramatically in these areas in summer.
                                                                                                         rates are higher than in the 1970s–                   Conversely, we predicted notable
                                                 Summary of Status Review
                                                                                                         1980s, and harvest levels have also                   declines in potential habitat in spring
                                                    In making this 12-month finding, we                  decreased. These observations mirror                  and winter and a stable trajectory in
                                                 considered and evaluated the best                       those of Alaskan Native hunters, who                  summer. In all seasons, potential habitat
                                                 scientific and commercial information                   assert that the population is large and               in the Russia Bering Sea area varied
                                                 available, and evaluated the potential                  stable; that Pacific walruses are                     little.
                                                 stressors that could be affecting the                   intelligent, adaptable, and able to make                 We relied on monthly projections of
                                                 Pacific walrus. This evaluation includes                the necessary adjustments needed to                   sea-ice extent from a 13-model ensemble
                                                 information from all available sources,                 persist; and that Pacific walruses are not            of the most-recent Global Circulation
                                                 including Federal and State entities,                   being negatively impacted in a                        Models and three Representative
                                                 Alaska natives, academics, private                      significant way at this time.                         Concentration Pathways (RCP) to assess
                                                 entities, and the public. The Species                      In considering the future as it relates            the response of Pacific walruses to
                                                 Status Assessment Report (SSA Report)                   to the status of the Pacific walrus, we               changes in the number of ice-free
                                                 (Service 2017l) for the Pacific walrus                  considered the stressors acting on the                months over time. Pacific walruses
                                                 summarizes and documents the                            species and looked to see if reliable                 currently use sea ice for courtship and
                                                 biological information we assembled,                    predictions about the status of the                   breeding from December to March with
                                                 reviewed, and analyzed to inform our                    species in response to those stressors                a core period occurring from January to
                                                 finding.                                                could be drawn. We considered how far
                                                    We reviewed the potential stressors                                                                        February. In addition, Pacific walruses
                                                                                                         into the future we could reliably predict
                                                 that could be affecting the Pacific                                                                           currently use sea ice for birthing in the
                                                                                                         the extent to which threats might affect
                                                 walrus and assessed the viability of the                                                                      spring from April to June with a core
                                                                                                         the status of the species, recognizing
                                                 Pacific walrus through an assessment of                                                                       birthing period occurring in May.
                                                                                                         that our ability to make reliable
                                                 the resiliency, representation, and                                                                           Furthermore, calves nurse on the sea ice
                                                                                                         predictions into the future is limited by
                                                 redundancy of the Pacific walrus                                                                              exclusively for 2–4 weeks after birth,
                                                                                                         the variable quantity and quality of the
                                                 population. Owing to the relatively                                                                           and this critical period in post-natal
                                                                                                         available data about impacts to the
                                                 wide geographic range of the                                                                                  care occurs in May and June. Given our
                                                                                                         Pacific walrus and the response of the
                                                 subspecies, individual walruses may be                                                                        prediction that the areas where the
                                                                                                         Pacific walrus to those impacts.
                                                 impacted by a variety of stressors;                        For the Pacific walrus, the most                   Pacific walruses’ occur will, in
                                                 however, concerns about the walrus’                     significant risk factor looking into the              combination, provide sufficient sea ice
                                                 status as a whole revolve primarily                     future is the effects of climate change               to meet the species’ breeding, birthing,
                                                 around the following stressors                          (sea-ice loss). While we have high                    and denning needs, we found that
                                                 associated with the effects of climate                  certainty that sea-ice availability will              Pacific walruses habitat needs will be
                                                 change: (1) Loss of sea ice; (2) ocean                  decline as a result of climate change, we             met during the core breeding and
                                                 warming; and (3) ocean acidification.                   have less certainty, particularly further             birthing portions of the annual cycle
                                                 We reviewed the following additional                    into the future, about the magnitude of               under all RCP scenarios out to 2060.
                                                 stressors in the SSA Report (Service                    effect that climate change will have on                  Although Pacific walruses prefer sea
                                                 2017l): Harvest; disease and parasites;                 the full suite of environmental                       ice habitat, they also use land habitat
                                                 predation; contaminants and biotoxins;                  conditions (e.g., benthic productivity) or            during the summer and fall, but likely
                                                 oil and gas exploration, development,                   how the species will respond to those                 not without tradeoffs related to
                                                 and production; commercial fisheries;                   changes. We find that beyond 2060 the                 energetic costs and other risks of using
                                                 and ship and air traffic. Although we                   conclusions concerning the impacts of                 coastal haulouts (e.g., trampling events,
                                                 acknowledge that these additional                       the effects of climate change on the                  predation, and disease). Nonetheless, if
                                                 stressors may be affecting individual                   Pacific walrus population are based on                land habitat proves to be comparable in
                                                 Pacific walruses, the best available                    speculation, rather than reliable                     quality to ice habitat, including access
                                                 information does not show that these                    prediction.                                           to foraging sites, then it is likely that
                                                 activities or stressors are having an                      Our habitat analysis predicts that                 their habitat needs will be met. If land
                                                 impact at the population level; further                 shifts in both seasonal distribution and              habitat is inferior to ice habitat for
                                                 discussion can be found in the SSA                      availability of sea-ice habitat will occur            Pacific walruses in summer and fall,
                                                 Report (Service 2017l, entire).                         across the range of the Pacific walrus.               then survival and recruitment of Pacific
                                                    We found that the Pacific walrus                     For example, we found that, across                    walruses will likely decline and
ethrower on DSK3G9T082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                 population appears to possess degrees of                seasons and time, ice-accessible habitat              population-level effects would occur.
                                                 resiliency, representation, and                         will shift northward with the loss of                 However, while it is likely that the
                                                 redundancy that have allowed it to cope                 pack ice in the northern areas of the                 increased use of land habitat will have
                                                 with the changing environments of the                   subspecies’ range, exposing more land-                some negative effects on the population,
                                                 last decade. Although changes in                        accessible habitat, especially in the                 the magnitude of effect is uncertain
                                                 resiliency, representation, and                         Bering Sea. In winter, we project that                given the demonstrated ability of Pacific
                                                 redundancy of the subspecies during                     ice-accessible habitat will shift from the            walruses to change their behavior or
                                                 this time would be difficult to detect for              central Bering Sea in 2015 to the Bering              adapt to greater use of land.


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:42 Oct 04, 2017   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00027   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\05OCP2.SGM   05OCP2


                                                 46644                 Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 192 / Thursday, October 5, 2017 / Proposed Rules

                                                    In our assessment of the Pacific                     a future reduction in availability of sea             discovered in 1997 and described by Dr.
                                                 walrus, we considered the future                        ice, resulting in reduced resiliency and              Gary Garrett and Dr. Robert Edwards
                                                 impacts of stressors such as shipping                   redundancy, we are unable to reliably                 (2003, pp. 783–788) as a species distinct
                                                 and oil and gas development, along with                 predict the magnitude of the effect and               from other gambusia species, including
                                                 changes in potential suitable habitat, on               the behavioral response of the Pacific                its closest believed relative, the spotfin
                                                 the viability of the Pacific walrus                     walrus to this change, and we therefore               gambusia (Gambusia krumholzi). Garrett
                                                 population. As previously discussed, we                 do not have reliable information                      and Edwards identified the San Felipe
                                                 find that beyond 2060 the conclusions                   showing that the magnitude of this                    gambusia as a new species only known
                                                 concerning the impacts of the effects of                change could be sufficient to put the                 to occur from San Felipe Creek in Val
                                                 climate change and other stressors on                   subspecies in danger of extinction now                Verde County, Texas. This distinction
                                                 the Pacific walrus population are based                 or in the foreseeable future. At this time,           between the San Felipe gambusia and
                                                 on speculation, rather than reliable                    sufficient resources remain to meet the               spotfin gambusia was based on
                                                 prediction. Therefore, while we                         subspecies’ physical and ecological                   morphological characteristics, primarily
                                                 included projections out to 2100 in our                 needs now and into the future.                        body pigmentation and aspects of the
                                                 analysis, we considered 2060 as the                     Therefore, we find that listing the                   male gonopodium (modified anal fin
                                                 foreseeable future timeframe for this                   Pacific walrus as an endangered or                    that allows male fish of the families
                                                 analysis. Due to future changes in                      threatened species under the Act is not               Anablepidae and Poeciliidae to briefly
                                                 suitable habitat, coupled with the                      warranted at this time. A detailed                    hook into the vent of a female fish to
                                                 impacts of the other stressors, we expect               discussion of the basis for this finding              deposit sperm; Garrett and Edwards
                                                 that the Pacific walrus’s viability will be             can be found in the Pacific walrus                    2003, p. 783).
                                                 characterized by lower levels of                        species-specific assessment form and                  Summary of Status Review
                                                 resiliency and redundancy in the future,                other supporting documents (available
                                                 but we do not have reliable information                 on the Internet at http://                               We have evaluated the best scientific
                                                 showing that the magnitude of this                      www.regulations.gov under Docket No.                  and commercial information available,
                                                 change could be sufficient to put the                   FWS–R7–ES–2017–0069).                                 and based on that information we find
                                                 subspecies in danger of extinction in the                                                                     that the San Felipe gambusia is not a
                                                 foreseeable future. In addition, we                     San Felipe Gambusia (Gambusia                         distinct species, but rather the same
                                                 expect that representation will remain                  clarkhubbsi)                                          species as the spotfin gambusia
                                                 relatively unchanged.                                                                                         (Gambusia krumholzi). This section
                                                                                                         Previous Federal Actions
                                                    We evaluated the current range of the                                                                      summarizes the information upon
                                                 Pacific walrus to determine if there is                    On June 13, 2005, we received a                    which we base this finding. The best
                                                 any apparent geographic concentration                   petition, dated June 10, 2005, from Save              available and most current scientific
                                                 of potential threats to the taxon. We                   Our Springs Alliance requesting that the              information indicates that the San
                                                 examined potential threats from loss of                 San Felipe gambusia be listed as an                   Felipe gambusia is a junior synonym of
                                                 sea ice, ocean warming, ocean                           endangered species under the Act. The                 the spotfin gambusia. In this context, a
                                                 acidification, energetics, change in                    West Texas Springs Alliance was also                  ‘‘junior synonym’’ refers to different
                                                 habitat use patterns, harvest, disease                  listed as a petitioner. On February 13,               scientific names for the same species,
                                                 and parasites, predation, contaminants                  2007, we published a 90-day finding (72               where the later name given is
                                                 and biotoxins, oil and gas exploration,                 FR 6703) in the Federal Register that                 considered junior. The Service is not
                                                 development and production,                             the 2005 petition from Save Our Springs               considering the spotfin gambusia for
                                                 commercial fisheries, and ship and air                  Alliance did not present substantial                  listing action at this time.
                                                 traffic. We found no portions of its range              information indicating that listing may                  Echelle et al. (2013, p. 72), including
                                                 where potential threats are significantly               be warranted.                                         as co-authors Dr. Gary Garrett and Dr.
                                                 concentrated or substantially greater                      On June 18, 2007, Guardians (which                 Robert Edwards, who first identified
                                                 than in other portions of its range, and                at the time was called ‘‘Forest                       San Felipe gambusia as a new species,
                                                 that there was no higher concentration                  Guardians’’) petitioned the Service to                described the genetic structure and
                                                 of threats in the Chukchi or the Bering                 list 475 species in the southwestern                  species-level taxonomy of three
                                                 Seas. We did not identify any portions                  United States as endangered or                        gambusia species: San Felipe gambusia,
                                                 where the species may be in danger of                   threatened under the Act, including the               spotfin gambusia, and Tex-Mex
                                                 extinction or likely to become so in the                San Felipe gambusia. On December 16,                  gambusia (Gambusia speciosa). Echelle
                                                 foreseeable future. Therefore, no                       2009, the Service published in the                    also reevaluated the morphological
                                                 portions warrant further consideration                  Federal Register a partial 90-day finding             characteristics of the San Felipe
                                                 to determine whether the species may                    (74 FR 66866) for 192 of the 475 species              gambusia and the spotfin gambusia.
                                                 be in danger of extinction or likely to                 raised in Guardians’ 2007 petition,                   Echelle’s work was published in Copeia,
                                                 become so in the foreseeable future in                  including the San Felipe gambusia. In                 a peer-reviewed scientific journal
                                                 a significant portion of its range.                     that finding, the Service found the 2007              published by The American Society of
                                                                                                         petition presented substantial scientific             Ichthyologists and Herpetologists. The
                                                 Finding                                                 or commercial information indicating                  American Society of Ichthyologists and
                                                    Our review of the best scientific and                that listing the San Felipe gambusia may              Herpetologists, in conjunction with the
                                                 commercial information available                        be warranted. This 12-month finding                   American Fisheries Society, is
                                                 indicates that the threats affecting the                satisfies the statutory requirement of                recognized as an authority in
ethrower on DSK3G9T082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                 Pacific walrus are not, singly or in                    section 4(b)(3)(B) of the Act that the                establishing the taxonomic status of
                                                 combination, of sufficient imminence,                   Service determine whether or not the                  fish.
                                                 intensity, or magnitude that the species                San Felipe gambusia warrants listing.                    Echelle et al.’s, (2013, p. 77) study
                                                 is in danger of extinction or is likely to                                                                    assessed variation in mitochondrial
                                                 become endangered in the foreseeable                    Background                                            DNA and six nuclear microsatellite loci
                                                 future throughout all or a significant                     The San Felipe gambusia is a small                 of the San Felipe gambusia and the
                                                 portion of its range. We conclude that,                 fish in the family Poeciliidae (order                 spotfin gambusia. None of the six
                                                 while the Pacific walrus will experience                Cyprinodontiformes). It was first                     microsatellite loci showed fixed


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:42 Oct 04, 2017   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00028   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\05OCP2.SGM   05OCP2


                                                                       Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 192 / Thursday, October 5, 2017 / Proposed Rules                                                46645

                                                 differences between the populations of                    Based on our review of the best                     Kirtland’s snake, Pacific walrus, and
                                                 San Felipe gambusia and spotfin                         available scientific and commercial                   San Felipe gambusia to the appropriate
                                                 gambusia (Echelle et al. 2013, p. 77). In               information, the taxonomic entity that is             person, as specified under FOR FURTHER
                                                 other words, this genetic analysis did                  known as the San Felipe gambusia is                   INFORMATION CONTACT, whenever it
                                                 not find statistically significant                      not a distinct species or subspecies, but             becomes available. New information
                                                 differences between San Felipe                          rather the same species (a junior                     will help us monitor these species and
                                                 gambusia and spotfin gambusia to                        synonym) as the spotfin gambusia                      encourage their conservation. We
                                                 indicate that they were separate species.               (Echelle et al. 2013, p. 72).                         encourage local agencies and
                                                 Additionally, morphological                                                                                   stakeholders to continue cooperative
                                                 characteristics that Garrett and Edwards                Finding
                                                                                                                                                               monitoring and conservation efforts for
                                                 (2003, pp. 738–786) had originally used                   Under the Act, the term ‘‘species’’                 these species. If an emergency situation
                                                 to describe the San Felipe gambusia                     includes ‘‘any subspecies of fish or                  develops for any of these species, we
                                                 were generally subtle, and reevaluation                 wildlife or plants, and any distinct                  will act to provide immediate
                                                 of these characteristics showed no                      population segment of any species of                  protection.
                                                 statistically significant variance                      vertebrate fish or wildlife which
                                                 associated with species-level taxonomy                  interbreeds when mature’’ (16 U.S.C.                  References Cited
                                                 (Echelle et al. 2013, p. 77). In other                  1532(16)). Based on the best scientific
                                                                                                                                                                 Lists of the references cited in the
                                                 words, in the more recent peer-reviewed                 and commercial information available,
                                                                                                                                                               petition findings are available on the
                                                 evaluation, the body characteristics that               the San Felipe gambusia is not itself a
                                                                                                                                                               Internet at http://www.regulations.gov
                                                 had been identified as potentially                      species, subspecies, or distinct
                                                                                                                                                               in the dockets listed above in ADDRESSES
                                                 distinguishing between the San Felipe                   population segment, as those terms are
                                                                                                                                                               and upon request from the appropriate
                                                 gambusia and the spotfin gambusia                       defined in the Act. Therefore, the San
                                                                                                                                                               person, as specified under FOR FURTHER
                                                 revealed no statistically significant                   Felipe gambusia is not a listable entity
                                                                                                                                                               INFORMATION CONTACT.
                                                 differences to indicate that they were                  under the Act. We find the San Felipe
                                                 separate species. The only exception to                 gambusia is not a valid taxonomic                     Authors
                                                 this was degree of body crosshatching in                entity, does not meet the definition of a
                                                 males, which differed in direction, as                  species or subspecies under the Act,                    The primary authors of this document
                                                 noted by Garrett and Edwards (2003, p.                  and, as a result, cannot warrant listing              are the staff members of the Unified
                                                 785). However, there was broad overlap                  under the Act.                                        Listing Team, Ecological Services
                                                 in crosshatching pattern between the                                                                          Program.
                                                 San Felipe gambusia and spotfin                         New Information
                                                                                                                                                               Authority
                                                 gambusia, and the difference was not                      We request that you submit any new
                                                 detected in females (Echelle et al. 2013,               information concerning the taxonomy,                    The authority for this action is section
                                                 p. 77). Based on the results of the                     biology, ecology, status of, or stressors             4 of the Endangered Species Act of
                                                 genetics work and morphological                         to, the 14 Nevada springsnail species,                1973, as amended (16 U.S.C. 1531 et
                                                 reassessment, Echelle et al. (2013,                     Barbour’s map turtle, Bicknell’s thrush,              seq.).
                                                 entire) found that the San Felipe                       Big Blue Springs cave crayfish, Oregon
                                                                                                                                                                 Dated: September 15, 2017.
                                                 gambusia is not a new species, but is a                 Cascades-California population and
                                                 junior synonym of (i.e., the same species               Black Hills population of the black-                  James W. Kurth,
                                                 as) the more widespread spotfin                         backed woodpecker, eastern DPS of the                 Acting Director, U.S. Fish and Wildlife
                                                 gambusia, endemic to river systems in                   boreal toad, Northern Rocky Mountains                 Service.
                                                 Coahuila, Mexico (Echelle et al. 2013,                  DPS of the fisher, Florida Keys mole                  [FR Doc. 2017–21352 Filed 10–4–17; 8:45 am]
                                                 p. 77).                                                 skink, Great Sand Dunes tiger beetle,                 BILLING CODE 4333–15–P
ethrower on DSK3G9T082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:42 Oct 04, 2017   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00029   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 9990   E:\FR\FM\05OCP2.SGM   05OCP2



Document Created: 2017-10-05 00:54:00
Document Modified: 2017-10-05 00:54:00
CategoryRegulatory Information
CollectionFederal Register
sudoc ClassAE 2.7:
GS 4.107:
AE 2.106:
PublisherOffice of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration
SectionProposed Rules
ActionNotice of 12-month petition findings.
DatesThe finding announced in this document was made on October 5, 2017.
ContactSpecies Contact information
FR Citation82 FR 46618 

2025 Federal Register | Disclaimer | Privacy Policy
USC | CFR | eCFR